In the United States, the Bill of Rights refers to the first ten constitutional amendments. The constitution was amended to safeguard the natural rights of liberty and material goods.
Through the bill of rights, an individual is assured of a number of personal freedoms, including the right to own property, the right to life, right of protection from the law, freedom of movement, freedom of association and the freedom of speech. Moreover, the bill o rights limit the power of the central government regarding the independence of the judiciary. Subsequent amendments allowed states and the public to have some rights and freedoms that could not be denied.
The amendments originally applied to the federal government only, but the Fourteenth Amendment allowed various states to apply the bill of rights (Davies, 750). The bill of rights plays a critical role in the United States because they define the relationship between the government and the populace. The governor is expected to behave in a certain manner while the governed has various rights and responsibilities (Brinkley 12).
Based on the ideas of John Locke, the civil society should be created to protect the private property meaning that the bill of rights plays an important role of safeguarding the wealth of various individuals. In the state of nature, Locke was of the view that each person is free and equal implying that natural rights cannot be separated from an individual. For instance, the right to life cannot be denied because it defines an individual.
The state should always make sure that the right of each is protected. This would not have been achieved without a constitutional order. Therefore, the bill of rights was drafted to safeguard the interests of individuals. The populace should always be the ultimate authority because it elects leaders. The government of the day has the legal responsibility of protecting the rights of individuals. These rights are mainly found in the bill of rights. Any government that fails to protect the fundamental right of an individual should cease to exist.
The main reason why the bill of rights was written was to prevent it from the powers of the central government. The bill of rights could be scrapped in case it remained unwritten because the power of the central government was growing. The way the constitution was drafted would open the way for to totalitarianism meaning that the president would have adequate powers over the ruled.
He would easily order the arrest of individuals and seizure of property (Brinkley 88). The English bill of rights differed in a number of ways with the American version. The American version aimed at addressing the rights of individuals as represented by the legislature against the crown. In this regard, it had to be written, unlike the English version, which was unwritten.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Drafters of the constitution based their argument on the violation of civil rights during and after the Revolution since the British unleashed terror to citizens even though unwritten constitutional order preventing the government from using force existed (Levy 26).
The bill of rights was viewed as one of the national unifying factor hence it had to be written. The English bill of rights contained clauses on the right to petition, independent judiciary and, freedom of speech. Americans needed something different regarding the right to petition because a number of individuals were not allowed to participate in a democratic process.
The Fourth Amendment, which states that the state security agencies should not infringe the rights of an individual through unreasonable search and seizure, is the most important. The law requires that an individual be given an arrest warrant before being searched. Moreover, the arrest warrant must be supported by probable cause meaning that the state security forces must provide adequate evidence showing that an individual indeed committed a crime before being arrested.
The law was formulated specifically to contain the behaviour of the colonial government, which would conduct a search without an adequate reason. In this process, an individual would be injured while his or her property would be destroyed. The court should conduct a critical review of evidence before issuing an arrest warrant meaning that the state security agencies have no permission to enter private premises.
In the Fourth Amendment, the meaning of search is outlined. In this regard, the right to privacy should always be considered when searching a premise or frisking an individual. Regarding seizure, the security agencies are prohibited from taking away private property to be used as evidence. Arresting an individual and holding him or her in a police custody amounts to seizure.
However, ordinary police checks, such as traffic inspection, do not result to arrest. Whenever security forces conduct search the premises of an individual, it is expected that they should uncover a criminal activity (Schultz 74). This is referred to as the probable cause meaning that the search and subsequent seizure should bear fruits. If the search were unsuccessful, the rights of individual would have been violated. The individual would have the right to demand compensation for any injury or damage caused.
Works Cited Brinkley, Alan. American History: A survey. Boston: McGraw-Hill, 1999. Print.
We will write a custom Essay on Bill of Rights specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Davies, Thomas. “Recovering the Original Fourth Amendment”. Michigan Law Review, 98.3 (1999), 547–750. Print.
Levy, Williams. Seasoned Judgments: The American Constitution, Rights, and History. New York: Transaction Publishers, 1995. Print.
Schultz, David. Encyclopaedia of the United States Constitution. New York: InfoBase Publishing, 2009. Print.
Socialist Realism Essay essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
How the Steel was tampered vs. Talks at the Yenan Forum
How the Steel was tampered vs. On the Revolution of Peking Opera
How the Book affected Chinese Literature
Introduction Written by Nikolai Ostravasky, How the Steel was tampered is a captivating socialist realist piece that reflects the picture and position of the literary world in the former Soviet Union and other socialist states around the world. The socialist philosophy around the world was based on a philosophy that was meant to glorify the position of the masses that were referred to as the working and the ruling classes, which were made up mostly of the military.
Socialism was based on brainwashing of the masses by feeding their minds on information that the state wanted them to know. In this way, the state would control everything that happened around its people. In essence, socialism controlled the freedoms of people in the nations it was practiced as the mode of governance. The purpose of socialist realism was to advance the goals of socialism and communism by controlling what was being disseminated to the masses at all levels.
This strategy too was applied to the literary world to the extent that all literary works produced had to conform to the guidelines set up by the socialist order. The book by Ostravasky confirms the same. Therefore, as the paper reveals, the book has demonstrated a great deal of relationship with Chinese fictional works such as Talks at the Yenan Forum and On the Revolution of Peking Opera based on the evident effect it has had on the two mentioned Chinese works.
How the Steel was tampered vs. Talks at the Yenan Forum The article Talks at the Yenan Forum presents a round-table held in May 2nd 1942 to review the way literature works were being produced and if they were conforming to socialist realism.
As the reader would find out from the paper on the proceedings at the Yenan forum, there is a talk of liberating the Chinese people using all fronts. One front is the gun while the other front is the use of the pen meaning that the forum was emphasizing the use of literature to perpetuate the socialist agenda as well as to control the content of literature being produced.
The second page of the forum document talks of “the need to fit literature and art in the whole revolution machine” (Tse-tung Para. 2). When compared to the book How the Steel was tampered, one finds that the author of the book has followed a certain line of thought that is found to be highlighting the achievements of the socialist government. Although the talks of the forum were held in China, China and the Soviet Union were both socialist republics that were guided by the same tenets.
The socialist philosophy called for loyalty to the revolution asking people to give their lives to the service of the revolution. This issue can be found in the first part of Ostravasky’s work that describes his time as a young Bolshevik and the dedication he had to the revolution that, even through ill health, he never left his position lest he was invalidated from the movement.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This effort shows how socialist realism had taken root in the nations that had socialism as their political system. Ostravasky’s loyalty highlights the extreme effects of indoctrination and the expectations that all people felt they had to meet as a duty. Therefore Ostravasky went ahead to write his book extolling the achievements of Bolsheviks besides demonizing all the other groups that were associated with the bojeours.
Comparing the reasons that made Ostravasky take a pen and paper and the agenda of the Yenan talks, they both have the same agenda. The only difference was the timing. It can be assumed that Ostravasky’s book was the guide or inspiration to the socialist republics to use literature as well to advance their agenda. The Yenan forum discusses how to use the pen as a weapon for advancement of the socialist agenda (Tse-tung Para. 8).
The Yenan forum just as the book encourages writers who are writing for the socialist party to protect the interests of the party and in so doing to praise the revolutionaries both in the active as well past revolutionaries. The forum has been quoted as encouraging socialist writers to be critical of those who leave the service.
The paper cites Japan as the imperialist enemy that should be fought along all fronts especially when it calls for praising and extolling those serving in the army. It also calls for the criticism of those not serving in the army against their enemies (Tse-tung 9).
Ostravasky fights people with imperialist ideas as well as those harboring bourgeois thoughts when he depicts them in the negative in his book. He views the food merchants in the train as self-seekers who are out to exploit the hardworking masses. This similarity can also be found in the Yenan forum where some members who are believed to harbor bourgeois ideas are discussed. The forum encourages that they should be educated to make them firm members of the cause that is the socialist movement.
The socialist realists employed the use of education in indoctrinating their people on how to live a socialist life. The book by Ostravasky paints a picture of a young man dedicated to the cause of his nation who has appointed himself the custodian of the people’s wealth as produced by the people. This kind of literature that the Yenan forum is based on is encouraging for development.
The Yenan forum discusses the development of content for writers so that their writing conforms to the expectations and wishes of the socialist government. The forum presents the literary productions of writers that it finds lacking in what can be described as socialist agenda. It finds that the writers are not conversant with their audience. In this case, the audience is the army, the masses, and the working class. The forum therefore works towards describing who the audience is and or what kind of content should be fed to the audience.
We will write a custom Essay on Socialist Realism specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Comparing the forum’s discussion with Ostravasky’s work, a conclusion that can be drawn is that the forum tended to follow on what Ostravasky had done before them and that the forum was intended to come up with a standard that other writers can follow and emulate Ostravasky’s work.
Ostravasky and the forum have a common purpose in indoctrinating the socialist movement’s tenets in the readers of literary work. The only difference is that Ostravasky had already come up with that work while the forum was intended on creating other workers like those of Ostravasky.
How the Steel was tampered vs. On the Revolution of Peking Opera On the Revolution of Peking Opera is one of the largest Operas in China, which is known to show some of the best performances thus attracting the high and mighty of society. In China, the communist party is the single political party governing the whole country. Members of the party’s politburo are actually the leaders of the country because they are the decision makers for the whole country. Opera performances are usually based on different themes that the production is meant to portray to a certain audience.
Therefore, a part of the Opera Peking audience was the upper class of society, which was composed of the military and working class. The Peking Opera usually produced foreign themed plays or ones based on ancient Chinese society. As the socialist government was in place, it had failed to produce plays that seemed relevant to the current political philosophy. The paper by Chiang Ching evaluates the productions at the theatre and comments on whether they met the expectations of the Socialist government.
Excerpts from the paper by Ching ask why the opera should not or is not producing socialist themed plays and yet the country is a socialist state. Comparing the paper by Ching and the book by Ostravasky, there are great similarities in what Ching is asking for and what Ostravasky produced. The book by Ostravasky was produced back in the 1930s while the paper by Ching was written in the 1960s. Therefore, the paper by Ching can be said to be guided by the book by Ostravasky.
One common theme that comes out of both works is the theme of socialist realism that is being perpetuated by both writers. “It is inconceivable that, in our socialist country led by the Communist Party, the dominant position on the stage is not occupied by the workers, peasants, and soldiers” (Ching 1).
The socialist government of China expects the position that the socialist point should be advanced by all sectors of society. Therefore, as Ching expects that the opera should produce themes that praise and highlight the achievements of the socialist government and not just life before the socialist government. Therefore, the socialist government on its part has taken literature as a tool for advancing its socialist agenda.
By so doing, it has come up with a way that will guide producers on the kind of content to produce. The book by Ostravasky demonstrates one of the ways socialist governments have used literature to advance their agenda. The book paints the socialist life in a very positive way. It is a kind of recommendation on how to live as a socialist as well as in a socialist environment.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Socialist Realism by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More The main character Pavel is painted as a person who has given his whole self to serve the nation in different positions not as a choice but as an obligation that a citizen should have for their country (Ostravasky 256). The two works have common ground that brings them together. Both authors show their disdain for bourgeois when Pavel as a government worker in the train views the food merchants in the negative because of their capitalist nature.
The paper by Ching paints a picture of millions of peasant workers and a hand full of capitalist-minded citizens when he says, “Whereas there is only a handful of landlords, rich peasants, counterrevolutionaries, bad elements, Rightists, and bourgeois elements….Shall we serve this handful, or the 600 million” (4).
This kind of question incites the mind to think hard in terms of what is best for the nation. It is a way the author has used to encapsulate the need for fashioning the productions of the theatre to conform to the socialist agenda. The paper by Ching insists on the production of contemporary socialist themes meaning that the socialist-themed productions should be within fifteen or so years as a way of showing the recent achievements of the socialist government.
The two authors have one common background: they originate from countries with socialist forms of governments, which are Russia and China. They tend to be extreme in their socialism practices. Therefore, the use of literature and literary performances to advance the socialist agenda in this case is part of socialist realism (Castillo 41).
The language used in both works talks about the revolution, masses, workers, military, and comrades. Both writers use this language of revolutionaries in expressing their revolutionary perspectives. The paper by Ching aims to present the achievements of the revolution. He recommends that, other than contemporary themed socialist plays, the opera should also produce plays based on the lives of the citizens before the revolution happened as a way of showing people the difference that the revolution has brought in their lives.
A common factor here is the control of theatre productions by the government so that all themes that come out of the theatre should be pro socialist. Therefore, the socialist governments are bended on controlling literary productions as a way of managing the kind of information and knowledge that is disseminated to people. It is a way of limiting liberal minds that come with literature.
How the Book affected Chinese Literature Social realism as described in the previous paragraphs was meant to perpetuate the socialist philosophy in the countries where socialism was the main type of governance. Most socialist states in the world have so far collapsed. They have embraced capitalism as a way of governance. Social realism was achieved in many ways in the pursuit of indoctrinating the citizens of socialist states.
Some of the ways included making socialism teachings part of the school curriculum, allowing only socialist themed songs to play on the state radio, which would be the only radio stations or television stations available and having newspapers publish socialist news only. China is one country that up to date has held on to its socialist philosophy. Its rigidity in refusing to change has affected almost all parts of its systems. One of the most affected is literature.
Reading Ching’s work, one finds that, due to the government policy of perpetuating socialist realism, the Chinese literature has been forced to conform to certain conditions in terms of the themes it can produce or sell to the masses. Chinese literature has been forced to be pro socialism therefore meaning that all the themes that are to be found in the literature have to conform to certain government standards for such literature to be published and sold in China.
Most of the Chinese literature works therefore have been found to be full of praise for the revolution and the achievements it has brought to the nation. The literature is also pro government because any form of criticism towards the government is not tolerable thus limiting the creativity of writers and other producers in that they have been forced to have a tunnel vision in the production of their work with themes already set.
The setting of themes by the government or the limiting of the themes to be chosen from by the government has made Chinese literature too predictable because the main themes that will tend to come out of the work would be politics, social life, and lots of praise for the socialist government. This praise comes with criticism for the perceived enemies who are bashed in the work by the writers.
Chinese literature has suffered from socialist realism because, in the quest of the government controlling any form of information being disseminated, the literary world has been muffled completely. The only form of liberal Chinese literature comes from exiled Chinese living abroad who have had to move out of China to have free space to express them. As Yang posits, Chinese literature comes out as full of revolutionary stories and the achievements made by the revolution (4).
They can be described in essence as full of legends in the form of revolution heroes who gave their full efforts for the sake of the nation. The other bit of the Chinese literature that comes out because of social realism is the one about Chinese legends in ancient China because such types of literature pose no harm to the socialist government. They have thus been encouraged as a way of deviating the reader’s attention towards other sensitive subjects.
Chinese literature has therefore suffered massive censorship from the government. It has been limited for a long time in terms of the themes to be produced, which people can access. On the other hand, Chinese literature produced by the Chinese against the wishes of their government has been found to be too critical towards the government system. The themes around such works have been anti socialism and the ills that such systems have brought to its own people.
Liberal Chinese literature beyond socialist realism has seen most Chinese writers act as a watchdog to the ills that the government has committed or to the policies of the government that hurt the people. Castillo indicates that most Chinese literary works outside social realism dwell on such issues as corruption within the ranks of the socialist party as well as on such policies like the one-child-policy (45).
Most writers have dwelt on the steps the government takes to enforce the one-child-policy on its people. This strategy still gives the Chinese literature a tunnel view in that one can easily predict what to find within works by writers because most Chinese writings other than poetry fall on either sides of the divide, which is either criticism of the system or pro system.
Socialist realism has seen the Chinese society produce a whole load of writers and literary performers trained specifically to work for the socialist cause and who have a duty in using literature to advance the socialist cause in an artistic way simply. The Chinese government intends to exercise total control on any form of information its people are meant to receive.
Conclusion Socialist realism has seen the socialist states come up with a cadre of pro socialist literary producers who have become experts in their field of advancing socialist literary works and arts (Castillo 36). This case has affected the independence of mind that such producers would have. Being limited to just specific fields has greatly affected the quality of the works to be produced.
On the other hand, it has led to the coming up of critical writers opposed to the system who can be described as gifted writers based on the way they have brought out their work and the way they have executed their themes. Therefore, socialist realism can be seen on both the positive and the negative.
Works Cited Castillo, Greg. “Soviet Orientalism: Socialist Realism and Built Tradition.” TDSR 8.11(1997): 33-47. Print.
Ching, Chiang. On the Revolution of Peking Opera. Peking: Foreign Languages Press, 1968. Print.
Ostravasky, Nikolai. How the Steel was Tampered. Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1952. Print.
Tse-tung, Mao. Talks at the Yenan Forum, 1942. Web. https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/mao/selected-works/volume-3/mswv3_08.htm
Yang, Zhou. The Path of Socialist Literature and Art in China. Report Delivered to the third Congress of Chinese Literary and Art Workers. Peking: Peking Foreign Languages Press, 1960. Print.
Cultural Assimilation, Acceptance and Identity in Julia Alvarez’s Poetry Essay a level english language essay help: a level english language essay help
Cultural assimilation, acceptance and the search for identity are dominant themes in many of Julia Alvarez’s poems. Being an immigrant from the Dominican Republic, Julia faced several assimilation problems when her family moved to the United States.
As a result of this, Alvarez had trouble adapting to a new culture, climate and people, and faced difficulty in coping with issues such as cultural differences and lack of acceptance. However, she gave vent to her feelings using poetry as a medium. Her poems reflect her experience and sensitivity for new immigrant families which face similar difficulties. Alvarez’s poems ‘Queens 1963’, ‘Dusting’, and ‘First Muse’ express her knowledge of cultural assimilation, acceptance and the search for identity by immigrant families.
In the poem ‘Queens, 1963’ Julia Alvarez recalls her experience of moving to the United States from another land. She recollects the time when she and her family had moved in and “everyone seemed more American” than them (Alvarez, Queens, 1).
Alvarez uses specific words to vividly describe her multiculturally diverse neighborhood where people from different communities coexisted including the ‘Castelluccis’, the ‘Balakians’ ‘Mr. Scott’ and his “plump Midwestern wife”, the ‘Jewish counselor’, and the ‘German’ family. However, the arrival of “a black family” (Alvarez, Queens, 8) had suddenly caused the place to become inhospitable and unfriendly towards these new immigrants.
This prejudiced attitude shocked Alvarez who recollects how each of these families had once ought a hard battle for acceptance and assimilation into the American soil. These families were now practicing the same intolerance which they had faced when they had arrived. Alvarez states that the seclusion of the African American family by her neighborhood was another desperate attempt to be like the American society, which does not welcome new immigrants.
Alvarez points to the hypocritical attitude of the neighborhood woman Mrs. Bernstein, who conceded that “it was time the neighborhood opened up” as “she remembered the snubbing she got a few years back from Mrs. Scott” (Alvarez, Queens, 36-40), but worried that the real estate prices would plummet with the arrival of the African American family.
Another couple, the Scotts, considered “moving back home where white and black got along by staying where they belonged” (Alvarez, Queens, 23-24). Racial intolerance is seen at its peak when “Mrs. Scott swept her walk as if it had just been dirtied” after the family had walked by.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Here the word ‘dirtied’ is used figuratively. Here the word ‘dirty’ is used as a connotation implying that the presence of the immigrant family is unhealthy and unclean. Alvarez is hurt and dismayed not only by the attitude of the neighborhood community who treat the new family like a stigma, but the American society at large which is hostile to the African American family, after whose arrival she notices cop cars patrolling their block due to “rumors of bomb threats” (Alvarez, Queens, 12).
Alvarez sympathizes deeply for the new African American family which reminds her of her own struggles to be assimilated and accepted by the American society. She wishes to be kind to the girl from the family but sadly is unable to do so.
Before she could make “a welcoming gesture” her “hand lifted but fell” (Alvarez, Queens, 54-55). This gesture of the hand provides vivid imagery, literally creating an image in the reader’s mind. The girl from the new family reminded Alvarez of her own plight when she had moved to the United States and had not yet been accepted completely by the community.
Alvarez immediately identified with this “look” which was “hardness mixed with hurt” due to the knowledge that “she could never be the right kind of an American” (Alvarez, Queens, 59-61). The poem ends with a tone of melancholy bringing out the sad plight of discrimination and prejudices prevalent in American society by those who were once new immigrants of this “free country” (Alvarez, Queens, 74).
Julia Alvarez’s poem ‘Dusting’ is a short, symbolic and meaningful poem which also revolves around the theme of cultural assimilation, a longing strongly held by immigrants to a new place. The image ‘dusting’ has been symbolically used as an act of cleansing one’s previous cultural traits in order to be accepted into the larger society.
The poem talks about Alvarez’s strong persistent desire for forming her own identity, which she expressed “each morning” by writing her name “on the dusty cabinet” (Alvarez, Dusting, 1-2). She would imprint her name in capital letters on the house furniture including the dining table and the backs of chairs, while her mother wiped it all away, removing any traces of dust and marks left behind by her.
Alvarez’s mother’s ‘dusting’ activity has been used as a metaphor to depict the desire to assimilate into and be accepted by the American society at large. Alvarez’s continual act of writing her initials in capital letters on the dusty furniture is symbolic of the struggles of the younger generation trying to create their own identities in a foreign land.
We will write a custom Essay on Cultural Assimilation, Acceptance and Identity in Julia Alvarez’s Poetry specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More While Alvarez’s mother dusts the house to maintain cleanliness in her home, Alvarez struggles hard to imprint her initials. Both Alvarez and her mother are persistent in their efforts; the mother tirelessly engages in the activity to ensure that her home is clean while Alvarez ceaselessly puts her signature on every piece of furniture, knowing fully well that her mother is going to wipe it all away without a trace.
Alvarez leaves her signature “in capitals” on every piece of furniture in the house. She states that “the bookshelf and rocker, polished mirrors on the desk” are all “scribbled with my alphabets” (Alvarez, Dusting, 11-12). These objects create vivid imagery in the reader’s mind. The desire for creating a mark and search for self is so strong in Alvarez that she refuses to give up.
Her strong grit and determination are visible in her undying refusal to quit as she continues to leave her signature wherever possible in the house. Alvarez is undeterred with her mother’s ‘dusting’ efforts due to which her “name is swallowed in the towel” that is used to clean and shine all the house furniture. Alvarez refuses “be like her, anonymous” mother who lives a silent life of non-identity. She defiantly tries her best and does not give up her efforts.
While her mother accepts a life of conformity within the home, Alvarez is not willing to do so. She does not wish to settle for a life where women are confined to the household and engage in domestic tasks. She is unwilling to conform to the “anonymous” domesticated life in which women have no identity. Her act of scribbling her initials all through the house furniture mark her struggle for creating her identity and finding her place in a culture which restricts women to the confines of a home.
In her poem ‘First Muse’ Julia Alvarez once again defies the cultural and literary norms of society by failing to abide by its fixed rules. Alvarez recalls a childhood incident when she had heard a “famous poet pronounce” that “one can only write poems in the tongue in which one first said mother” (Alvarez, First Muse, 1-3), which had caused her to completely give up writing.
She was devastated and hoped that perhaps she had been exposed to the English language in childhood when her mother may have “left the radio on” beside her crib “tuned to the BBC or Voice of America” (Alvarez, First Muse, 11-12).
Alvarez was shattered by the thought of not being a native English speaker since she was deeply involved with writing English texts, something she loved. The idea of non-acceptance and non-recognition was so devastating to to her that she “suffered from a bad writer’s-block” (Alvarez, First Muse, 17), “gave up writing” and “watched lots of TV” (Alvarez, First Muse, 21). She lost her confidence and thought that since Spanish was her native language, she was not eligible to use English anymore.
However, once again her strong indomitable will surfaced when she saw Chiquita Banana on television. Chiquita had a “sassy, olive-skinned” and “lilting accent so full of feeling it seemed the way the heart would speak English if it could speak” (Alvarez, First Muse, 24-28).
Not sure if you can write a paper on Cultural Assimilation, Acceptance and Identity in Julia Alvarez’s Poetry by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More This brought back Alvarez’s lost confidence and she decided that she will continue to write in English. Alvarez proudly claimed “I am Chiquita Banana and I’m here to say” accepting her differences yet asserting her will and determination to create her identity in a culture which she was not born in (Alvarez, First Muse, 29-30).
It seems that Chiquita Banana indeed became Alvarez’s “new muse” since it gave her the confidence and will to create her own individual space in a foreign culture. Once again, Alvarez had broken the shackles of conformist society creating her own identity in a world where she was not born. She defied the norms of culture and decided to reject the restrictions imposed by society.
The themes of acceptance, identity and assimilation resonate in all the three poems ‘Queen, 1963’, ‘Dusting’ and ‘First Muse’ by Julia Alvarez. In ‘Queens, 1963’ Alvarez points how immigrants go through immense suffering and challenges in a new culture and society. She expresses her shock at the attitude of her neighbors in their failure to accept a new immigrant family.
In the poem ‘Dusting’, Alvarez distinguishes the struggles between the old and new generation as they struggle for acceptance in a new culture. She does not wish to be like her mother and spend her life in anonymity simply for the sake of being accepted in society; rather she ceaselessly demonstrated her iron will to break free from the shackles of societal norms and desires to create her own identity.
Finally, in ‘First Muse’ Alvarez’s struggle and search for her individuality end. Rather than losing her identity, she accepts it and creates a unique place for herself by deciding to continue writing English texts even though her mother tongue was Spanish. All the three poems reflect Alvarez’s struggle and strong character to create her own personality without denying her cultural roots.
Works Cited Alvarez, Julia. “Queens, 1963.” The Compact Bedford Introduction to Literature. Ed. Michael Meyer. 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2012. Print.
Alvarez, Julia. “Dusting.” The Compact Bedford Introduction to Literature. Ed. Michael Meyer. 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2012. Print.
Alvarez, Julia. “First Muse.” The Compact Bedford Introduction to Literature. Ed. Michael Meyer. 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2012. Print.
Fraud as a Threat to Financial Systems Definition Essay best essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
Definition of Fraud
Impact of Fraud on Financial Systems
Introduction Every person deserves to earn in an attempt to meet their various needs and wants in life. To this effect, people seek employment and secure appointments to various positions in organisations. Some are not lucky or opt to engage in self-employment and thus engage in their own funded businesses.
Such efforts grant them the means to meet their needs and wants. Unfortunately, some people, whether in employmentor not, use illegal means to earn and meet their basic and secondary needs. They use deceptive means to conduct a fraud in order to earn their needs and greed. This paper seeks to define fraud, look at the types of fraud and the consequences of fraud to financial systems.
Definition of Fraud Fraud refers to either an individual or an act. As a noun, a fraud is a dishonest individual. As an act, a fraud is an intended and deceitful depiction of truth, which is committed orally, through actions, by deceitful allegations or failure to disclose facts as required (USLegal, 2013). Fraud usually manifests in purchasing or selling of property, which includes estates, intangible possessions like copyrights and stocks (USLegal, 2013).
Impact of Fraud on Financial Systems A financial system is that which enables borrowers and lenders to interact in the exchange of funds. The core business of banks is lending and taking of deposits from customers. The financial institutions use such deposits to lend to borrowers at a higher interest rate than that granted to those who deposit. Fraud is a real threat to such systems.
Invoices and payments fraud involves issuing of payments to non-existent employees and suppliers or granting excessive pay to a particular employee knowingly (My Business, 2013). Such fraud denies qualified job seekers places in such companies and this increases the number of unemployed people in the country forcing the government to divert funds into providing for such unemployed citizens
Fraud results in loss of money to both individuals and organisations (Crime Stoppers, 2013). When criminals gain access to a victim’s account, the victim suffers monetary loss. The financial institution will certainly suffer reputational loss especially where the financial institution did not exercise proper caution. In this era of technology, such new will spread first and customers will avoid financial institutions leading to losses in the financial systems of the whole country.
Another consequence of fraud is the psychological torture that the victim goes through (Crime Stoppers, 2013). For instance, if a fraudster succeeds to take over the property of a victim, the victim will suffer both material loss and psychological loss
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This leads to panic among potential and actual investors and discourages them from taking loans from the financial institutions for fear of be defrauded (Crime Stoppers, 2013).
Insurance fraud is quite rampant and has adverse effects on the financial systems (Levi, Burrows,
Insider Trading Essay best essay help: best essay help
Studies show that stock markets are growing at an alarming rate (Newkirk and Robertson, 1998). For instance, in the US, the stock markets hold twice the amount of money invested in commercial banks (Newkirk and Robertson, 1998). Growth in the stock market is related to the trust and confidence bestowed on it by the people.
In addition, investors believe that financial regulators have a duty to promote and maintain integrity and fairness in the stock market. According to Newkirk and Robertson (1998), successful markets enjoy utmost confidence. However, threats to financial systems such as illegal insider trading might derail further growth in the stock markets.
The debate around insider trading is based on four ethical arguments (O’Hara, 2001).These arguments include asymmetrical information, inequality in accessing information, contravention of property rights and fiduciary duty (O’Hara, 2001). Clark (n.d.) adds that illegal insider trading reduces a trader’s faith in the integrity and fairness of the stock market. In addition, insider trading lowers the efficiency of stock markets and prevents companies from accumulating additional capital. This paper gives an in-depth analysis of insider trading.
Insider trading refers to “transactions in a company’s securities, such as stocks or options, by corporate insiders or their associates based on information originating within the firm that would, once publicly disclosed, affect the prices of such securities” (Dolgopolov, n.d., para. 1). Individuals who are able to access valuable information from such firms are called corporate insiders (Dolgopolov, n.d.).
Examples of corporate insiders include employees, managers and directors of a company. According to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (n.d.), insider trading can be legal or illegal. An illegal insider trading takes place when a stock trader possesses knowledge that can positively or negative affect a company’s stock.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (n.d.) also reiterates that a person who receives secondary information from a corporate insider is also guilty of illegal insider trading. This exchange of information is referred to as tipping (U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, n.d.). Nevertheless, legal insider trading takes place frequently in most companies. In this case, a company sets policies and regulations within which its employees or managers can transact in its shares (Newkirk and Robertson, 1998).
“The main ethical arguments against insider trading include asymmetrical information, in-principle access to information, contravention of property rights in information and fiduciary duty” (O’Hara, 2001, p.1). According to the asymmetrical information argument, insider trading is unfair due to the fact that all parties involved in the stock market do not have equal information. For that reason, insider trading does not give all traders a fair playing ground.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Similarly, additional knowledge about a company gives a corporate insider undue advantage over other traders. For instance, corporate insiders are able to avoid loses or generate profit at the expense of other stock traders (Newkirk and Robertson, 1998). In-principle access to information simply means that ordinary share holders are not able to access appropriate and adequate information on certain securities.
Lack of information mostly affects small scale traders. Large corporations are least affected since they are able to access necessary information on stocks. The other argument against insider trading is the contravention of property rights. In this regard, a company’s inside information is treated as a property (O’Hara, 2001). Consequently, any deals involving this information are considered illegal.
The last argument against insider trading maintains that corporate insiders owe a fiduciary duty to shareholders (O’Hara, 2001). For that reason, a company and its officers must act in the best interest of shareholders. When a corporate insider engages in insider trading, he acts purely in his own interests.
Negative impacts of insider trading are far-reaching. Publicly-traded companies get most of their capital from shareholders (Clark, n.d.). Clark (n.d.) reaffirms that money accumulated from the sale of shares is utilized in product research, creation of new business lines and local and overseas expansion. Additionally, a company is kept afloat by shareholders’ equity during lean times. On the other hand, a shareholder is rewarded through dividends and an increase in the worth of his shares.
However, a company and its shareholders may not be able to accrue such benefits if insider trading is encouraged. In most cases, illegal insider trading discourages traders from buying stocks. As a result, most companies are unable to raise money to fund their growth or daily operations. Furthermore, insider trading is detrimental to a market’s liquidity as it increases the cost of transactions (Dolgopolov, n.d.).
The explanation to this argument is that specialized intermediaries lose from trading with corporate insiders. Dolgopolov (n.d.) affirms that special intermediaries provide liquidity to stock markets through frequent buying and selling of shares. Thereafter, these intermediaries “recoup their losses by increasing their bid-ask spread (the differential between buying and selling prices)” (Dolgopolov, n.d., para. 14.).
The scandal involving Enron is a typical example of how insider trading can reduce trust on the stock market (Clark, n.d.). Jeffrey Skilling, the CEO of Enron, conspired with some of the top managers to engage in illegal insider trading. Enron’s share prices were secretly increased by fraudulent accounting practices that inflated its earnings.
We will write a custom Essay on Insider Trading specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More However, when the company fortunes dwindled further, Skilling and other executives sold most of their shares. By selling their shares with the knowledge that Enron’s shares were going to drop, Skilling and his accomplices engaged in insider trading. This act discouraged prospective traders from buying Enron’s shares. Consequently, it took the intervention of congress to restore public confidence in Enron’s stock after the Scandal (Clark, n.d.).
Additionally, before the 1990s, there was a common perception that the European markets were infested with insider trading (Clark, n.d.). Similarly, these markets regained their prestige after the European Union forced its members to fight illegal insider trading. These examples clearly indicate that insider trading is more of a foe than a friend to a financial system.
It is unethical for people who are aware of information within a company that is not available to all stock traders to buy or sell its shares. If such people engage in any stock dealings with that company, they are guilty of insider trading. When done on small scale, insider trading disjoints the market and upsets local and international investors (Dolgopolov, n.d.). However, when done on large scale, insider trading erodes the confidence and trust bestowed by traders on the stock markets.
Consequently, potential investors shun the stock markets altogether. In summary, insider trading reduces the efficiency of the markets, makes it difficult for companies to raise capital and erodes investor confidence in the markets (Dolgopolov, n.d.). Insider trading is, therefore, made illegal as it adversely affects the stock market and a firm’s value. Moreover, this is the economic rationale used to discourage insider trading.
References Clark, J. (n.d.). How insider trading works. Impact of insider trading on markets. Web.
Dolgopolov, S. (n.d.). Insider trading. Web.
Transformation of the Ancient Greece Art Essay best essay help: best essay help
In the course of its history, the culture of Ancient Greece underwent significant transformation. This paper is aimed at discussing these changes by looking at art. In particular, it is necessary to focus on sculptural works that were created between the years 650 and 100 before the Common Era.
These artworks can throw light on the development of Greek art during that period. To some extent, this development could be prompted by international relations of the Greek cities and the philosophical values which emerged in this culture. These are the main factors that should be taken into account.
At first, it is necessary to examine the sculptural works which belong to the archaic period of the Greek culture. In particular, one can mention such artworks as Kleobis and Biton, Dipylon Kouros, and the Moschophoros. They were created during the period 600 and 570 BCE. At that time, Greek sculptors were influenced by the styles and techniques developed in Egypt and the Near East.
For example, the hairdo of the people depicted by sculptors suggests that they could familiar with the culture of Ancient Persia. The viewers can see that the sculptures have anthropomorphic features. In other words, they resemble a human being. Nevertheless, the gender distinctions are not emphasized by the authors. This argument is particularly relevant if one speaks about such a sculpture as the Moschophoros. Overall, these artworks represent the archaic period of the Greek art.
In contrast, one can look at the sculptures created during the classical period. In particular, one can look at such examples as Diadumenos by Polyclitus, Artemision Bronze, or Venus Braschi. It is possible to identify several differences in comparison with the previous group. First of all, the sculptors tried to portray subjects in a more realistic manner.
For example, gender distinctions are clearly visible. Moreover, the artists depicted people in different poses which are rather naturalistic. Yet, the most important aspect is that the authors tried to present an idealized image of a human body. This is probably the main distinction of these artworks since these sculptures set the standards of physical beauty.
These transformations could have been caused by several important factors. In particular, one can mention the Greco-Persian Wars which started in 499. These international conflicts significantly diminished the influence of Persian culture on Greece. The techniques that one can see in the sculptures of the Archaic Period were rejected.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Moreover, the political culture and philosophy of that period set stress on such aspects as human dignity, liberty, and freedom. This is one of the reasons why sculptors tried to create an idealized image of a human being. Therefore, it is possible to say that the transformation of political ideology and philosophy gave rise to artistic changes. These are the main issues that can be identified.
This discussion indicates at several important issues. First of all, Greek sculptors tended to imitate the examples and techniques developed in the Near East and Egypt. In this case, one should focus on the works of the archaic period.
However, this trend declined after the changes in the political and intellectual life of Ancient Greece, especially the growing value of human life. This trends prompted sculptors to portray people in an idealized way. Therefore, one can argue that art is closely related to social and political life in the community.
Appendixes Picture 1: Kleobis and Biton
Picture 2: Dipylon Kouros
Picture 3 Moschophoros
We will write a custom Essay on Transformation of the Ancient Greece Art specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Picture 4: Diadumenos by Polyclitus
Picture 5: Artemision Bronze
Picture 6: Venus Braschi
Works Cited Gardner, Helen, and Fred Kleiner. Gardner’s Art Through the Ages: A Global History, New York: Cengage Learning, 2012. Print.
Hurwit, John. The Art and Culture of Early Greece: 1100-480 B. C, Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1988. Print.
Sacks, David. Encyclopedia of the Ancient Greek World, New York: Infobase Publishing, 2009. Print.
Footnotes Please, refer to the Appendixes, Pictures 1, 2, and 3
Hurwit, John. The Art and Culture of Early Greece: 1100-480 B. C ( Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1988) 27.
Appendixes, Pictures 4. 5, and 6.
Sacks, David. Encyclopedia of the Ancient Greek World, ( New York: Infobase Publishing, 2009) 51.
Gardner, Helen, and Fred Kleiner. Gardner’s Art Through the Ages: A Global History (New York: Cengage Learning, 2012) 122.
The Foreign Influences on the Roman art Essay college admission essay help
In the course of its history, the civilization of Ancient Rome incorporated and modified the elements of those cultures which it dominated. This argument is particularly relevant if one speaks about Roman art which includes painting, architecture, or sculpture. This paper is aimed at examining foreign influences on the Roman art. One can argue that Romans were able to adapt, modify, and sometimes improve the artistic techniques which they borrowed from others. This is the main argument that can be put forward.
One of the examples can be considered is Temple of Portunus. This architectural monument can be dated back to the first century before the Common Era. This building represents the Republican period in the history of Ancient Rome .
Overall, this architectural work incorporates the elements of Greek and Etruscan art. For example, one can mention that Temple of Portunus includes such elements as columns, pediment, cella and extensive use of marble. In turn, the main Etruscan influences can be exemplified with such elements as high stairs, podium, and front entrance.
Overall, the architectural style developed in Ancient Greece strongly influenced people who created Temple of Portunus. To a great extent, this temple bears a close resemblance to Parthenon. This example indicates that Romans did not neglect the culture of countries or regions which they dominated.
Additionally, it is important to speak about Roman sculpture which was also affected by other cultures. One should take into account that Romans produced copies of Greek sculptures such as Apollo Belvedere.To a great extent, Roman were impressed with the meticulous techniques used by Greet sculptures.
Yet, one should remember that they modified the legacy of Ancient Greece. In particular, Romans insisted on the realistic portrayal of subjects without idealizing the physical beauty of a person. This style is often called verism, and it is a forerunner of modern realism.
For example, one can mention such an artwork as the bust of Trojan Decius. This sculpture was created in 249 C. E. The viewers can see that the artist did not try to idealize the physical appearance of the subject. This is one of the main aspects that can be identified because it distinguishes Roman sculpture among other styles and traditions. This sculpture was created during the period of the Late Empire and it shows that even at the height of Roman political and cultural domination, Greek art still greatly appealed to them.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Furthermore, it is important to speak about painting, especially frescos. One can argue that this technique was widely adopted by Etruscans. A good example of this technique is the portrayed of a husband and wife. This artwork was found in Pompeii. It was created in the first century of the Common Era which is the period of the Early Empire. Again, one can say that the author of this fresco attempted to emphasize the realism of his artwork. This is one of the main things that should be considered.
These examples are important because they demonstrate that Romans were willing to use the artistic techniques used in other cultures. This openness is one of the reasons why Romans could produce magnificent artworks. However, one should not suppose that they merely copied the artworks created by others. In many cases, they modified foreign influences and in this way, produced unique sculpture, painting, or architectural monuments.
Appendixes Picture 1: Temple of Portunus
(Gardner and Kleiner 182)
Picture 2: The Bust of Trojan Decius
(Gardner and Kleiner 185)
Picture 3: The Portrait of a Husband and Wife found in Pompei
We will write a custom Essay on The Foreign Influences on the Roman art specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More (Gardner and Kleiner 187)
Works Cited Furtwangler, Adolf. Masterpieces of Greek Sculpture: A Series of Essays on the History of Art, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010. Print.
Gardner, Helen, and Fred Kleiner. Gardner’s Art Through the Ages: A Global History, New York: Cengage Learning, 2012. Print.
Gates, Charles. Ancient Cities: The Archaeology of Urban Life in the Ancient Near East and Egypt, Greece, and Rome, London: Routledge, 2003. Print.
Footnotes Please, refer to the Appendixes, Picture 1
Gardner, Helen, and Fred Kleiner. Gardner’s Art Through the Ages: A Global History (New York: Cengage Learning, 2012). 182.
Furtwangler, Adolf. Masterpieces of Greek Sculpture: A Series of Essays on the History of Art (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010). 7.
(Gardner and Kleiner 185).
Appendixes, Picture 2
Gates, Charles. Ancient Cities: The Archaeology of Urban Life in the Ancient Near East and Egypt, Greece, and Rome (London: Routledge, 2003). 312.
Financial Management of Healthcare Organizations Essay essay help free: essay help free
Table of Contents Introduction
Objectives of financial management
Elements of financial management
Accepted financial principles and ethical standards
Introduction The term financial management refers to organization of monetary resources to achieve desired objectives and maximize companys’ worth while ensuring positive growth. This paper seeks to highlight the four elements of financial management and explain the generally acceptable accounting principles and financial ethical standards. It is evident that the need for proper financial management and adherence to sufficient financial reporting is vital for every organization irrespective of the industries in which they operate.
Financial management Financial management entails planning, organizing, directing and controlling of financial processes in a firm. Financial resources in the enterprise are therefore managed using generally accepted principles to promote transparency and accountability. It takes into consideration investment decisions by defining allocation of financial resources, e.g. capital budgeting. Financial management deals with issues pertaining to raising finances or capital from a variety of sources for purposes of expansion, growth and new investments.
Objectives of financial management Control and efficient allocation of resources is aimed at the following:
Ensure the company invests in safe endeavors.
Strike a balance in capital structure (i.e. there should be a capital balance between debt and equity).
Ensure efficient use of financial resources with minimal wastage.
Elements of financial management The four elements of financial management include planning, controlling, organizing (and directing) and decision making. Planning ensures that finances are available at the required time to satisfy organization needs as they arise periodically.
Planning requires that the company draws up short term as well as long term needs. Short term needs include employee remunerations, payment of utilities, purchases and others. Long term needs include opening new outlets or investing in new options. Financial objectives are also defined in planning.
In controlling, the immediate objective is to ensure that financial goals are being achieved. This is done to identify areas that need monitoring and attention within the organization. Controlling seeks to measure efficiency in the use of assets while determining security of these assets. It also entails examining whether all activities undertaken are as per the organizations’ policies and procedures.
Organizing and directing involves deciding how resources will be allocated having identified the most feasible or viable investment options. Directing ensures that the results of organizing are efficient. Decision making is parallel to planning, organizing, directing and controlling. It allows organizations to choose among available investment options based on specific criteria. Decision making relies on information and mostly relates to issues pertaining financing and investment (Baker
Influences of Gender Research Paper a level english language essay help
Society has defined roles of people depending on various aspects. Arguably, the most influential aspect that is used to determine the roles of people in society is gender. Though changes in time has really changed the way community uses gender in determining how one conducts his or her life, gender still plays a significant role in our community. Women cannot engage in some activities while men view some chores as being specifically feminine.
While men have been able to develop themselves quite easily since historical times, women have had to endure various obstacles that have been specifically meant to deter their efforts. It is important also to note that the way gender is used in society particularly in public life is different among various societies. While women in most developing countries have limited public opportunities their counterparts from developed nations have higher chances.
To begin with, it would be important to define what is meant by gender and gender differences for that matter. While many people assume that sex and gender is one and the same thing, the same is not the case. Sex refers to inborn characteristics that are used to differentiate between a male and a female human being (Jiwani 175).
On the other hand, gender refers to the traits that society has associated with the fact of a person being a man or a woman. Society assumes that men and women have different physical and mental characters that require different treatment. In this regard, society has over years made people to belief that different roles and behaviors are expected of a person depending on whether the person is a man or a woman. It is important to note that gender roles and differences change over time and they are not the same among different cultures.
Gender influences everything including lifestyle of people. Moreover, gender has been used in some communities to regulate the access that people have to various resources including land, education, political power and financial services. Ideas about gender rule everyday lives of people in every sector of the society.
They determine the roles and responsibilities of people in the family and the community at large. Division of labor is based on gender differences as outlined in every community (Ghanim 92). Educational, professional and other opportunities of advancement are all dependent on gender.
It should be noted that throughout history, women have been disadvantaged as far as gender differences is concerned. Women have been made to believe that their work is only domestic. Yes, they are involved in production but their productivity is low with most of it going unpaid. There are a lot of obstacles that women come across in their endeavors to empower themselves.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Firstly, economic resources are usually limited for women who are then unable to have the economic power that will make their public life significant. In this regard, only few women have had the opportunity of making it to the public limelight. It is important to note that these obstacles were more pronounced in traditional times a reason as to why very few women were public figures then. Secondly, discrimination against women in employment is prevalent (Martin 117).
Women have limited opportunities on the ranks they can hold in various organizations or even the careers to choose from. This coupled with the limited opportunities that women have to access higher education has limited chances of women to participate on national issues (Bruckner 115). Nevertheless, women have in the recent years seen a reduction in some of the obstacles that hinder their participation especially in the labor market though the obstacles have not been fully eliminated.
Gender stereotypes continue to affect women in every sector of the society. In most societies, women are taken as weak people who are very emotional and therefore would not be able to deal with tough national issues. Consequently, people have been very skeptical when it comes to having women leaders. All over the world, women politicians face heavy challenges in their careers.
They first of all lack the economic resources that are necessary to mobilize the electorate to support them. Besides, people are rarely willing to support women candidates for any political seat. Moreover, women have always to double up as family overseers thus reducing the length of time they can dedicate to productive work. This reduces their income and thus economically impairs the women (Ghanim 67). It is also important to note that most employers pay women less compared to men for the same job description.
Due to the above factors, the number of poor women has been increasing over the years. While men go to work in the manufacturing or the mining sector where their income is higher, women are left to take care of the children and tender for crops. It should be noted that they lack resources to improve agricultural production thus their output in very low.
The disintegration of traditional social structures is not doing any good to women. They have become single mothers because of the increased divorce rates due to what has been described as modernity or westernization. Poverty becomes a burden to women than men because in the event that any family lacks the economic power to send all the children to school, the female children are forced to drop out so that their brothers can be educated.
Unfortunately, girls are forced into early marriages especially in developing nations and this totally halts any development plans they might have had. Similarly, even where education is available for both men and women, women find it hard to advance their education especially after getting married.
We will write a custom Research Paper on Influences of Gender specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More While nothing prevents men from furthering their education, women have to choose between taking care of their family and studying; the first option always prevails (Jiwani 127). Consequently, educational gaps between men and women are significant thus limiting chances of women to make their public life any good. The fact that this has increased dependency of women on men has actually worsened that issue (Wollstonecraft 35).
As noted there before, gender differences differ from one community to the other and from time to time. What was considered as feminine roles in the 1800s is not necessarily taken to be so nowadays. What Asia considers as roles of men in society or national aspects are not necessarily the same in other parts of the world especially North America. In Asia, poverty levels are high than they are in North America.
Consequently, discrimination based on gender is so rampant in several Asian countries. In all aspects of the economy, the Asian culture has made women to play second fiddle to men (Andersen 6). Cultural stereotypes were impended in social structures historically and this has made women economically underdeveloped compared to women. Nonetheless, discrimination based on gender differs from cultural background to another. Women have limited access to education and medical institutions and this has hindered their enhancement.
Domestic violence is much pronounced in some cultures. Women are exposed to violence early in life given that early marriages are very common. It is important to note that due to low average levels of income, literacy levels among women are low in many Asian countries. Consequently, women usually do not compete favorably with men on several aspects. As a result, most women are relegated to be just doing house chores and other low paying mostly part time jobs.
Not very many women are found in influential positions in society. This is because not only are women less educated but they are also made to believe that higher job positions require a lot of time which they do not have. The fact that extended families are an order of the day in most Asian countries, the role of women is made more difficult. Women have to take care of the in-laws, children and the extended family at large which highly reduces the time they have to engage in other activities (Pizan 176).
In their role as family caretakers, women are supposed to shelf any dream or ambition that they may have for the sake of the family. In this regard, whenever the family does not agree with anything a woman wants to do, she is obliged to surrender it. Women in other Asian countries for example Pakistan are viewed as commodities that can be owned by men.
Therefore, when a woman is married she automatically becomes a property of her husband who determines what she can or cannot do (Andersen 16). It is important to note that men have used this chance to adversely limit the opportunities that are available for women.
Moreover, men solely dominate the process of decision making both at domestic and national levels. As a result, women have been culturally trained to respect anything the man says no matter how wrong it may sound. This cultural believe has made women subordinate to men and ensured that women do not succeed in life. Religion has also been used to reinforce the misconceptions about gender differences in Asia.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Influences of Gender by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Among primitive ideas that have been advanced by religion is that women are supposed to adhere to what their husbands say without question. This has subjugated women into being servants of men. All these have worked against women who have now found themselves at the periphery regarding almost every issue (Pizan 177). However, there has been increased lobbying for women rights and gender equality in recent years across Asia.
On the other hand, North America has really developed especially in the years following World War II. Though traditionally women were supposed to remain at home and take care of the family that has really changed. Ancient behaviors and attitudes have really transformed making the presence of women in various national issues common.
Women have seen increased employment opportunities compared to other parts of the world. There is increased information about sexual harassment and gender equality among the countries of North America. As a result, programs have been instituted that are aimed at ensuring that women have the same opportunities as men. This has increased the number of women working in various sectors of the economy.
Nevertheless, it should be noted that women still earn low salaries on average than their male counterparts for the same job descriptions. On the same note, it can be noted that there are very few women politicians in North America. This is because people still have the stereotype that women cannot make good leaders.
Specifically, United States of America has never had a woman president since independence. Some studies have shown that women rarely get opportunities to become managers in either public or private corporations. There are some restrictions that are put in place to ensure that women cannot rise beyond given levels.
It is important to note that though many things may have changed regarding the way gender is viewed in the American society, some ideas have remained predominantly the same. Women are still seen as the people responsible for taking care of domestic chores. Though nowadays men assist their wives in doing house chores, the bulky of the job is done by women.
It is the role of women to prepare their children for school every morning while men simply wake up and prepare themselves for work. In case of any medical situation involving children, it is the women who are expected to attend to the same and even stay out of work if need be.
There is increasing understanding between men and women and cases of domestic violence are minimal in North America compared to Asian communities. Relationships at work places have been improved with all employees treated equally. Educational opportunities are equally available for both men and women who are ready to study.
Since women no longer have to take care of house chores single handedly, they have increased opportunities of enhancing their education levels. Moreover, women are not restricted on the type of employment they can seek which has seen women join careers that were preserved for men. The hours that women can work have increased because men are willing to assist women in house chores. This has increased the income of women averagely as well as raising living standards of families.
Nevertheless, there are sporadic cases where women are reported to be disadvantaged. Some men still think that women cannot be able to individually make good decisions. Therefore, these men are not ready to share any success they achieve with women either at work place or at home. Men still hold key positions in various economic sectors and women fighting for these positions face challenges given that they lack the necessary resources.
Gender stereotyping is a reality that we have to deal with in our society. Various cultures in the world define roles of people depending on whether the person is a man or a woman. In all these, it is women who have been on the receiving end. Increased educational levels will go a long way in enhancing gender equality.
Both men and women should be given the same education in the same institutions to give them equal competing opportunities (Wollstonecraft 36). It is important to note that in economies where women are empowered, living standards are high. However, traditional roles have greatly changed in various cultures with the wake of globalization which is more or less integrating the world.
Works Cited Andersen, Margaret L. and Howard F. Taylor. Sociology: Understanding a Diverse Society. Stanford: Cengage Learning, 2006. Print.
Bruckner, Hannah. Gender Inequality in the Life Course: Social Change and Stability in West Germany 1975-1995. Piscataway: Transactions Publishers, 2004. Print.
Ghanim, David. Gender and Violence in the Middle East. Santa Barbara: ABC-CLIO, 2009. Print.
Jiwani, Yasmin. Discourses of Denial: Mediations of Race, Gender, and Violence. Vancouver: UBC Press, 2011. Print.
Martin, Terry L., and Kenneth J. Doka. Men Don’t Cry—Women Do: Transcending Gender Stereotypes of Grief. New York: Taylor and Francis, 2000. Print.
Pizan, Christine De. “The Treasure of the City of Ladies.” Reading the World: Ideas that Matter. Michael Austin. New York: W W Norton
Functions of political parties Essay college application essay help
Political parties have existed in the United States since its formation. However, the public have been viewing them negatively due to the many ills that they have been associated with.
Such disdain goes back to the days of the tenure of George Washington, who warned that parties were filling the U.S. citizens with jealousies that were ill-founded. Despite this negative image that political parties have, they play a vital role in the political system of the U.S. This paper is an investigation of the positive roles that political parties play in the political system of the United States.
If political parties were not part of the political system of the U.S., citizens would have to go through cumbersome elections. It is common knowledge that parties are the ones that select candidates for some elective positions. This helps in making elections less involving because voters would indubitably be overwhelmed by elections if the people vying for elective offices had no party labels.
For instance, if parties were not there, citizens would probably have to vote for the vice president and other posts in the government. This would complicate the electoral process. In addition to this, parties usually present voters with policy alternatives. This is especially helpful for voters because they may not know candidates individually. There have been cases of straight tickets being chosen by voters. That is, voters choose party representatives during the elections rather than the candidates themselves.
Parties have also played a critical role in checking the excesses of reigning parties. If a party is not the majority party in Congress, then it ensures that the other party does not have complete control. Party leaders have often come out openly against measures implemented by a president elected by the other party.
This role of parties has been widely criticized by American citizens because many of them view it as self-serving and petty. It is however an important role because it ensures that the reigning party does not change the law or implement contentious policies at will.
Members of a given political party share their stands on certain issues of public concern. In general, these stands are not the same for the main political parties, Republicans and Democrats. This therefore implies that when Republicans win the Presidential election, Democrats criticize their points of view on certain issues.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More On the other hand, if Democrats win the Presidential election, Republicans criticize their points of view on certain issues in their turn. For instance, the Republican Party has taken a tough stance on the issue of same sex marriages while Democrats have been liberal on the issue. The discussions that follow the aforementioned criticisms make citizens well-informed about pertinent issues. The criticizing is also important because it presents the government with alternative problem solving methods.
Despite the fact that political parties have been bedeviled in the past, they are important components of the American political system. Among the key functions of political parties is the fact that they help in simplifying elections.
Political parties also play an important role in checking the excesses of the government and ensuring that the government does not change the law or implement contentious policies at will. Lastly, political parties criticize the actions of the ruling elite and thereby ensure that members of the public are adequately informed about pertinent issues.
Multinational companies in Mexico Case Study custom essay help: custom essay help
Abstract This paper has attempted to review Mexico as an investment hub for multinational companies. The countries’ potential is discussed briefly alongside cultural considerations. The importance understanding the organizational culture of firms in Mexico before investing has also been discussed.
Reasons for multinationals’ interest in setting up operations in Mexico The main reason why MNCs should relocate to Mexico is the availability of highly skilled labor. This could be attributed to the government’s huge investment in human resource.
The good bit about this labor is that it calls for low wages. Such highly skilled labor is quite expensive in other regions including United States. It is evident that much less is used in terms of labor capital investment in Mexico. Labor is an important factor in any business and not only the cost that matters but also the quality. This combination is readily available in Mexico.
The second reason is the potential of businesses in Mexico to achieve high productivity, growth rates and quality performance. This means that the companies break even very fast. Various studies that have been carried out proofed this point. Amongst three auto assembly plants in Canada, United States and Mexico, the Mexican plants topped according to a study by Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The research conducted by J. D. Power and Associates placed Ford Motor’s Hermisillo plant (Mexico) at the top in North America.
Mexico is also favoring the expansion of plants particularly those to do with computers and electronics. That is why Intel put in some $ 1.5 billion in its upgrading program in 2007. This is an example of a company which operates out of many countries and investing in Mexico is an indication of the potential that the country has. Mexico’s market is wide due to the many trade agreements it has made with countries across the world.
Cultural differences and MNCs MNCs in the world today are adopting the four basic predispositions to enhance their operations. These are ethnocentric, polycentric, regiocentric and geocentric. In ethnocentric, the values and the interests of the parent company guide the strategic decisions. Using this approach means the MNC is not concerned about the cultural differences found in the country of operation.
Polycentric predisposition is guided by the need to allow the culture of the country of operation to guide the strategic decisions. Regiocentric attempts to strike a balance between the company’s values and interests with those of the region of operation. In geocentric predisposition, the company adopts a global approach to decision making.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The United States MNCs have already dominated the Mexican investment arena. Their strategic predisposition uses an approach which is responsive to the values and interests of the local people. As has been mentioned earlier, many MNCs are opting to do production in Mexico.
By so doing, the highest percentage labor force comes from Mexico. The employees of a company more often than not dictate the direction that the company will take with regard to the local needs. This narrows down to the company assimilating the local people’s culture within its organization.
For the European companies, cultural barriers may portend a potential challenge. However, the utilization of the various strategic predispositions would give them a choice on the direction to take. It is a fact that there are many European MNCs operating in Mexico. A good example is the French MNC Thomson. Looking at the expectations of the French people about doing business in their country shows the general characteristics of the Europeans.
Examples of these expectations include keeping time, a quick pressurized grip in handshake, respecting meal time and not rushing at making decisions. These may be readily acceptable to the Mexicans but it is always good to work with what is locally appreciated. The Japanese MNCs may find their values and interests to be a bit far from those of Mexicans due to vast cultural differences. The MNCs have however adopted strategies that are sensitive to the locals hence removing the potential cultural barriers.
Importance of MNCs studying the organizational culture in Mexican firms For MNCs to succeed in a certain country or region, it is important for the management to understand the organizational culture of the firms. It goes without saying that the MNC’s that decides to invest in Mexico must get to know this culture before shifting. This has to do with how the organizations are in terms of human resource and the hierarchies involved.
This would assist in placement of staff and shed light on what positions to give to the expatriates. This is a major step in getting closer to the Mexican culture and also getting accepted. The knowledge would also be an asset in setting up work related policies within the firms. One thing that is clear is the fact that there exist similarities within firms that operate in Mexico with regard to organizational culture. The situation is unique and any MNC willing to invest here should have the full knowledge of it.
The way forward is to adjust the firm’s strategies so that they could fit the local situation. This can be done through realization that all countries are not the same. The firms would then set their subsidiaries in such a way that they accommodate the local demands. Autonomy should be given to such subsidiaries so that they could be responsive to the local values and interests.
We will write a custom Case Study on Multinational companies in Mexico specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More
Supreme Court in the United States Essay college essay help online
The Supreme Court is a very important organ of the judiciary in the United States and other countries around the world. The Supreme Court plays a critical role in the interpretation of state laws and serves as the final court where appeals are determined. Apart from interpreting all the congressional enactments, the Supreme Court plays a significant role in the policy making process. The Supreme Court ensures that all policies and state statutes are formulated in accordance to the constitution.
All federal statutes must be interpreted and expounded by the Supreme Court to ensure that they do not violate the constitution. The rulings and decisions made by the Supreme Court are final and this demonstrates the high power that the court wields. The legislature and the executive arms of government are normally put in check by the Supreme Court by ensuring that they conform to the United States constitution.
The Congress and the president of the United States play a critical role in governance and policy making and can end up violating the constitution voluntarily or through misinterpretation. The Supreme Court has the power to dismiss the decisions made by other courts as long as it remains within its mandate. The policy making process is a very elaborate process that requires checks and balances. All policies should conform to the U.S constitution and anything contrary to that is a violation of the constitution.
The Supreme Court has the power to oversee policy formulation and implementation to ensure compliance with the constitution. Policy making is normally associated with political disputes and the Supreme Court comes in to solve the disputes through constitutional interpretation. The Supreme Court adopts other powers to ensure that it does not interfere with other arms of government. The Congress formulates policies which are supposed to be enforced by the president.
The Supreme Court only comes in when polices conflict with the constitution. The Supreme Court can request the Congress to make some amendments to a policy to ensure that it complies with constitutional requirements. The Supreme Court therefore plays an oversight role in the policy making process.
Constitutional interpretation is the fundamental role of the Supreme Court even if other stakeholders may have reservations. The Supreme Court applies the law in the resolution of various disputes and this is what determines national policies. The fact that the Supreme Court decisions and constitutional interpretations are final means there is no way the country can end up having unconstitutional policies.
Judicial review can only be conducted by the Supreme Court depending on the cases brought before it. All the laws and policies formulated by federal governments must be reviewed by the Supreme Court. Policy disputes between states are very common in the U.S and the Supreme Court plays a very important role in resolving such conflicts. It is the role of the Supreme Court to ensure all the laws and policies formulated at the federal level conform to the U.S constitution.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More In conclusion, the Supreme Court plays an oversight role in policy formulation and implementation. The decisions made by the Supreme Court determine the majority of national policies.
The Supreme Court ensures that all the policies that are formulated by the central and federal governments do not violate the constitution. The Supreme Court has the jurisdiction to approve and dismiss policies based on constitutional interpretation. The Supreme Court is not meant to interfere with the functions of other arms of government but to guard the constitution.
Voting and Participation Essay best college essay help: best college essay help
According to the United States Bureau of Census, only about 55% of people eligible to vote have voted in the national elections held after every four years since 1960. Despite the fact that voter participation in the elections has recorded a slight increase in the last few decades, participation is still at a lower level when compared to other democracies of the western part of Europe.
In the recent years, there have been attempts at enhancing voter participation as well as voter turnout through several means. These means include automatic registration of would be voters, installing home mail ballots, and others. Nonetheless, several Americans are wary of the fact that such attempts to enhance voter participation create negative impacts such as fraud as well as voter apathy.
The people in support of enhanced voter participation have a superior argument compared to those against it since enhanced participation of voters increases the level of self-governance. The United Nations is an effective partner in matters relating to elections and voting. Throughout its functions, it continues to encourage nations to foster voter participation with a goal of improving self-governance.
The Voting Right Act of 1965 This refers to a hallmark in the history of America. It is a legislation which ruled out any voting processes that appeared to discriminate against some groups and was the cause for marginalization of African Americans in the United States. This piece of legislation outlawed any federal state from forcing any kind of qualification to a voter or any other essential requirement in a manner that would hinder or obstruct the right of any individual to vote because of issues of race or the color of one’s skin.
The then congress had a particular interest in using the act to disregard the process of needing individuals who were actually qualified to vote to go through literacy tests successfully so as to be allowed to register as voters. This was the major way through which some of the states had denied the African Americans their right to vote. This piece of legislation was signed and enacted into law by the then president Lyndon Johnson.
The process of Electing a New President The elections for a new president are normally conducted after a period of four years. The specific day is the first Tuesday of the month of November. This is a standard procedure which has to be followed strictly. There are also requirements for the qualifications of a person who can run for office.
He or she should have clocked 35 years. They must also be natives of America and should have stayed there for a period not less than 14 years. Candidates for the presidency are selected through a campaign process which begins a previous year to the actual election year. Candidates announce their quest for office and the various parties select their preferred candidates.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More After party nominations, the final candidates conduct their campaigns all over the country in a bid to get more votes to their basket. Voters have to register to vote and this is done early enough. The people should satisfy all the legal requirements as well as age to be allowed to register as voters. Lastly, the president is identified by the number of Electoral College votes he garners and not necessarily the popular vote.
Is Media Biased Essay best college essay help: best college essay help
Al – Jazeera TV is Biased in its Reporting The emergence of technology that facilitates a comprehensive coverage of news in real-time has enabled many media outlets to reach millions of viewers globally. The modernization of the media industry has also escalated live streaming of news online.
It is notable that the sovereignty, autonomy, and information over personal analysis determine the level of news coverage objectivity. However, some media outlets have failed the objectivity test because of their partiality when it comes to reporting certain events. This paper discusses the notion that some media outlets are biased and focuses the debate on the Al –Jazeera Television.
Al – Jazeera is the largest media outlet in the Middle East reporting events mostly to the Arab world. Presently, Al – Jazeera has also expanded to the Western world. Notably, individuals in the private sector own and run the media outlet. The media outlet is insensitively anti – Israel and America.
Al – Jazeera tend to report events involving Arabs and Islam positively and objectively. However, it has remained deeply against the Western ideals in its reporting of conflicts. The way it covers news in which the Western nations are involved normally shows a bias. This has been noted in its one-sidedness, unequal presentation, and unreasoned opinion on its commentaries.
It is notable that countries such as Algeria, Morocco, and Bahrain among others have alleged that Al – Jazeera is biased in its reporting of events. The media outlet’s leniency towards Iraq has been evident in its reporting. The media outlet reported anti – occupation aggression news in Iraq, which received global condemnation. In fact, the media outlet appears to be facilitating a psychological conflict with its fundamentalist opinions.
Al – Jazeera normally report news about the search for democracy in some Arab countries experiencing revolution. The media outlet has equated revolutions in Egypt and Libya with the ejection of totalitarianism in the search for political order. However, Al – Jazeera fails to report the lack of democracy in Qatar.
For example, Qatar does not conduct elections and the citizenry have no basic political rights. This is an indication of bias because it delivers sensational reports about problems in other countries without projecting to the world the challenges facing Qatar.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The unbalanced reporting of the war in Syria has also generated massive problems for the media house. This was occasioned by the resignation of some reporters over the media outlet’s lack of objectivity. The media outlet reported the revolutionary activities that occurred in Egypt and Libya.
However, it has reported nothing about the serious anti – government uprising activities occurring in Bahrain. The media outlet is allegedly forcing its reporters to twist their stories to conform to the ideals of Emir Sheik and his Qatar administration. Furthermore, Al – Jazeera has occasionally turned down stories, which are thought to be against the Qatari government brought by its journalists,
Al – Jazeera has created the notion that it is serving Emir Sheik’s personal agenda by failing to report on the role played by the Qatar leader in the Syrian war. In fact, many former employees contend that Al – Jazeera has degenerated into a propaganda platform. The former reporters have indicated that Al – Jazeera has deviated from its mission goals.
The media out let was originally the voice for transformation agenda and objective criticism of political activities in the region. The former workers argue that Al –Jazeera presently represents the views of the Qatari leadership particularly reporting in a lopsided manner when it comes to issues that require objectivity.
Agents of Socialism Essay college application essay help
Introduction Children acquire social experiences from the society, and this helps them to live and interact well with other people. Socialism refers to the process that enables people to learn their culture, language and other aspects of their society. This process starts from the time a child is born and continues until when it matures and it involves agents like the media, family, society, peers, schools and churches. This essay investigates the agent of socialism that has the greatest impact on the opinion of an individual regarding political issues.
The family shapes the political views of an individual more than other agents of socialism due to the following reasons. First, it brings people very close to one another compared to other agents of socialism and thus enables children to learn communication and socialization skills. In addition, family ties play significant roles in educating children regarding politics, religion, tradition and nature. They learn the differences between various aspects of life like political parties, religions and cultures.
Secondly, the family trains children to distinguish between good and bad behavior; therefore, they will always look for these qualities before choosing which political party to follow. On the other hand, other agents of socialism may not distinguish between good and bad and thus they give individuals options to choose from. However, the family ensures its members follow a particular perception about political issues.
The comments that parents make regarding political parties will influence the decisions their children make in the future; therefore, most parents will aspire to influence their children to follow their political parties. Those who make bad remarks about a political party will make their children to believe that the party does not support democracy or constitutional issues. Consequently, their children will despise people who are affiliated to that political party.
Thirdly, people have the right to join political parties of their choices, and this decision is influenced by the policies and leaders in these parties. When children grow up they try to find out the political parties their parents prefer and investigate the issues that make them to be members of these parties.
However, this does not affect their perception unless their parents are staunch followers of these parties. Family members cannot disagree due to political differences compared to work mates, neighbors and peers; therefore, the family has major impacts on the political views of an individual. This means that when children realize that their parents are ardent members of a political party they will follow suit and start accompanying them to political meetings.
Moreover, children get social security and confidence by ensuring that their political views are similar to those of their parents. Family members are likely to have similar political views than friends or work mates; therefore, they influence an individual easily because they have limited options. Therefore, the family plays significant roles in shaping the perception of their children regarding political issues.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Lastly, children spent more time with their parents and other family members compared to other agents of socialization. Therefore, they learn a lot of political issues from their parents since all their childhood years are spent next to them. On the other hand, schools, churches and friends are not very close to individuals because their interactions are limited by circumstances.
Conclusion Children develop communication skills and learn other aspects of life from their societies to become independent and productive individuals. Family members have tight relationships; therefore, they can exchange ideas freely without fear of being discriminated against by other people. Therefore, the family is more influential than peers, media, church and school in shaping the political views of its members.
Consumerism is Beneficial to U.S Society Essay college essay help online: college essay help online
Consumerism thrives on the notion that individuals should have what they want in excess. This has led to a situation in which consumers acquire products in constantly increasing quantities.
Perceived classiness appears to be the driving force of consumerism. That is, consumption of luxury products is thought to elevate a consumer’s social class. Consumerism thrives well in a capitalist society like the United States of America. It is responsible for a number of positive and negative effects. But to a large extent, consumerism is beneficial to the United States society.
It unites different social classes. Acquisition and consumption of certain products appears to unite members of different social strata in the United States. For instance, fashionable items associated with inner city dwellers may be purchased by middle class Americans living in suburban areas.
Each group has a certain value it hopes to derive from the products. The poor may associate success with certain items commonly purchased by the middle class citizens. They will purchase the same products in an attempt to experience the perceived success. On the other hand, members of a higher social class may perceive items commonly acquired by the poor as sophisticated and modern.
This consumer behavior transiently breaches the gap between the two groups. In the long run, it reduces conflict between the social classes. The desire to acquire the latest products in the market is a feeling shared by the social classes. It does not matter what class one belongs to, all that matter are needs and wants of the individual. At this point the attention of the consumer is focused not on class difference but on the product.
Another benefit that can be linked to consumerism is growth of the marketing sector. Consumer demand is driven by shrewd marketing. In an attempt to attract as many buyers as possible, manufacturers and sellers often use advertising and market segmentation. The growth of luxury goods market is an example of how market segmentation can increase sales. The ripple effect is increased consumption of luxury goods.
This has a positive effect on the economy and society. Individual members of society may derive pleasure from consumption. In addition, it improves production capacity through development of tools. It has been argued that production and consumption are part of a continuous process.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Without one, the other is nonexistent. However, production and development of tools may be more dependent on consumption. Therefore, consumerism may encourage advancement in the development of tools. This is an indication that excessive consumption does not necessarily crowd out production.
Consumption motivates one to make more money. This is a necessary ingredient for development. Needs and wants are limitless thus encouraging hard work. It is, therefore, not correct to argue that consumerism encourages laziness. A more disturbing argument is the perception that consumption only fills a void in the consumer. Consumerism is not always a substitute for higher level of enjoyment.
Various arguments against consumerism have been advanced. Consumerism has been viewed as the biggest source of environmental degradation. As the consumers increase quantities of products they purchase, more demand is exerted on the environment. The demand for meat and meat products, for example, has been increasing steadily. Consumption of meat is among the major causes of animal depletion.
Therefore, consumerism may cause depletion of all natural resources leading to scarcity. Scarcity in turn increases demand thus creating a vicious cycle of environmental degradation. This suggests that irresponsible consumption is not sustainable. Moreover, such consumers do not worry about effects of their actions on the environment. Excessive consumption represents the greatest danger to the environment.
Another criticism of consumerism is that it tends to focus on pleasure rather than enjoyment. Pleasure focuses on current gratification and does not motivate the consumers to improve their lives. Enjoyment on the other hand focuses on the task and offers an opportunity for self development.
People often choose pleasure over enjoyment because it is not demanding. Pleasure is a manifestation of inner emptiness. It represents an attempt to find something involving to do. Eventually this leads to a shift in ideas from ‘what to do’ to ‘what to have’. In this case, the focus is on the benefit associated with consumption. This may slow down innovation.
To live meaningfully and well in a materialistic society, one has to make certain crucial adjustments. Consumers should pay attention to environmental effects of their actions. In general, consumers should do everything in moderation. This will ensure that the environment is conserved. In addition, consumers should only engage in consumption practices that do not harm them. Harmful habits include excessive consumption of food containing excess saturated fat and salt. Consumerism also tends to encourage passive pleasurable activities.
We will write a custom Essay on Consumerism is Beneficial to U.S Society specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Consumers should strive to live their lives independently. Consumers should not pay a lot of attention to what others are doing. Some communal consumption habits are harmful to both the consumer and the environment.
Consumption of luxury goods for example, does not add much value to the individual’s life. It appears to only increase expenses. Luxury goods are quite expensive yet the value obtained from them is similar to that of mass-market products. As a general rule, utility should override luxury. Luxury is a social construct that consumers should not chase after.
A meaningful life is equivalent to having only what one needs. It also extends to owning only necessary quantities of the product. Excessive consumption does not appear to add any value to life. Moreover, owning more than necessary is wasteful. It encourages environmental destruction.
This paper analyzed the benefits of consumerism to the United States society. It also examined some of the negative effects of consumerism. Consumerism is a belief that consumers should acquire what they want in excess. This implies that consumption shapes the behavior of both the individual and the society. Consumerism is a uniting factor in the society. It unites members of all social classes. Some products are associated with certain characteristics of the social class that commonly uses it.
Members of a lower social class may purchase products commonly used by the upper classes because they associate them with prosperity. Consumerism has fostered the development of marketing as a sector. There has been tremendous growth in the advertising sector. Some negative effects associated with consumerism include environmental degradation and focus on consumption rather than production. Consumerism has contributed to environmental degradation through wasteful ownership.
Excessive consumption of meat alters ecosystems. This can be attributed to depletion of both animals and plants. To leave a meaningful and productive life in a materialistic world, one has to do things in moderation. Everything that one does should be friendly to the environment.
The Down Fall of the Russian Revolution Essay online essay help
Introduction Analysts observe that the Russian Revolution could not realize its objectives mainly because of the divergent views from Bolsheviks. Scholars holding the views of Lenin believe that the revolution could not bring about reforms because its leader, Trotsky, never aimed at realizing the needs of the poor.
The powerful individuals, whose aim was to fulfil the interests of the owners of the means production, controlled the revolution. In this regard, Leninist scholars disagreed with the view that the revolution was aimed at helping the poor in society.
Leaders exploited the poor to convince the world that they advocated for their, but in the real sense, their aim was completely different. Such scholars observe that the revolution could not have realized its intended objectives mainly because of the civil war, foreign intervention, financial disintegration, isolation, and backwardness of the Russian society. Such scholars are of the view that Bolshevik ideology was not to blame for the ineffectiveness of the revolution.
The Authoritarian regime under the Bolshevik was forced to act because of the difficult conditions. Some analysts, particular those allied to anarchist ideology, believe that Bolshevik ideology contributed significantly to the failure of the revolution in Russia. The Bolshevik ideology contributed immensely to the failure of the revolution since it established social structures, socialist institutions and centralizing the economic, which made it difficult for the working class to achieve their economic interests.
Centralization of state resources and lack of a clear system of checks and balances disempowered the proletariat since the objectives that were being sought were beyond their reach. Fitzpatrick noted that the good life entailed a situation in which the state assumed the patriarchal or patron client responsibilities.
Thesis Statement This article uses a number of resources, including memoirs to support the hypothesis that the Russian revolution did not achieve its objectives. The reasons why the Russian revolution could not realize its objectives are discuses adequately in this paper. The article underscores the fact that actions of the revolutionist not allow them to take over state power in 1918 in Russia.
In other words, the vanguards of 1917 could not be allowed to takeover governmental powers in 1918, since their status was below par. In nay production mode, owners of the means of production will always occupy the top position while others will be distributed in various classes.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Major Shifts in Communist Policy between 1917 and 1932 After the revolution, the Communist Party readjusted its objectives to reflect the aims of the ruling class meaning that the policies agreed upon before the revolution were abandoned. Historians observe that 1920s demonstrated a great change in policy owing to changes in geopolitical climate, culture, and the global economy.
The government restructured its policy following the Civil War and Cultural Revolution. Economic development of the country was mainly affected since the government introduced a new economic policy. Cultural Revolution started in 1917 and ended in 1932 whereby a new culture was developed in the country.
The culture was new meaning that its social institutions, functions, and structure were different from those of the previous culture. The Civil War was witnessed between 1917 and 1921 (Kolkhozniks 130). History shows that the civil war affected the Russian culture in a number of ways, which forced the government to amend its economic and socio-political policies. Since the changes were abrupt, the cultural infrastructure collapsed meaning that the policies agreed before the revolution could not be implemented.
The emergence of the intelligentsia was the major hindrance to the achievement of revolutionary goals. New economic policy program was introduced in 1921, which was expected to serve the country until 1928. These policies revitalized the country’s culture and economic life, which affected the objectives of the working class.
Why the Revolution Failed The Civil War
Kotkin argued that the revolution would not succeed because of the civil war that was sponsored by the Bolshevik regime. The reality of the matter is that these features of communism were present even before the revolution. This implies that the civil war could not be attributed to the failure of the revolution. The Bolshevik policies demanded that only a single individual be entrusted with the role of managing resources, which implied that only the central government would be in charge of the management of the economic matters.
In this regard, it was true that there was no correlation between peace and the ideology of the Bolshevik. However, the victories of Kolchak and Denikin contributed to the augmentation and militarization of labour in the country. This shows that, even though the civil war contributed to the failure of the revolution, other factors must have also contributed in the failure of the revolution. The civil war dampened the spirit of various working classes because it revealed the true nature of the Bolshevik regime.
The social conflict proved to the poor that the regime did not have their interest at heart, but instead it existed to serve the interests of the rich. The major policy of the Bolsheviks was to distribute resources equally in society since they advocated for socialism, the sovereignty of the state, and the strengthening of the communist party. After the Civil War, Stites (103) observed that the Bolshevik regime was determined to implement even stricter policies instead of lessening the previous ones.
We will write a custom Essay on The Down Fall of the Russian Revolution specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More This meant that the commissars from the Red Army were given luxurious jobs in various state-owned industries in 1920. This was a blow to the working class since owners of the means of production and military elites were rewarded while they languished in great poverty.
Even though the military generals opposed the revolution, they were rewarded heavily since they were allocated luxurious positions in government. The manner in which military generals and the ruling class were allocated government properties in 1920 differed from the way in which the exercise was conducted in 1919. In 1920, the communist party was determined to implement its policies, irrespective of whether the interests of the poor were considered.
Influence of the Ruling Class
After Lenin’s death, the policies agreed upon in October were abandoned one after the other. However, some analysts and scholars believe that these policies were abandoned even when Lenin was still alive. The idea of commitment to one party system, dictatorial management, control of opposition parties, media expurgation, repressive policies, and prevention of trade unions were all exercised when Lenin was still alive.
Steinberg gave a clear definition of why the revolution could not achieve its objectives. He commented that a production system does not become socialist in nature simply because a socialist premier or president is in office. To such scholars, the character or the personality of an individual does not affect the production system in any way.
In the same way, Russia’s production system could not change from capitalism to socialism just because Lenin was in power. Marxist scholars could argue that a revolution would take place when state power is transferred the other social class. On the other hand, anarchist would recommend that a revolution would occur when state power is transferred from the owners of the means of production to the proletariat or the working class.
Incidentally, a communist government would be formed through societal relations, but not the views of those in positions of influence. The working class in Russia could not have achieved their objectives because social relations during Stalin’s regime were similar to those during Lenin’s administration. Although the administration under Stalin was vicious, abusive, and tyrannical, the new regime under Lenin, which was receptive to the needs of many, could not change the manufacturing structure.
Fitzpatrick (89) uses the word deludes to define the Bolshevik revolution meaning that the ruling class hijacked the revolt to make sure that it served their interest. It employed various techniques to dismantle the socialist structures, which were perceived as a threat to their interests.
As Marx had earlier observed, the state is always the property of the ruling class since they use it to accomplish their interests. The ruling class ensured that, intellectuals, who considered merit in their appointments, ran the government under Lenin. Any socialist regime could always ensure that workers are major producers meaning that there would be no exploitation. The ruling class ensured that they destroyed the functioning of the socialist system.
Not sure if you can write a paper on The Down Fall of the Russian Revolution by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Interests of the Bolsheviks
Steinberg (33) suggested that the Bolshevik went against the interests of the majority to protect their party, which was under threat. Other socialist parties were threatening to oust the Bolsheviks hence they had to form a strong militia that would counter the influence of other small parties.
Such militias could not serve the interests of the people, but instead it could serve the wishes of those who formed them. If Bolsheviks did not apply other alternatives, their power could not have lasted for long. Some scholars suggest that a White dictatorship could have replaced the Red one meaning that the cruelty of the Bolshevik was a sign of self-interest.
The Bolshevik regime used the power of the working class to ascend to power in order to fulfil its own interests, but not those of the poor. However, the working class or the poor supported the Bolshevik regime because it favoured the poor whenever there was a crisis. It treated the poor well since it not design and implement oppressive and discriminative policies, as was the case with the Stalin regime.
Conclusion It is concluded that the revolution in Russia did not achieve its objectives because workers were never incorporated into the production system afterwards. Economic and political power was still in the hands of the ruling class, but only leadership changed.
This implies that the production system, which was actually the main reason why workers participated in the revolution, never changed at all. Workers were still oppressed, perpetuated, and were dominated in society while the owners of the means of production enjoyed their lives comfortably. As already mentioned, the change of leadership does not mean the change of social relations.
Works Cited Fitzpatrick, Sheila. In the Shadow of Revolution: Life Stories of Russian Women from 1917 to the Second World War. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press, 2000. Print.
Fitzpatrick, Sheila. Stalin’s Peasants: Resistance and Survival in the Russian Village after Collectivization. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994. Print.
Kotkin, Stephen. Magnetic Mountain: Stalinism as a Civilization. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1995. Print.
Steinberg, Mark D. Proletarian Imagination: Self, Modernity, and the Sacred in Russia, 1910-1925. Ithaca, N.Y: Cornell University Press, 2002. Print.
Stites, Richard. Revolutionary Dreams: Utopian Vision and Experimental Life in the Russian Revolution. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. Print.
Activism and Technology Research Paper essay help online
Introduction Activism has become a generational motif within the current society and throughout the human history. Many artisans, writers, and poets have captured the concept of activism and its changes throughout the course of humanity. Rudyard Kipling’s “A Pict Song” offers a first person sociological view into the emotions felt by the oppressed people of the Roman Imperial era. The imagery radiates a grim yet empowering message of defiance that has helped sculpt society’s modern concept of activism.
A Pict Song was written about the turbulent period when the Roman Empire was beginning to impose its rule upon the Pict people. The Picts were a clan of semi-barbaric people existing until the tenth century. Located in what is now modern day Scotland, they were very much associated with Great Brittan through trade. When Rome expanded its empire to great Brittan, the Picts began to experience campaigns of violence and control from the Roman Empire.
The speaker in the poem speaks in a confident, yet a hopeless tone. His efforts seem to reflect more of a temper tantrum than an attempt to fight the oppressive forces. During this period, attempts to protest big government certainly ended with death. This rebellious attitude and willingness to settle as just a mere thorn in the foot of Rome, was an empowering idea to the individual living in a lower class society.
This poem lends a voice to a class of people that previously had never been able to express their point of view. Lack of education and a society that did not embrace the fine arts left them far behind the growing and evolving world powers. Most of the scholarly works done during the Picts’ era were from the Roman point of view. These books poems and plays would depict the Picts in a barbaric, savage manner.
Several centuries ago, the world has given birth to the advancement in technology and a greater appreciation for life, happiness and fulfillment. This mindset created a feeling of empowerment within the individual and a sense of equality throughout the human race. Taking the Pict song as the media to pour the community outcry, we can compare and contrast it with the created technologies in the modern age.
The word space has acquired a new meaning in relationship to modern day living. In an ordinary context, the word will mean a static location, but the new accorded meaning will describe space as sub-sequential event that comes about from interaction of physically existing factors such as a geographical region and virtual aspects that entail ideas and values. The desire to create ample space has been as a result of various causes such as the need to end oppression that exist in the society.
In the modern living, technology has offered a good platform in which the revolution agenda has been conceived, born and raised to a point its real actualizes. Whereas there are great differences between the ancient oppression and the modern one, it is academically factual to argue that the oppression does matter. Instead, what matters is the affected subject and how they seek to end the oppression.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The world has experienced a reduction in the organization that has been utilized as political oppression machinery. This has been facilitated by the development of social capital. This ideology was developed by Pierre Bourdieu and his colleague James Coleman. However, their idea was used by Robert Pitman in his article with a title of making democracies work. He effectively derived the relationship between social capital and the purpose of having civic associations.
Pitman defines social capital as the aspect of utilizing the social nature of human being to connect them together, but for connection to work, trust and reciprocity of the involved people has to be unquestionable. His concept depicts social capital as both structurally and socially oriented.
His argument further suggests that the horizontal network that is established in the structure of the civic associated are beefed up. They are beefed up by embodying values and norm with the view of creating both social and private goods. This means that both the individual and the society benefit. In addition, he argues that civil society plays a critical role in nurturing social capital that is responsible for facilitating political participation by the citizens which in turn result in a good governance.
Recently, the social media has become the most effective tool that has been applied to develop civil society, consolidate the civilian demand force which has facilitated participation in good governance and political responsibility of those in power. It has also helped archive the argued ideologies of Putman.
The social media remains as just one of the media that has been applied in addressing social injustices. In this regard, it means that it operates within a given framework.
This framework is further subdivided into several frames as discussed. Free press frame stipulates that the media has the right to operate without influence from any third party including the government. Media democracy provides for the development of informed public which is capable of self-governance whereas recognizing the role of the media in developing such a society (Livermore, 2012).
The right to communicate is another frame that serves to explain that there is a connection between communication and other established human rights.
We will write a custom Research Paper on Activism and Technology specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Cultural environmental frame seeks to differentiate the media activism from environmental activism through the use of distressful content. Media justice frame is the newest frame to be established, and it advocates for involvement of the minority in the governance of a country. This hopes to eliminate the existence of marginalization since the preceding frames failed to accommodate the role of minority.
The existence of these frames shows how the world has grown to be a dynamic place of living. In addition, this phenomenon suggests that there is no general approach to address all the concerns that face the public. The varieties of the frame also help to avoid fall out in advocating for certain infringement of rights. For instance, the term democracy in today’s world has been associated with the concept of capitalism which is viewed negatively by various part of the world.
This is because the concept of capitalism does not comply with their agenda of fighting oppression. In another view, most people associate the term democratization of the media as the permit for the medial to go unregulated by the law, facilitate private ownership of medial houses and abolishment of regulation that are mean to safeguard the interest of the public especially children and women. This divergence leads to diversification of causes of activism.
Recently, activism has taken a more precise mainstream than in the past. This is because, over the years, the world has realized unprecedented expansion of cause -oriented activism because of oriented politics. In the earlier years, political participation focuses primarily on the obligation of the citizen to a state. For example, the election process is seen as an ambiguous political activity. However, this process becomes a source of pressure for the elected representative (Earl
African Americans and Hispanics Research Paper essay help: essay help
The minority groups in the United States still face a lot challenges that are yet to be solved. African Americans and Hispanics are the most affected minority groups when it comes to inequality and discrimination (Free, 2003).
The African American community still encounters racial and economic discrimination within the American society. The past governments have not been keen on addressing the issues of minorities and this is the reason why African Americans and Hispanics feel neglected. Racial injustice is very prevalent in the United States and this is a major concern for minority groups such as African Americans and Hispanics (Free, 2003).
All the challenges facing African Americans and Hispanics have been there for a very long time and the authorities do not seem to care the plight of these groups. African Americans have been fighting for their right to be treated equally like other citizens but things are yet to change (Harris, 2007). This paper will highlight some of the challenges that African Americans and Hispanics in the United States face.
African Americans are normally discriminated when it comes to employment opportunities (Free, 2003). The United States government has often come up with policies that favor Whites. The majority of the policies do not promote equal distribution of employment opportunities.
The U.S government does very little in controlling crime in the Northern cities which are dominated by African Americans. African Americans live in very unsafe neigbourshoods that pose a threat to their security (Free, 2003).
Crime control in cities and neighborhoods dominated by Blacks is not a priority for the local authorities. Most of the industries in Northern cities have been closed down leading to the loss of industrial jobs for African Americans (Harris, 2007). This has been the trend for the last 40 years and there are no signs of change.
Many young and talented Blacks have not been able to advance academically due to institutional barriers (Free, 2003). African Americans spend a lot of resources in trying to fight for affirmative action in the education sector.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Black anti-intellectualism is a very false notion that has been created among the Whites. It is very difficult for African Americans to be admitted in some of the elite universities in the United States. There are some institutions that do not admit African Americans (Harris, 2007). The value of African Americans has been reduced by welfare programs.
The majority of welfare programs are designed for single mothers and children and this contributes significantly in the breakdown of many black families (Harris, 2007). These types of welfare programs reduce the value of a husband because black children and women end up depending on the government for most of their needs. Politicians and policymakers still insist on welfare programs without considering the effect it has on black families (Free, 2003).
The rate at which African Americans are incarcerated in the United States is very alarming (Harris, 2007). The jail terms that are normally imposed on African Americans are long compared to Whites. The U.S government targets neighborhoods dominated by African Americans in its fight against drugs.
African Americans have been loyal supporters of the Democratic Party but the party does not do enough to improve their welfare (Free, 2003). African Americans face a lot of discrimination when it comes to licensing requirements. African Americans can not access entrepreneurial opportunities because of the many barriers that are meant to protect union jobs.
Many companies prefer to invest in capital equipment instead of hiring African Americans because of the high minimum wage (Harris, 2007). Many African Americans are unemployed because of non-inclusive labor policies. The U.S government is very reluctant in addressing the issue of unemployment among African Americans and other minority groups (Free, 2003).
The challenges faced by minority groups in the U.S are very similar except for small differences (Urias, 2012). African Americans and Hispanics are the largest minority groups in the U.S whose challenges are alike. Despite the similarities, Hispanics have some unique challenges compared to African Americans.
Hispanics face a lot of discrimination when it comes to language (Chavez, 2011). The majority of Hispanics can not communicate in English and this makes it difficult for them to get employed. Hispanics find it difficult to access public services because they can not communicate in English (Chavez, 2011).
We will write a custom Research Paper on African Americans and Hispanics specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The Hispanic children can not attend school because the only language used to teach is English. Hispanic children have to first of all learn English before being admitted in American schools. Most Hispanics have fewer years of schooling and this makes it difficult for them to access employment opportunities (Urias, 2012). African Americans have no language problems and therefore have less challenges compared to Hispanics.
In conclusion, the challenges faced by minority groups in the United Sates are almost similar. African Americans and Hispanics face similar challenges such as racism, unemployment, entrepreneurial barriers and poor healthcare (Chavez, 2011). African Americans and Hispanics have always been ignored by the U.S government when it comes to policy making.
Most Hispanics and African Americans do not have a health insurance and always receive poor treatment in healthcare facilities (Urias, 2012). Access to higher education is challenge for the two groups. The situation is worse for the Hispanics because of language problems. The challenges facing African Americans and Hispanics are more similar that than they are different.
References Chavez, M. (2011). Everyday injustice: Latino professionals and racism. London: Rowman
The Effects of Socioeconomic Factors on Education Research Paper essay help
Introduction Society has a very strong influence on education, and specifically on the performance of a learner. The world has been reduced into a small village due to the emergent of technologies that have improved communication and transport systems. According to Sylwester (2002), learners in the current society live in a multicultural community, which in one way or the other, has direct effect on their performance.
Factors such as socioeconomic status of afamily have direct influence on the learners. Familial make-up and the extended families will always influence educational achievements of learners. Culture is another factor that has a very strong impact on the educational developments of a learner. Other factors that have direct impact on educational performance of a learner include physical, social, emotional, and intellectual developments of a learner.
It is important, based on the above facts, to ensure that there is a differentiated instructional approach to learning, based on the abilities and needs of these diverse learners. Each student has different abilities and needs in the education system. Differentiating instruction for these students would mean that there would be an effort to focus on every individual’s performance.
Those learners with special needs due to such issues as dyslexia may be given special attention in order to ensure that they attain the desired level of academic excellence at different levels. This research focuses on analyzing the effects of socioeconomic factors on education, and the need to have differentiated instructional approach to teaching due to the differences brought about by the society.
Comparing Socioeconomic Status, Familial Makeup and Influence of Extended Family in Educational Achievement It is important to analyze how different factors would affect educational achievement of a learner. Success of a learner depends on a number of factors. From the socioeconomic perspective, a number of issues would influence a learner. There are families that are economically challenged. The parents may be too poor to afford simple basic educational requirements for their children.
Items like books, school uniform, pocket money and other requirements that a learner may need may not be available because of the economic challenge. Such a learner may not be in a position to perform to the best of his or her capacity (Glomm
Vicente Fernandez and Mariachi Essay college essay help online: college essay help online
Introduction Born in 1940, Vicente Fernandez Gomez is an American performer, vocalist, and producer. He is also referred to as the king of ranchera music. He is known for his music in the whole Latin America. Vicente began his music career on the streets. He has recorded more that 50 albums today.
He is the father of the famous artist Alejandro Fernandez. Vicente has won seven Grammy awards in Latin. His father Ramon and his mother Paula Gomez brought up the renowned actor in a ranch at Gadalajara. His mother would take him to watch movies as early as the age of seven years.
Vicente is married to Maria Refugio. They have three children Gerardo, Vicente junior, and Alejandro. However, Patricia Rivera claims that she has a son named Pablo Rodrigo with Vicente. Pedro Infante influenced Vicente’s music career since his tender age. In fact, by the age seven, he would take the guitar and sing in rachera style. He also sang in Arendas music festivals as a boy where he emerged the winner. As the paper reveals, he has had much influence on the mariachi style of music.
How Vicente Fernandez Influenced Mariachi across Mexico through his Music and Movies Fernandez has influenced the mariachi style of singing in Mexico especially via his captivating music and his movies. A good example of Vicente’s influence on mariachi style of music is the emergence of female mariachi star singers such as Lola Beltran and Lucha Villa. The two superstars have confessed having been influenced by Vicente’s work of art.
The two women have influenced others to get into the mariachi. Mulholland reveals how women have got into the male dominated field of music out of Vicente’s influence (247). Many of those who have watched Vicente’s music since he was young have ended up trying their hand in mariachi. Although Vicente does not sing mariachi, fine mariachi singers always accompany him on stage.
Vicente’s has also influenced many young Mexicans into mariachi style. A good example of young people whom Vicente has pulled into mariachi music is his son Vicente junior who is now a renowned mariachi singer. Such influence indicates that Vicente has been able to make great artists as a father and a mentor. Just like his father who gained interest in music at the age of seven years, Vicente junior also began it at a tender age. The increased young fans in his shows also portray his influence on young people in Mexico. Young people have also been emulating Vicente’s example in their lives. According to Martinez, Vicente was influenced by Infante at a very young age (28).
Many Mexicans have also been influenced by Vicente’s film career. The singer got into the film market in 1971 when he produced the film ‘Uno y Medio Contra el Mundo’. He made another one that became a hit film in America: la Ley del Monte. Many Mexicans have been influenced into the mariachi music by the exemplary performance of Vicente in the films, which have made his songs become hits in the whole of Mexico. In fact, when Vicente produced the films, he became very famous thus marking the peak of his music career.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More When one listens and watches mariachi music, there are overtones of influence from Vicente’s music such as “El idolo de Mexico and El Rey, El Hijo del Pueblo” (Jácquez 229). Jácquez affirms that these songs have become synonymous with mariachi music today (229). One cannot talk about mariachi without the mention of Vicente Fernerdez.
Mariachi singers adore Fernerdez. In fact, many artists in Mexico are also working hard to imitate Vicente’s music and films. Although various other artists in mariachi have come up, none of them has been able to measure up to the standards of Vicente. Popular shows have been hiring Vicente to perform to their audience. Vicente has also been a mentor to various musicians and film actors.
Mariachi artists have also been emulating the style of art that Vicente uses to increase their sales. Vicente’s music has topped the market as the most purchased songs in America. For example, the song that Vicente produced in 1976 by the title, ‘Volver volver’ became the most famous song in this era. It recorded a big impact on the ranchera music.
The trend of this song has been a source of inspiration to most mariachi artists. In fact, it was the most purchased ranchera music. Many groups of artists in Mexico also adopted the music for performance. Such an influence is an indication of how prominent the works of art by Vicente had become influential.
The song also became a hit in Central and South America. Mariachi artists appreciated Vicente as the most popular artist of the time. Since that time, Vicente became the king of ranchera. People have known him by this nickname. It is out of the Vicente’s performance in this song in accompaniment of mariachi singers that he became an international artist.
However, although many people in Mexico have imitated Vicente’s style of music, none of them has been able to excel as he did. In fact, the music industry in Mexico refers to Vicente as Chente. Many artists have featured Vicente in their films to make them more marketable. Due to his powerful influence, he had been featured in 20 films by 1990. He has also recorded over a hundred films with Sony BMG. One would wonder the role of mariachi in the music world. The next section unravels the puzzle.
Role of Mariachi in the Music Industry Mariachi music is important to the world of music today. The music has led to the development of music in Mexico. Lychner asserts that development in mariachi has enabled the music industry in Mexico to develop instruments like guitars, harps, and trumpets (40). The harp is slowly being forgotten due to the development of guitars in mariachi music. Music has also become more organized in Mexico since mariachi is organized. New music venues have also been developed in Mexico for purposes of life performances of Mariachi.
We will write a custom Essay on Vicente Fernandez and Mariachi specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The mariachi has also led to the development of mariachi bands. Jácquez points out that the costume that the mariachi uses is unique as it depicts the quality attributed to this kind of music (229). These costumes, referred to as charro, are meant for the upper class. The tight waistcoats used in mariachi have been adopted in many types of music today thus raising musicians to the class of the well-to-do. Rich farmers wore these regalia in early Mexico.
Other kinds of music have also adopted the use of music costume in performance. Mariachi music has also influenced the social life of musicians. Jácquez argues that the music industry has been influenced in that dancing styles like waltz, Folkloric Mexican, and polka have adopted the mariachi styles (229). Many songs have also adopted shouting and cries referred to as gritos. The glitos that put emphasis on certain words have become a popular in the music industry.
Mariachi music, which has been in existence since the early 1700s, has become the most popular music in Mexico. Mexicans refer to it as their music. The music has also made Jalisco very popular internationally. When mariachi music began to be played on radios and televisions in 1930, Mexicans became lovers of music. For example, the mariachi Vergas teclitlan made many people fall for the music. The Vergas went on to perform for president in 1934.
Therefore, mariachi music has raised the music industry in Mexico to the point of honor by the mighty and the powerful. In fact, after the performance of the Vergas band to the president in1934, their song became the official police band song for Mexico. Mariachi became so powerful in Mexico. Every other style of music wanted to rise to its height. People changed their culture trough the influence of this music. The music industry had a big influence from the mariachi music ranging from its attire, composition, and discipline.
Conclusion: Impact of Vicente Fernandez’s Music on me Vicente’s music has also influenced me. The love appeal that Vicente presents through his songs has made me believe more in the power of love. In Vicente’s songs, there are lyrics on how to nurture love and keep promises of love.
Vicente views love as a natural occurrence that can be nurtured to produce unity and unending joy. For example, in Vicente’s song ‘La ley del Monte’ specifically stanza 2 verse 8 and 9, the song lyrics, “slimmest and even told me to also engrave it with two hearts and an arrow” (La ley del Monte). In these lyrics, Vicente shows the importance of love and togetherness.
Martinez (28) asserts that the words in some of Vicente’s words also present a tone of presenting and portraying deep affection. The tone that the words in the song ‘The Law of the Wilderness’ specifically stanza 1 and verse 2 are, “interlaced with mine, like proof before the law of the wilderness that we were there, in love” (The Law of the Wilderness). These words are indicators of deep affection revealing how to relay them to someone with whom one is in love.
The lyrics in Vicente’s songs are a great inspiration to me since they have influenced by self-esteem, feelings, and my ability to express myself in songs. The words are also easy to meditate. In most instances, they form part of the singer’s life. The song teaches me to be faithful and to honor my promises. For example, in the song ‘La ley del monte’ stanza 19, the lyrics, “you forgot that the margue knew what you swore on our night” (La ley del Monte) taught me to keep and honor promises.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Vicente Fernandez and Mariachi by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Vicente’s song can be related to life experiences. The most disturbing issue in life is love. Most of people suffer because of love and lack of it. With love, people cannot fight, they cannot hate others, and cannot kill each other. According to Mulholland, Vicente sings about love, how to embrace, cultivate, keep, and to it. In real life, people want knowledge on love.
The issues that Vicente sings about, for example, jilt, are an issue that happens every day in life. People have trouble while expressing love. Love language is difficult. In his songs, Vicente uses lyrics that many people adopt in dance halls and even in homes. Partners sing the songs to their spouses or lovers.
Works Cited Jácquez, Cándida. “Mariachi Music in America: Experiencing Music, Expressing Culture.” Latin American Music Review 27.2(2006): 229-232. Print.
La ley del Monte. Ex. Prod. Vicente Fernandez. Bendigo, Vic.: Video Education Australasia. 2005. DVD.
Lychner, John. (2008). “Instrumental Music Experiences from Mexico.” Music Educators Journal 94.4(2008): 40-45. Print.
Martinez, Cecilia. “Marvelous Mariachi.” Hispanic 10.11(1997): 28. Print.
Mulholland, Mary-Lee. “Mariachi, Myths and Mestizaje: Popular Culture and Mexican National Identity.” National Identities 9.3(2007): 247-264. Print.
The Law of the Wilderness. Ex. Prod. Vicente Fernandez. Bendigo, Vic.: Video Education Australasia. 2005. DVD.
Shakespeare’s “Midsummer Night’s Dream” Essay writing essay help: writing essay help
Shakespeare’s “Midsummer Night’s Dream” is a play that reveals the connection between reality and the dream state. There are numerous major themes in the play that link a person’s mind to dreams. The surreal and unconscious world is closely tied with person’s psychology through the nature of the mind, thoughts and emotions, love, rationality, achievements and manifestation of dreams through real life.
This is done for a purpose, as to show how much unity there is between the different states of the mind, and what the person experiences in dreams can be the “wanted” reality that is dreamt of while being awake.
The very first theme that the audience is introduced with is love and obedience. Hermia and Lysander are in love with each other but Hermia’s father does not approve of the union and so, they decide to run away (Shakespeare, 15).
The issue of a person’s own wants and needs is contrasted with the responsibility to parents and their wishes. In the end, every person must decide for themselves what they have to do with their life because it is their own. The psychological battle between the responsibility that Hermia owes to her father and the love for Lysander, make her chose love, as it in no way decreases the love and respect she has for her father.
Person’s feelings and more specifically, love are what define life and emotional state of a person. In such a situation, an individual chooses the lesser of two evils by listening to the heart and feeling what must be done. Even though a person is considered to be a rational creature, everything is directed by feelings and the greater the feeling is, the more rational pull there is to the object of affection.
It is clear that Hermia cannot live without Lysander and considers him much closer than her father. A philosophical point of view would argue that Hermia’s father has lived his life the way he wanted and made his own choice of having a child, supposing that the child would have their own life and choose whatever they find best for themselves.
No one has the right to deprive a child of their life and choices because they also deserve the chance to live the way they want and think is right. An important question is where do feelings and rationality come from. It could be supposed that it is biological with the involvement of genes or more specifically, the information that is passed on through generations. If most of the ancestors were interested in literature or mathematics, then the person is likely to follow the same route.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This suggests that the more someone knows or tries, in different aspects of knowledge, sciences and information, the better choice they will have in selecting something of liking. But even though a lot of people share DNA and genetic information varies insignificantly, there are still individuals who are unique and original in a lot of ways (Pálsson, 22). This means that biology is not the only thing that makes up a person, it is something much deeper.
But one thing for certain, is that people first receive an impulse, a feeling that appears which cannot be sourced by the conscious mind. The next step is a person reacting on the feeling by the use of rationality and reason. The play is distinctly separated into three realities—the real which is logical, the one that is filled with feelings and the dream world. The play which is being practiced by the villagers is put into the content to create a perspective between the play that people experience in life and on stage.
The fairies represent the dream world where anything is possible and people can be ruled by magical forces. The real world is shown as unfair and cruel to people, even those who are in love. The connection is made apparent to remind the audience that rationality, feeling and dreaming about or for something, are all united in a person and serve as mind’s tools to find the meaning of life.
A deeper philosophical look will question love and where it comes from. It is not clear why someone loves something or someone. It is obvious that love makes a person to be with another person, see them prosper and do anything possible to give a hand in all beginnings (Velasquez, 475).
It is an unexplained feeling that does not come from rational thinking, quite the opposite, it is sometimes irrational. People often fall in love with someone who is opposite of them or someone their rational mind does not like. Shakespeare’s play makes an evident illustration of the opposites and love.
It is seen when Hermia and Helen converse about their love, Hermia says: “The more I hate, the more he follows me” to which Helen responds, “The more I love, the more he hateth me” (Shakespeare, 14). The mysterious force of love is unexplained when someone has strong affection towards a person but does not receive the same feeling back. Sometimes, the state of being in love is cherished for the pure fact of love existing.
A person likes being in love, the emotions and thoughts that come around when they feel affection towards another human being. In reality, a person does not have full control of their emotions, and thoughts lead out of feelings and unexplainable affections that a person has. But, as history has shown, love is much needed in the world and can be thought of as one of the most important feelings there are.
We will write a custom Essay on Shakespeare’s “Midsummer Night’s Dream” specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Shakespeare’s plays are filled with feelings and emotions for a particular reason. This is to show how much time and life love takes up and what is the real moving force of all that happens in the world. Strong feelings of love and hate have been proven to cause the same chemical reaction in the brain; the only thing opposite to love and hate is neutrality, nothing taking place. This means that love and hate are very close and this is another major theme of Shakespeare’s play.
But love does not necessarily have to be towards a person. People can love objects outside the self, some individuals love power, money and other objects but primarily, they have great and selfish love for themselves which nonetheless, proves the fact that love rules the world.
People can also love concepts and ideas, as a scientist who is ruled by a formula or theorem. One thing for sure is that love was not created by people but it is given to humanity to enjoy and understand its importance. The play illustrates that love is very close to a person’s wishes and dreams and this leads into another theme of “Midsummer Night’s Dream” which is the dream state.
Throughout the play there is much opposition between reality and the dream world which are two opposite realms of life. It is evident that sleep is a much needed life process and before, people have thought that the brain shuts down during sleep. Presently, it is known that the brain stays very active and the dream states are sometimes, fully experienced, just as much as the real world. In a dream, a person does not use eyes to see or ears to hear.
The physical stimuli that are associated with feelings of hot or cold, hard or soft, pain and pleasure are not received by regular senses. The brain’s comprehension is the same in a dream, as it is during awoken state and people do see and feel the environment as real, in their dreams. The fairies from the play can be thought of as a bridge into the real world from the surreal one. When Titania talks to Oberon, their dialogue can be representative of the two states, the real and the dream one:
“But with thy brawls thou hast disturbed our sport.
Therefore the winds, piping to us in vain,
As in revenge, have sucked up from the sea
Not sure if you can write a paper on Shakespeare’s “Midsummer Night’s Dream” by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Contagious fogs, which falling in the land
Have every pelting river made so proud
That they have overborne their continents” (Shakespeare, 26).
When Titania mentions that he has “disturbed” their “sport”, this can be seen as the confusion that dreams sometimes cause to the person’s rational thinking and understanding of the world. Oberon is portrayed as a dream that upsets a person’s rationality, as if he summons the winds and the fog that make reasoning murky and float away like the rivers out of their shores.
This is a clear link to the rest of the play and the real world, when a person is so much confused by the reality of the dream, they believe it to be true. Dreams are a direct link to something people cannot fully understand. Why do people dream and is it possible that the dream world is relatively as real as the world that people see when they are awake? Since dreams do exist, there must be a reason for them to be and so, often, people can find sense in their dreams, long forgotten and lost understanding of the past, present or future.
But also, dreams serve as a place where person’s wishes and goals come true. If someone has hardships in their life and is unable to achieve something, the brain manifests these wants into a projection that is seen in the dream. The intricate mechanism of the mind that makes this happen must have a direct link between person’s wants from reality and individual’s state in dream.
There are even numerous accounts when future predictions are made in the sleep and thus, it becomes clear that dreams and reality are closely connected (Westmoreland, 640). Some might go as far as to think that mental projections made in the sleep will become real, through person’s desires. The play makes a clear indication that the two worlds collide and the wishes that each person has could come true.
In his play, Shakespeare has shown that he was a great thinker and understood human nature. The connection between dreams and reality is sometimes barely visible and people lose track of where they are at a certain point in life but love and hate stay the same in both places.
Works Cited Palsson, Gisli. Anthropology and the New Genetics. New York, United States: Cambridge University Press, 2007. Print
Shakespeare, William. A Midsummer Night’s Dream. Minneapolis, United States: Filiquarian Publishing, LLC., 2007. Print.
Velasquez, Manuel. Philosophy: A Text With Readings. Boston, United States: Cengage Learning, 2011. Print.
Westmoreland, Perry. Ancient Greek Beliefs. San Ysidro, United States: Lee And Vance Publishing Co, 2007. Print.
Advancement of Human Rights from 1865 to Present Essay college application essay help
The Civil rights movement started back, when the Supreme Court passed a ruling that African Americans were neither free nor regarded as citizens, but it was later overruled in the Civil Rights Act in 1866. The issue of slavery was finally abolished in 1865, and took effect in December. The Thirteenth Amendment of the constitution of the United States did this. This period marked an accomplishment of eliminating racial barriers and slavery. This later led to the vast transformation of the cultural, political and social life in America.
When civil rights movement is mentioned, Martin Luther King Jr. comes to mind. This is because of his soul stirring speech of ‘I Have a Dream’, at the capital of the nation. The gruesome memory of that day is the photograph of four schoolchildren murdered by a bomb that went off in a church, while attending Sunday school. This was because of white back lashing, which portrayed the civil rights movement. Most people think that the civil rights movement began in the fifties, but in the actual sense, it started when Africans were brought to America. Those who fought the abolishment of slavery and equality laid the groundwork for the civil rights movement.
After the Thirteenth Amendment, which eradicated slavery, the blacks were finally free but were illiterate and had no money or property. Additionally, inequality and racism were widespread in the South where slavery was predominant. This would assist the assimilation of blacks into the white dominated society. For instance, the14th Amendment assured the blacks of equality, whereas the 15th amendment approved voting rights.
These measures however were short lived, especially in the south where the whites were a majority. They used various means to stop the blacks from enjoying their newly found rights. Racist groups like Ku Klux Klan (KKK) used even more horrifying methods like executing those who pushed for advancing their rights.
The already passed amendments faded away slowly and in addition, the Supreme Court, in 1896, passed a law that stated the whites and blacks could be separated legally, as long as facilities were equal. However, these facilities were never equal. This issue of separate but equal gave the whites an upper hand to prevent the blacks from enjoying their rights as American citizens. The white supremacy in the South gave rise to the Jim Crow.
This was the law of the South where everything in the area was separated. By 1900, black leaders responded to these laws, which had expanded to all areas of public life. They came up with political strategies to fight racial inequalities and injustice. One of the key players for the early civil rights movement was W.E.B Du Bois, who supported and urged African Americans to fight for equality. Part of his crusade led to the formation of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP).
During WW1, many of blacks joined the army but were put in different units from the whites. However, the migration to the North increased unemployment and other issues that had already crippled the north, and racial issues still went on. During the Second World War, the blacks were also subjected to discrimination in the military units and defense industries, in spite of their will to fight for their country. This later resulted to a course of black protests, which brought the Jim Crow under national inquiry.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More In the fifties, two incidents sparked the civil rights movement again. The NAACP won the case of segregation in public schools, and the incident in Montgomery, of Rosa Parks, where she was later arrested. In protest to her arrest, the blacks boycotted and the black activists took advantage of the situation, and drew attention to their cause. This was when Martin Luther King Jr. became active. He established and piloted a resistance movement that disputed the laws of the racists.
The Montgomery boycott lasted for more than a year, until in 1956, where the federal court unified the issue. This boycott was important because it overpowered the explicit law of Jim Crow, which had oppressed the blacks. Martin Luther then became the leader of the movement, and his non-violent approach would characterize the civil rights movement, which inspired a large participation by blacks, as well as the whites.
Between 1950 and 1960, the civil rights movement had some success. Community based projects fought the barriers, which prevented the blacks from voting, whereas others targeted the terrorism by the whites, as they continued with their intimidation. During this period, Martin Luther was jailed, and his letter from jail got him the support of many whites who were sympathetic. As the demonstrations from the black community flared, President Kennedy addressed the nation, showing his alliance with the cause for the civil rights. He came up with a legislation that banned separation and increased protection of civil rights for everyone.
King and other activists planned the march on Washington. The aim of this gathering was to enhance economic prowess for the African Americans. This is where King delivered his famous speech of ‘I Have a Dream’. This gave hope to the blacks, but it soon dwindled, following the shooting of President Kennedy.
In the mid sixties, the activitists had started losing hope in the civil rights because the mandates of the courts were not granted immediately, and this left the blacks crippled politically and economically. Malcom X rose to stardom during this period. However, he did not comply with Martin’s non-violence advocacy, instead he urged the blacks to fight for their rights by any means necessary (Revolutionary view). The death of Martin Luther, in 1968 was the last stroke to the already crippled movement.
The civil rights movement no doubt left a mark on the society. The most explicit forms of discrimination came to a stop and the violence reduced. The blacks were given public offices, and millions have economic freedom. Minority groups found motivation in these movements, and started their own human rights movements.
However, the equality fight is still far from over, because the blacks still struggle to share the same freedom as the whites enjoy. On the brighter side, it changed the attitude of many, and at least gave hope that the dream of an equal and fair America, if not a reality, has at least some possibility.
We will write a custom Essay on Advancement of Human Rights from 1865 to Present specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More
A Meaningful Life with Suffering is Better than an Easy, Happy Life. Essay essay help free: essay help free
Table of Contents Introduction
Meaning is Treasurable and Fulfilling
Suffering Brings About Meaning
Happiness is Superficial
Happiness is Fragile and Risky
Introduction Man’s pursuit for happiness often comes with distraction from achieving the core purpose of living. The prevailing social, economic and political world systems have corrupted man’s understanding of the meaning of life. A good number of people have lived through tough times and overcome this misunderstanding.
Suffering has added meaning to their lives. Dr. Viktor Frankl is one such person, who while living in dehumanizing conditions of a Nazi concentration camp, found the true meaning of his life through suffering (Frankl 94). It is better to have a tough life that is meaningful than to lead an easy, happy life.
Meaning is Treasurable and Fulfilling While happiness is a popularized and volatile mental state, finding meaningfulness in life is a rare treasure. The value of having meaningfulness in one’s life lasts for as long as one lives but happiness is fragile. The fragility of happiness emanates from its dependency on factors beyond its own control.
Sometimes such factors are also beyond the control of the person. It is because of the enduring nature of meaning, that one would be better off pursuing it than being just happy. People who lead an easy and happy life often have a stronger connection to the present than to the future. The connection is mainly made up of one’s strong link to the material world and self-appraisal. The stability of this mental state lies in one’s capability to maintain a descent self, to hold to the material things or both.
Suffering Brings About Meaning Humiliation and calamities are examples of occurrences, which can demote one from a state of happiness, to one that he or she does not understand. Leading a meaningful life, on the other hand, connects one’s past to his or her future through the present (Smith 1). The constructive nature of meaning does not allow omission of one’s past or future from the purposefulness that it renders to life. People who are compelled by anything to find such meaning are often saddened by realities of nature.
This saddening is perfectly normal but it is often patched up in pursuit for happiness. The need to patch things up is an evasive approach to reality, and this is how most happiness states are achieved. The approach disconnects man from his intended position in nature, which is to be an intelligent solution provider to issues. We often find ourselves trading this responsibility for self-satisfaction.
Happiness is Superficial Happiness in its actuality, is a superficial expression. Only a logical reason for being happy adds value to it (Smith 1). The basis of some people’s happiness is contestable, as it is for all sadists. A happy life is one that is either full of appreciation, comfort or lavishness. When some or all of these things are taken away, suffering comes in and the ability to endure it becomes a fate determinant.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More People who endure suffering transcend their minds from the superficiality of happiness towards self-actualization. At this point one is compelled to get to the true meaning of life, and realize that this is the primary purpose of living. The meaning that is found is specific to one’s life only (Frankl 105). The uniqueness and individuality of each person offers man a purpose to live through dehumanizing conditions.
On realizing his inability to leave behind a duplicate of himself, man is compelled to explore his potential (Smith 1). Suffering often comes in form of threats of extermination through distress, pain or humiliation. The true nature of such extermination is permanent disconnection from the things or people that one treasures. It makes one to realize the worth that lies in simple things, as well as the importance of the people around him (Smith 1).
A meaningful Life is Pursuable in Suffering
The importance of incorporating meaning in life is portrayed in the reception that Frankl’s book has been given worldwide. The book’s feverish sales in millions of copies demonstrates a strong connection that people have to suffering and search for meaning (Smith 1).
Frankl stresses on meaningfulness of life, value in suffering, as well as personal responsibility to things that are beyond man’s control. Happiness has become a cultural demand globally. As a result of this globalization of happiness, most people fail to realize that it cannot be created. It is through living a meaningful life, which focusses on suffering that happiness ensues as a side-effect of such an endeavor (Frankl 103). One should therefore never make happiness become a central agenda for living because it cannot be pursued.
Happiness is Fragile and Risky Happiness is a risky endeavor. Its building blocks are usually fragile and slight changes in one’s status quo may lead to sudden loss of one’s self. People who are used to being happy have the potential of becoming self-destructive in the event of slight oppression or loss of treasured things (Baumeister 11).
The ability to invoke self-destruction depicts the level of selfishness that lies in happiness. Happiness would rather destroy you than be separated from you. The trait can be seen in the tendency to hold on to things that are so dear to a happy person, even when letting them go could mean saving another person’s life. Suffering on the other hand, strengthens and prepares one against calamities, making them become easy in taking some substantial level of risk to help other people.
We will write a custom Essay on A Meaningful Life with Suffering is Better than an Easy, Happy Life. specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Conclusion In conclusion, suffering brings meaning to life and this meaning surpasses the superficial benefits that happiness renders to any life. Happiness does not add to the core purpose of living, instead it often benefits from realizing it. People should therefore strive to realize what they stand for instead of pursuing happiness.
Works Cited Baumeister, Roy F. The Psychology of Irrationality: Why People Make Foolish Self-Defeating Choices. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003. 11. Print.
Frankl, Viktor. Man’s Search for Meaning. 4th edn. Boston: Beacon Press, 1992. 94-105. Print.
Smith, Emily. “There’s More to Life than Being Happy.” The Atlantic. 1 Jan. 2013. Web. .
Use of Cell Phones in Public Schools and Should Cell Phones Be Allowed in Public Schools Research Paper best essay help
Abstract The problem of cell phones in public schools generates much criticism. The goal of this paper is to decide whether cell phones should be allowed in Massachusetts high schools. A detailed literature review is performed. The following themes are included: the patterns of cell phone use in public schools; the benefits and drawbacks of using cell phones in class; the Massachusetts cell phone policy; and possible methods to solve the problem.
Use of Cell Phones in Public Schools and Should Cell Phones Be Allowed in Public Schools The growing pace of technological advancement impacts all spheres of public and private life. The system of public education is not an exception to this rule. Thousands of schoolchildren have cell phones and use them on a daily basis. At the same time, teachers and school administrators devise new strategies to prohibit the use of cell phones in class.
Present-day teachers claim that the use of cell phones in the classroom distracts students from learning (Humble-Thaden, 2011). This is why, in most U.S. public schools, including those in Massachusetts, the use of cell phones is strictly prohibited.
Meanwhile, many other schools and education professionals propose new strategies to turn cell phones into a driver of productive learning. Some teachers even suggest that cell phones could potentially replace computers and reduce inequality in computer access and use across various student groups (Watters, 2012). Still, the problem of cell phone use in public schools continues to persist.
While states enact policies to prohibit the use of cell phones by students, the latter express their indignation with the restrictions placed on their communication freedoms in the classroom. The goal of this paper is to understand the scope of the problem and its impacts on the public school system.
In this paper, the pros and cons of using cell phones in public schools are analyzed. The results of this analysis suggest that the state authorities should allow using cell phones in Massachusetts high schools, since they bring considerable instructional benefits and teach high school students of responsible technology use.
Literature Review Case Example
The case of James Parker points to the strong and weak sides of cell phone bans in public schools. According to Shah (2013), this case is a result of a simple misunderstanding. However, it has profound implications for all cell phone policies in the U.S. system of education. Two years ago, John was a freshman and studied at O’Bannon High School in Greenville, Mississippi (Shah, 2013). According to the school rules, students were prohibited from using their cell phones on its territory. During one of the breaks, the teacher saw James listening to his friend’s iPod and thought he was using a cell phone (Shah, 2013).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The next day James was asked to visit the assistant principal and had to produce the phone (Shah, 2013). James’s parents said he had never owned one. The student who had loaned his iPod to James during the break also claimed that they had not used cell phones (Shah, 2013).
Still, James had to leave the high school and could not return, until he was able to bring his cell phone with him. He did not have one, and his absence from the school lasted almost two months. Eventually, he had to move to a different school, because the problem was never solved.
The case uncovers the hidden facets of cell phone bans enacted in public schools all over the United States. According to National School Safety and Security Services (2012), the use of cell phones can become a serious detraction from safety, especially at times of crises.
Simultaneously, many cell phones policies enacted by public schools are confusing and complex. The current state of literature provides rich arguments to inform future public practices. This information can help decide whether at all public schools should prohibit the use of cell phones by students.
Cell Phones in Public Schools: Statistics and Trends
Researchers and journalists in the field of education provide overwhelming statistics of cell phone ownership and use by public school students. Overall, the trends in cell phone usage reflect the common tendencies in technology use in other fields and industry sectors.
Today, being a cell phone owner is more of a necessity than a luxury. Aoki and Downes (2003) write that wireless communication technologies have become commonplace. In 2003, the number of cell phone subscribers increased by 50% compared with 2002 (Aoki
NUCOR’s History and Development Case Study college essay help
Introduction NUCOR is one of the largest steel companies in America. It has been in existence since 1955 when after a merger, the REO Motor Company changed to Nuclear Corporation of America. NUCOR’s founding father is Ransom Olds. The company has evolved a lot over its existence. It has been through tough times and survived. This case study looks into NUCOR’s history and development, then analyzes its internal and external environment and finally ends with recommendations.
Nuclear Corporation of America practised growth by acquisition of strategic businesses. However, in the beginning, this strategy failed miserably and the company made huge losses. The turnaround came in 1966 when NUCOR hired a new CEO, Ken Iverson. This visionary leader would transform the company’s fortunes thus leading it to success.
Ken Iverson studied Aeronautical Engineering. He then worked for different metal companies. This gave him a lot of knowledge and skills that would come in handy in his job as NUCOR’s CEO. Iverson first encountered NUCOR when the company tried to buy a metal company where he worked.
This bid failed. NUCOR hired Iverson to find them suitable metal companies to purchase. When he found Vulcraft, NUCOR bought it on condition that Iverson would run it. He agreed. By the time he was appointed CEO, Vulcraft was the only profitable division of the almost bankrupt conglomerate. Iverson had a great task ahead.
Iverson loved technological leadership. He led the company to open its first mini-mill in South Carolina. This was the beginning of the company’s success. The mini-mills were created to serve NUCOR’s other divisions. However, on realizing that other companies needed their services, NUCOR expanded to provide services to them too. Iverson continued to grow NUCOR by strategic acquisition and technological leadership too.
Nucor’s Strengths This company has several great internal traits that enabled it to survive its 54 years in operation. The first major strength is its leadership. Ken Iverson led the company for 30 years. Iverson had the necessary technical competence and vast experience to lead a great steel company. He also believed greatly in decentralization, which gave divisional managers enough autonomy to run their divisions successfully. The organizational structure with few layers of management and less bureaucracy was motivating to NUCOR’s people.
The second strength was NUCOR’s highly productive workforce. The company motivated its workers by implementing bonus pay schemes that saw them earn much more than their counterparts in similar jobs. NUCOR also avoided laying off its workers even during difficult times. Instead, it froze their wages and reduced the Executive’s wage. Iverson and his team also engaged the workers in conversation and kept them well informed about the company’s performance. W
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More hen the company made profits, everyone benefitted from the profit sharing scheme. In return, NUCOR’s employees remained loyal and produced more than average. All workers’ children were also included in the education scheme. They also remained non- union for a very long time. After all, there were rarely industrial disputes between employer and employee.
The third strength is technology. Iverson made a deliberate effort to keep NUCOR at the frontline of new steel technology. He sought and acquired rights to innovative ways of manufacturing. These methods went a long way in reducing cost. NUCOR also had the best inventory management system in its time.
The cost savings the company created were passed on to its consumers in form of reduced price. This helped NUCOR to beat its competitors in a market with a homogenous product with no aesthetic value. The company’s factories are also located close to their major customers. This makes it easy to form strategic partnerships.
NUCOR had several offshore joint ventures that enhanced its performance. The most significant of these is Yamato Kogyo, a Japanese firm. This venture increased NUCOR’s technological leadership as it entered the Beaming business. NUCOR started to manufacture wide flange beams.
The company also practised backward integration of its supply chain; ensuring raw materials were available when needed. When building its plants, NUCOR considered its major customers. It left enough space for such customers to locate near it. This also reduced transport costs.
Nucor’s Weaknesses Weaknesses are internal problems that can result in a company’s failure. Though successful, NUCOR has several identifiable weaknesses. First, most of the company’s plants are located in America. This is a weakness because America is a high-wage country. This means that NUCOR absorbs the cost of this expensive labour into its selling price. Having a high selling price reduces its competitiveness against cheaper offshore imports from countries such as China.
NUCOR’s second weakness is the failure to research internally. This means that in order for the company to develop, it must depend on strategic acquisitions and external partners. This is quite risky. Supposing these partners fail to innovate, NUCOR will be stuck in a rut. External cost of Research and Development is also likely to be much higher than if the company carried out its own research internally.
We will write a custom Case Study on NUCOR’s History and Development specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The company is highly decentralized, running the different divisions like different businesses all together. This is a weakness because it promotes inefficiency and duplication of efforts. The case study indicates that sometimes as many as six different sales people of the company would visit the same client.
This is a huge waste of resources and reflects the company poorly before customers. It shows lack of synergy. Sensitive customers may even get irritated and fail to purchase from NUCOR all together. This will reduce income and profits too.
Opportunities NUCOR’s major opportunity lies in becoming a globalized company. It can no longer depend on the American market as its only source of revenue. Lately, the demand for steel in this market has slowed down. This has affected negatively on NUCOR’s revenues and profits. However, there is a huge untapped market for steel in Asia and Africa.
This is because developing nations still require a lot of steel for infrastructure construction. NUCOR needs to take advantage of this opportunity and enter these markets. These markets are not as saturated as the American market. This will help it to continue on its growth path.
This company has a chance to begin carrying out internal Research and Development. This is the only way to guarantee continuous improvement, which is necessary to survive in this dynamic market. The company already has several divisions with a multitude of acquired knowledge over time. NUCOR can leverage on this knowledge and begin its own internal R
Ethics and Social Responsibilities in Business Research Paper cheap essay help: cheap essay help
Abstract This report aims at finding out whether practicing strong business ethics and good corporate social responsibility has an impact on the operations of the business. In essence, these two concepts provide a coherent framework that is used to explore the relationships within the business and the communities in which they are operating. The findings indicate that companies with strong business ethics and social responsibility have increased efficiency hence greater performance.
In addition, businesses organizations with increased ethical and social responsible practices have enhanced customer satisfaction, which in turn add more value to the company shareholders. In this sense, socially responsible behaviors take into consideration ethical behaviors being practiced by the firm. The two concepts encompasses all those practices that the firms undertake to increase efficiency in the management of resources as well as enhancing good relations with customers, employees, as well as shareholders.
Introduction Corporate social responsibility together with strong business ethics remains critical to the company growth and development. Most businesses agree that promoting good ethical standards and social responsiveness is one of the key successes (Starcher, 2010). The reason is that social responsibility and strong business ethics have direct influence in the company efficiency, reputation, as well as the employees’ relationships.
Incorporating strong business ethics as well as social responsibility in the company mission and vision statement is the beginning of promoting these values in the company general conduct and practices (McWilliams
Change Impact on Human Resources at JCPenny Case Study writing essay help
Table of Contents Organizational Change
Change Impact on Human Resources
Staffing and employee training
Management development and talent management
Employee communication, engagement and productivity
Compensation and rewards
Organizational Change Human resources are believed to be the most significant organizational asset, however, many businesses are yet to fully utilize its potential. Utilization of this potential or its lack is directly dependent on the overall leadership (Gareth
Death Penalty: James A Inciardi Perspective Essay college admissions essay help: college admissions essay help
The author opposes the death penalty with very robust opinions. The author’s views indicate that he does not support the form of punishment, which is accepted by about 60 percent of Americans. The author thinks that the death penalty does not play a role in the rehabilitation of offenders (Inciardi 24).
The author believes that the verdict for capital punishment to individuals does not affect the perception of other potential criminals. This is because people normally think irrationally when they commit murder crimes. The author believes that individuals irrationally during crimes makes the punishment unrealistic (Inciardi 60).
There are situations when the Supreme Court has handed down the punishment to innocent Americans. This is disturbing because in most cases suspects who are unable to secure substantial legal assistance may fail to prove their non – culpability.
The author perceives the arguments that capital punishment deters other potential offenders as misplaced. This is because studies indicate that it does not necessarily stop other people from committing a criminal offence (Inciardi 80). The punishment also fails to reduce criminal activities in America.
The author questions the Supreme Court’s motivation in delivering capital punishment to alleged criminal offenders. He wonders whether they are motivated by the need to revenge for the death of another American. It is notable that legal revenge helps the public to appreciate social cohesion against suspected offenders (Inciardi 363).
Furthermore, the Supreme Court seeks to prevent the possibilities of the people affected carrying out private revenge. It is notable that murder cases are common in the states that have approved death penalties (Inciardi 387). This is different when compared with the states that have abolished the form of punishment.
Argumentative Discussion about Death Penalty The death penalty debate in America remains controversial because people have failed to reach a consensus. The states where death penalty is abolished have achieved massive gains. It is notable that some states have managed to expunge the capital punishment from their regulations. It is noteworthy that a greater number of Americans support the death penalty (Bedau and Paul 57). However, there is an escalated interest in the number of politicians supporting the death penalty.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This change of leadership coincides with similar thoughts in the presidency. This has caused issues noting that the court exonerated some suspected criminals. In America, it appears the problem of death penalty has been in its application (Bedau and Paul 57). First, only a few states still sanction death penalty.
It is notable that the application of death penalty to punishing criminal offenders does not automatically result into reduced cases of murders in the region (Stearman 38). Furthermore, many people have failed to enlist the services of great lawyers thus making it hard for them to defend themselves even when they are innocent.
The many explorations into whether the death penalty has a deterrent effect among potential criminals reveal a different result. The proponents of the capital punishment argue that the verdict normally deters other people from repeating the crime (Stearman 34). The proponents of the abolition of the punishment have also used their knowledge of the fact that states that still allow death penalty have higher murder cases.
The proponents of the abolition have made meaningful achievements through their focus on practicable concerns about death penalties rather than moral reasoning (Stearman 12).
They have argued that most families of suspected criminals normally use massive financial outlay during the proceedings; yet making a decision to lock the offenders for good without pardon would be cheaper than executing them (Stearman 40). The supporters of death penalties also present counter arguments that the costs of keeping the offenders in jail for so many years are detrimental to the country.
The proponents of the capital punishment also argue that death penalties minimize the cases of homicides. They argue that reasonable doubt should not be used in challenging the notion that death penalty has a deterrence value in the community (Stearman 36). Conversely, those against the capital punishment have argued that death penalty has not deterrence. They also provide the examples such as in the states implementing the execution policy and the escalating murder cases.
The proponents of the capital punishment also suggest that crime rates are escalating in the country due to the many offenders who normally go back on the streets after their charges. Therefore, they suggest that executing the murderers would help the Americans live in peace. However, the proponents of abolition also wonder whether declaring that every murderer must be murdered would not amount to revenge (Burkhead 10). In fact, they argue that some of the suspects may be innocent Americans who are framed in murder trials.
We will write a custom Essay on Death Penalty: James A Inciardi Perspective specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The proponents of the capital punishment have also argued that committing a crime is free will and no American is compelled to kill another people. Therefore, the free will must be used to charge them for those murders. The opponents argue that every average American can kill any minute because when people engage in the acts they normally do it when they are irrational (Burkhead 10). Indeed, this is the grounds for seeking the beyond reasonable doubt while prosecuting murder trials.
Personal Opinion Personally, I oppose death penalties because it is inhumane. The execution of fellow human beings is just unbearable. It is always very painful to see someone being killed using chemicals while they are tied on strong beds. The pain of seeing someone struggle with the sting of the chemicals on their body is always unbearable (Bedau and Paul 57). Furthermore, there are cases where the procedure for executing the offenders are not followed strictly thus leading to longer hours of execution.
The notion that Americans who are suspected of murder and a death penalty handed upon them are not criminals persuades me that America could be killing innocent people. This has been the case when some high profile appeals are made and the suspects who were just waiting for their execution are released because they are innocent (Bedau and Paul 60). The appeals are sometimes able to prove that the people whose executions are pending may have been framed for the murder of other individuals.
There has been the case of legal services provision to capital offences suspects. The financial base required for legal services is always very high. Therefore, the average American who is accused of murder and the family cannot raise the resources may eventually lose their cases because poor legal representation or self-representation (Bedau and Paul 378).
In this case, the lawyers on the opposing sides normally frame their case in such a way that the innocent American fails to understand how to provide appropriate answers. This has been a bad precedence because it normally leads to the execution of innocent Americans because they did not have proper legal representation.
Works Cited Bedau, Hugo A, and Paul G. Cassell. Debating the Death Penalty: Should America Have Capital Punishment? : the Experts on Both Sides Make Their Case. Oxford: Oxford university press, 2004. Print.
Burkhead, Michael D. A Life for a Life: The American Debate Over the Death Penalty. Jefferson, N.C: McFarland
The book Nickel and Dimed Essay essay help: essay help
Table of Contents Motive
Motive Members of the middle and upper classes have popularly held the belief that America is a land of opportunity. They have assumed that a person can start from the lowest ranks in employment and slowly climb to the top. This notion of self-determined prosperity is what many use to describe the American Dream.
However, before one assumes that the country is a land of opportunity for all, one must first examine the practicality of social mobility if a person started with a minim-wage job. The book Nickel and Dimed provides audiences with an opportunity to experience what it is like to do a minimum wage job. The protagonist’s encounters as well as that of the rest of her colleagues indicate that social mobility is locked out to many in the lowest stratum of the working population.
Thesis Capitalism as a tool of social discourse is still as relevant today as it was several decades ago, when Weber and Marx came up with their theory. Marx affirmed that the human population will always be characterized by a struggle between social classes: the oppressed and the oppressors (Aron 151).
The composition between these ruling classes is what changes but the existence of the distinctions does not change. Owners of capital are constantly coming up with better methods of production but the distribution and ownership of wealth does not alter in relation to this fact. A contradiction between the relations of production and the means of production causes these two classes to constantly antagonize one another.
In present society, these contradictions are still eminent. The state and owners of capital continue to oppress the working class by using their input without giving them due compensation for it. Restaurant franchises, retail stores and service enterprises are the new form of capitalism; their low pay sustains their businesses by keeping their workers dependent. They have no opportunity to save and are thus doomed to a life of mediocrity.
Evidence Barbara Ehrenreich found that minimum wage workers had no option but to continue working their jobs. Many of them had just joined the labor market after welfare reform had taken place. In the 90s, the country reduced welfare support after groups complained that welfare programs caused beneficiaries to become lazy or have more children than they needed. Laborers were propelled into the working population without due preparation. The lack of alternatives for the working class is recurring theme in Weber’s and Marx’s work.
The author of Nickel and Dimed realized that it was close to impossible to live on a minimum wage. Not only was it difficult for her to find a house at that salary, Barbara also realized that she had little money left to afford nutritious meals or even pay for health insurance. What is even worse is the hostility of the work environment. Some restaurants offered no breaks while others had dilapidated bathrooms. Managers often accused them of several vices and punished them for it.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Barbara’s workmates were easily dispensable irrespective of the difficulty and unfairness of their work situation. Since workers could barely make enough to meet their basic needs, like shelter, then it goes without say that they could not save. This takes away the only opportunity they have to get out of the rate race. Therefore, the exploitative system is self sustaining because it keeps workers in the same position.
In Nickel and Dimed, Barbara found that certain qualities predisposed individuals to low –wage work. For instance, one’s race and one’s language proficiency had a tremendous influence on how successful one could be. In fact, she avoided places like New York or California where minimum-wage jobs were largely synonymous with immigrant workers. This indicates that social systems exist to perpetuate the capitalist system. Controllers of resources use different platforms to make low wage work seem acceptable; one of them is social relations.
Analysis Gerth and Mills (226) explain that bureaucracies attempt to level those who might undermine the system. They can use several methods at their disposal to achieve this, and one of them is political. As seen in Ehrenreich’s book, people in the upper classes used the political system to implement welfare reform. Eliminating a program that entitles people to financial support would safeguard employers’ interests.
This explains why there was a surplus of low-wage job applicants in most of the companies in which Barbara worked. This huge pool was a result of manipulation of the political system. Marx stated that “political power is the means with which the ruling class maintains its domination and exploitation.” (Aron 227). In present-day America, workers must contend with state policies that tend to worsen their financial situations and strengthen that of their employers.
Karl Marx explained that the relation of production that men find themselves in is independents of their will. They might be indispensible as a group, but as individuals they hold no power. This explains why workers had to contend with their difficult wage conditions. It did not matter that they made barely enough to eat. Such facts were a source of advantage to those who employed them. The capitalist’s main concern is to pursue profit at all means necessary.
Therefore, meeting the needs of those who produced (workers) was not a priority for them (Aron163). This explains why an antagonistic relationship existed between Barbara and management. None of them cared about the well-being of their workers. When one of the employees got pregnant, her employers perceived her as a liability. The theme of continual perpetuation of profit comes out in this scenario.
Marx argued that relationships between members of society boiled down to resource ownership and labor-provision. However, resource owners will use various mechanisms to make it seem like they are treating their workers fairly. Social relations are just some of the avenues that capitalists use to pacify the masses. In Nickel and Dimed, Barbara found that certain jobs were only for immigrant and colored persons. However, this did not mask the fact that other white people elsewhere still contended with working class conditions.
We will write a custom Essay on The book Nickel and Dimed specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Reflection Nickel and Dimed proves that social mobility from minim-wage positions is an illusion in modern America. These sentiments are well explained through Marxist theory. Barbara found that the welfare system created a surplus of workers. It was proof that the rich will use political systems to exploit workers, as explained by Marx.
Additionally, the exploitative system keeps workers down because they can barely afford the essentials. The theorists explained that capitalists will seek profit at all costs and neutralize any forces that impede this aspect. Social progress undermines their privilege, so it must cease to exist. Paying workers low wages ensures that they stay in their place.
Works Cited Aron, Raymond. Main currents in sociological thought. NY: Doubleday, 1998. Print.
Exhibitions at the International Center of Photography Report essay help online free
Two exhibitions “Roman Vishniac Rediscovered” and “We Went Back: Photographs from Europe 1933–1956 by Chim” are presented at the International Center of Photography. The pictures made by two photographers who worked during the period of the 1920s-1950s impress the audience with the extreme honesty and realism.
Observing the works by Roman Vishniac, a person can feel as prying about the moments of the Jewish people’s life. Focusing on the photographs by Chim (David Seymour), it is possible to feel as the part of the European society between the 1930s and 1950s.
The exhibition “Roman Vishniac Rediscovered” represents the imprinted moments of the Jewish people’s life in the Eastern Europe. The photographs seem to be the caught moments of the everyday life and routine. The photographer is distancing himself from those people depicted in the pictures.
As a result, the feeling of prying about the audience is created. The composition of many pictures is complex because several elements work to attract the audience’s attention. Many photographs represent children whose face expressions and reactions to realities are rather exemplary and frank (“Roman Vishniac Rediscovered”). The black-and-white photographs create the effect of minimalism, but they also help accentuate definite important details balancing the light and shadow in the picture.
In his works, Vishniac combines the aspects of the Jewish people’s life in communities and ghettos with the depiction of Nazi elements. Thus, the portrayals of Jewish schoolchildren are presented next to the pictures with swastika and Nazi Storm Troopers to accentuate the contrast (“Roman Vishniac Rediscovered”).
As a result, the photographs depicting the moments of the ordinary life of people during the period between the two World Wars, which can be discussed as documentary ones, are perceived as the real pieces of art. The whole life in its deepness is illustrated by Roman Vishniac with the help of the caught face expressions and body movements in their combination with presenting complex surroundings.
David Seymour worked as a photographer using pseudonym Chim. The photographer is unique in his ability to provide effective portraits as well as photographs demonstrating a lot of people or even crowds of people.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The works by Chim should be discussed and interpreted with references to the large political and social context. The crowds of people at the square, people listening to the speeches of political leaders or people participating in the land reform meetings are depicted in a lot of pictures by Chim (“We Went Back: Photographs from Europe 1933–1956 by Chim”).
From this point, Chim focused in his works on presenting the history of societies. All the black-and-white or color photographs demonstrated at the exhibition “We Went Back: Photographs from Europe 1933–1956 by Chim” are different in their tone, style, and theme. However, these photographs are astounding in relation to their illustrativeness and earnest to reflect the atmosphere of the situations and moments depicted.
The exhibitions “Roman Vishniac Rediscovered” and “We Went Back: Photographs from Europe 1933–1956 by Chim” allow feeling the unique unstable atmosphere of the 1930s-1950s. In spite of the fact Roman Vishniac and David Seymour focused on different themes and objects to depict, these photographers used similar approaches to creating the realistic photographs which can represent the mood and atmosphere of the moment with references to the historical, cultural, and social context.
Works Cited Roman Vishniac Rediscovered. 2013. Web.
We Went Back: Photographs from Europe 1933–1956 by Chim. 2013. Web.
Tax Evasion in Egypt Report college admission essay help: college admission essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
Importance of taxes
Why tax evasion is not good
Egyptian Government not doing enough to tackle the problem
Introduction Through tax evasion, individuals, companies, and organisations attempt to avoid paying taxes. Following the start of monetary markets, tax evasions in addition to other financial laundering activities have emerged as severe predicaments for macroeconomists. Although tax evasion in Egypt has always been a worry for economists, it has currently augmented to a greater degree given that the existence of new monetary markets favours tax evaders through the provision of simpler means of hiding their illegal money transactions (Feige 98).
The money that could otherwise have been utilised in economic and social advancement courses is used in criminal actions or in dangerous and poor ventures. Additionally, when the money from illegal ventures gets into the stock market, it creates unnecessary instability. In this regard, curbing tax evasion would allow huge chunks of money to be produced and utilised for welfare tailored ventures. This paper highlights an investigative report on tax evasion in Egypt with the interviewing of an economics university professor.
Evasion occurrence Tax evasion is a progression that usually relates to the informal sector. A gauge of the degree of tax evasion is the quantity of the unreported revenue, which denotes the variation between the quantity of revenue that ought to be accounted in the tax systems and the real quantity reported.
An interview with the Professor of Economics in the American University in Cairo, Said Mona, revealed that the degree of evasion relies on some aspects by considering the financial equation coupled with the fact that attempts to evade tax decreases with the decrease in the money under transaction (Baldry 357). The professor as well stated that the degree of evading taxes relies on the effectiveness of the tax management. The increased level of corruption by tax officers in Egypt adds to the complexity of managing tax evasion.
Tax officials employ different ways to decrease evasion and augment the degree of imposition, for instance through privatisation. The evasion of tax is a criminal offense in Egypt and individuals who are found guilty are sentenced to fines or detention.
Deceitfully misreporting profits in a tax return in Egypt is deemed as a criminal activity and such actions are dealt with in the criminal courts. In Egypt, other tax wrongdoings that are considered criminal include intentional misrepresentation of records. Furthermore, civil tax misconducts could attract penalties. Presumably, the degree of evasion relies on the strictness of reprimand for evasion (Baldry 361).
The Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) handed an evasion assertion to the Orascom Construction Industries (OCI). This tax amounted to almost 5 billion pounds associated with the sale of building materials by the company in 2007. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of OCI is Nassef Sawiris. Orascom Construction Industries is among the leading companies in Egypt and it hires 90,000 individuals.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The employees of this company originate from approximately 36 nations across the world. The Orascom Construction Industries Construction Group offers global engineering and building services mainly on infrastructure, manufacturing, as well as high-end trade ventures in different countries for both public and non-public clients (Baldry 368). The Orascom Construction Industries Construction Group takes a position amid the best international contractors.
Importance of taxes In Egypt and in all other nations across the world, taxes are fundamental. With respect to the economy, taxes act as the basic source of finances for an extensive scope of social and economic plans. Taxes are thus necessary to fund public services and accomplish a country’s fundamental responsibilities.
In Egypt, taxes comprise close to 60 per cent of government income. Every government across the world requires money to carry out civil functions and control the undertakings of the state. These funds are usually accumulated from the residents of the country in the identity of tax (Jalili 167). Each country has its particular means of ensuring that taxes are collected from its populace. Ignorance concerning tax is capable of bringing about numerous crises.
The money collected as tax assists a country in safeguarding itself as it handles military expenditures. Moreover, taxes assist in the advancement of infrastructure and the condition of roads, hospitals, and the environment at large. Additionally, taxes aid in the development of the status of education for through taxes, governments can offer education to all citizens and assist in the raising of the living standards. Individuals and organisations pay their taxes in a bid to sustain an efficient government.
Taxes act as returns for the government to facilitate in funding socialised services like medical attention and security among others; therefore, when nobody is submitting taxes, the community could fall apart and the country deteriorate.
Therefore, it is significant for each individual to pay taxes without failure. The government in a country can enforce taxes in different types, for instance, via income taxes, and toll tax among others. Not every person in a nation is required to pay taxes. Payment of taxes is reliant on nation to nation; however, in the majority of instances the individuals that earn very low incomes are at times exempted from paying some taxes (Jalili 172).
Moreover, not everyone in a given country is expected to pay taxes in an equal measure. Normally, individuals that have high incomes are expected to pay a bigger proportion of tax as compared to individuals that have low incomes. The residents of a country are not supposed to complain on the load of tax payment, rather they ought to consider the utilities that they obtain out of payment of taxes. Some of the services that are offered by the government through the money from taxes encompass the following:
We will write a custom Report on Tax Evasion in Egypt specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Infrastructural developments: The government of any country requires money for the construction of roads, airports, ports, and communication networks just to mention a few.
Pubic security: Funds obtained from taxes are utilised in the provision of fire fighting equipments as well as hiring of police (Jalili 182). Moreover, such funds assist in financing the sustenance of the military forces (comprising of the air force, army, and navy) as well as adequately providing them with ammunitions.
Common services: Maintaining cleanliness of the roads, treatments of water, provision of lighting in urban centres, waste disposal, and sustenance of game parks and many more
Health services: Nearly every government offers adequate and subsidised health services to all its populace, which could encompass immunisation and relief from tragedies. All these aspects are made possible by the taxes that a government collects from its citizens.
Others include the sustenance of historic sites like museums, government and disaster reliefs, financing elections, finance government ministries and equipping them (Jalili 191)
Why tax evasion is not good Tax evasion underscores any form of unlawfully evading taxes that an individual is obliged to pay. Tax evasion is at times confused with tax avoidance, which means taking measures to decrease taxes that are in accordance with the law.
The elements of tax avoidance include tax deductions as well as different lawful tax excuses. Tax evasion can take place with every form of tax, but it is usually linked to income taxes in addition to sales taxes. For instance, in Egypt there exists a legal income tax, and every income (whether money or material commodities) has an enforced tax.
Following its strictest description, many Egyptians probably engage in tax evasion by not including minor sources of income or the profits garnered, albeit in most cases such an occurrence happens unknowingly (Lachapelle 38). With the reality that it is nearly improbable to notice every one of the insignificant sum of money that change owners, the Egyptian government hardly ever hunts such insignificant cases of tax evasion for it concentrates on wider targets such as companies and rich people.
The interview with Said Mona as well gave the insight that taxes are normally regarded as economically ineffective tools, which underscores the suggestion that tax evasion could potentially have positive outcomes on the economy.
The theory behind this suggestion hinges on the assumption that taxes act by augmenting the costs of commodities and thus general expenditure diminishes with the augment in taxes, and consequently economic action drops. The suggestion for taxes is that communities and companies are not capable of accurately assigning resources toward ventures that are meant for the universal good, for instance roads, airports, and other forms of infrastructure.
Hence, the government is given the responsibility of collecting taxes in a bid to try and perfectly allocate this money for the provision of public amenities (Lachapelle 40). The fundamental economic laws could imply that in the nonexistence of the government, non-public organisations could fill the gap in offering pubic amenities and carry it out more effectively since there could not exist such barriers as tax collection, tax evasion, and government establishments.
However, as Said Mona made it clear, non-public organisation can never be more effective in carrying out all the responsibilities when judged against the government. Even though the notion of taxes being economically ineffective provides support to the likelihood of tax evasion being an economically effective exercise, tax evasion as well brings about numerous detrimental results.
To start with, the government has to use resources in a bid to recover the taxes it is owed, which could appear as a wasteful exercise to the community. In a case where no individual evades taxes, much money would be channelled towards beneficial schemes rather than being utilised in the recovering of evaded taxes.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Tax Evasion in Egypt by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More In addition, an effective capitalist economy depends on rivalry amongst businesses (Lachapelle 41). Nevertheless, when one business is practicing tax evasion and the other one is not, it generates a simulated benefit for the business engaging in tax evasion. This process could allow businesses with diminished dealings to survive longer than the ones that have effective processes, which could be harmful to the economy.
Egyptian Government not doing enough to tackle the problem Even if the Egyptian government is carrying out more strenuous attempt to restructure the nation’s tax authorities (particularly with respect to making it more investor-pleasant), it still holds the characteristic disorder and ineffectiveness prevailing all through generations of social ineffectiveness.
Tax evasion is not a big issue in Egypt owing to the intricate and highly inefficient collection scheme. Managers have established several tactics for saving their foreign employees from the misery of striding through tax laws. In this regard, most of these employees are paid in the form of cashable cheques or hired as fake consultants, which is meant to leave the choice of payment of taxes to the workers themselves (Resnik 44).
When workers are paid through cashable cheques or as consultants, they are aware that the possibilities of the Egyptian government ever claiming taxes from them are insignificant. Nevertheless, for those receiving huge sums of money, they are easily likely to be discovered and thus are compelled to pay their taxes. Therefore, the tax reforms made in Egypt by the close of 2005 were essential to decrease tax hindrances to investments. Nevertheless, the reforms are still not adequate to tackle the problem of tax evasion effectively.
Summary Through tax evasion, individuals, companies, and organisations make endeavours to avoid paying taxes. Additionally, through tax evasion, the money that could otherwise have been spent for economic and social progress is used in wrong actions or in hazardous and poor ventures.
While interviewing Professor Said Mona, it was disclosed that the degree of evasion relies on some characteristics by taking into contemplation the financial equation and the fact that the endeavours to evade tax diminishes with the lessening of the amount of money one is obliged to pay. The evasion of tax is an unlawful offense in Egypt and the persons who are found blameworthy are sentenced to fines or detention.
The Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) has accused Orascom Construction Industries (OCI) of tax evasion amounting to almost 5 billion pounds. Taxes are essential as they fund public services coupled with facilitating a country’s fundamental errands. Tax evasion is capable of bringing about numerous crises. The money amassed as tax is used to assist a country in safeguarding itself as it holds military expenditures.
Taxes are used to support the advancement of infrastructure and the environment at large. Moreover, taxes serve in the development of the status of education. Even if the government of Egypt is implementing strenuous endeavours to reorganise the nation’s tax authorities (mostly with regard to turning it into investor satisfying), it still embraces the typical disorder and futility prevailing all through cohorts of social ineffectiveness.
Conclusion Although tax evasion has always been an alarm for economists, it has presently augmented to a larger degree given that the majority of the new monetary markets favour tax evaders through the provision of simpler approaches of hiding illegal money. An interview with the Professor of Economics revealed that the measure of tax evasion relies on some facets, by taking into deliberation the financial equation and the fact that endeavours to evade tax lessen with the reduction in the money that one is required to pay.
Evasion of tax is capable of causing plentiful of crises. Taxes support great developments carried out by the government at the advantage of its citizens. Tax reforms in Egypt in 2005 were essential to cut tax hindrances to investments. Nonetheless, the reforms are still not satisfactory to tackle the difficulty of tax evasion successfully. Therefore, the Egyptian government should put in place other strict measures to counter tax evasion.
Works Cited Baldry, Jonathan. “Income tax evasion and the tax schedule: Some experimental results.” Public Finance 42.3 (2011): 357-383. Print.
Feige, Edgar. The underground economies: Tax evasion and information distortion, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007. Print.
Jalili, Ali. “The Ethics of Tax Evasion: An Islamic Perspective.” The Ethics of Tax Evasion 1.1 (2012): 167-199. Print.
Lachapelle, Jean. “Lessons from Egypt’s Tax Collectors.” Middle East Report 264 (2012): 38-41. Print.
Resnik, David. “Practical and political problems with a global research tax.” The American Journal of Bioethics 10.6 (2010): 44-45. Print.
The Occupy Wall Street Movement: Moral and Economic Issues Essay online essay help
Introduction One of the critical socioeconomic developments in the United States in this decade is the Occupy Wall Street Movement (OWM). The main question that is posed by people at the mention of the Occupy Wall Street Movement is the course that was being pursued by the
Movement and the nature of activities that marked the pursuance of social and economic issues. The Movement sought to streamline the social and economic state of affairs in the United States. In this paper, it is argued that the Occupy Wall Street Movement was a purely socioeconomic movement that sought to advance the moral and ethical issues that were imminent in the US economic environment.
This paper explores the Occupy Wall Street Movement. The paper brings out the critical moral issues of the Movement and its implications on the economy. This is followed by a theoretical analysis of the implications of the Movement using ethical models like utilitarianism, virtue ethics and the Kantian ethics.
Moral and economic implications of the OWM It is critical to bring out the reason that led to the birth of the Movement to understand the moral issues that informed the Movement. The OWM refers to the protest that began in the year 2011, on the 17th of September. The protest took place in Zuccotti Park in the Wall Street Financial Street in New York.
The protest was initiated by Adbusters, A Canadian Group and magazine, together with the public relations Workhouse based in Manhattan. The protest later spilt to other cities, thereby attracting more protesters. The protest came after the period of financial uncertainty in the United States, where numerous people had been subjected to the impacts of the financial crisis.
According to the protesters, the financial and the economic crisis in the country had resulted from the exploitation of the economic systems by the profiteers, who failed to pay attention to the broader needs of all the citizens. Instead, they focused on expanding their profits at the expense of the economy of the United States. The Occupy Wall Street Movement carries a similar moral message, just like other movements in the world (Moore, 2011).
Among the potent implications of the protest was that it resulted in the end of a decade of economic depletion in the United States. It is argued that the misfortunes of the United States economy began in the same street in which the protest movement began.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Among the misfortunes entail the two failed wars: the United States war in Afghanistan and the war in Iraq. Others are the unsustainable management of corporate firms in the country and the worst economic recession since the 1930s recession, and the deficit in the US budget and unsustainable tax cuts.
Corporate firms had grown in influence and had a lot of influence on the political institutions in the United States. An example that can be given at this point in time is the ‘too big to fail syndrome’, where large corporations were being cautioned from collapsing amidst the global financial crisis. All these issues pointed to the existence of economic injustices in the country. Most Americans felt that the economic system of the country was proving to be unfair and oppressive to them.
The economic oppression was highly witnessed by the low income earners in the United States. Monetary insolvency and the growth in wealth disparity was the order of the day, which caused the protesters to occupy the Wall Street (Occupy Wall Street, 2012).
The Wall Street Movement was financed by donors; people with incomes that ranged from 50,000 dollars to 100,000 dollars. The increased cost of sustaining the movement was one of the main problems with the Movement since sustaining the stay of the protesters in the Wall Street was an extremely expensive affair.
As the financing became problematic, the protesters were forced to do away with some basic needs. In the protest camp, a substantial number of crime incidences were reported. Among the incidences included sexual assault and theft. There were also cases of police arrests and lack of protection of the protesters by the police (Occupy Wall Street, 2012).
Analysis of the Implications of the OW: Utilitarian, Kantian and Virtue Ethics Terrall (2007) observed that one of the philosophies that are used in the explanation of ethics in movements is Utilitarianism. In weighing the OWM against the utilitarian philosophy, it is critical to look at both the actions and the impacts of the actions.
One of the main arguments in the utilitarian philosophy is that the rightness of an action is determined by the amount of pleasure that is derived from engaging in that action. The opposite of this statement is, therefore, true according to the proponents of utilitarianism. The OWM was a large movement that had a lot of challenges.
We will write a custom Essay on The Occupy Wall Street Movement: Moral and Economic Issues specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The Movement began well, with more people joining the movement as the days progressed. The most critical thing about the Movement is that it was sustained for several weeks. However, there are other questions that are raised over the problems that were encountered by the protesters and whether the Movement can be termed as a success. As noted in the preceding part of this paper, the protesters in the Movement encountered a lot of challenges, something that denotes the loss of pleasure.
There are a number of economic reforms that have been made as a result of the Movement. Nonetheless, the main question here concerns the possibility of sustaining the reforms in order to address all the demands of the protesters. The protestors also embraced economic equality, which denotes the greatest good for the population (Hinman, 2012).
According to Terrall (2007), the Kantian philosophy propagates the principle of morality, thus the moral duty of the person engaging in an action is quite critical. The worthiness of an action, therefore, does not depend on the results of the action, but it relies on the level at which the moral obligation bestowed upon the doer of the action is fulfilled.
The OWM can be likened to the Kantian philosophy by basing on the fact that the Movement was well organized. The protesters did not largely engage in heinous acts, which could have implied the loss of morality. The protesters were highly organized and highly embraced the course for which they were pursuing, in spite of facing numerous challenges.
However, there were a number of reported cases like sexual defilement and theft in the protest camps, which denotes a lack of morality. Nonetheless, the scale of such problems was quite low given that the number of people who participated in the protest was quite high. Conclusively, this movement can be highly attributed to the Kantian philosophy, especially deontology ethics (Hinman, 2012).
The virtual ethics theory focuses on shaping of characters of individuals in order to encourage individuals to do the right things rightly. Among the traits that ought to be embraced by individuals include generosity, love and courage to pursue the course. Individuals ought to be moulded in time so that they can do the right things (Terrall, 2007). A look into the movement denotes a high level of discipline among the protesters, which implies the articulation of virtue ethics.
Income inequality and the distribution of wealth in the United States The income disparity in the United States has been the subject of a substantial number of economic commentators. The income disparity has been increasing with time. The financial crisis that was faced in the US is to a larger extent likened to the income inequality in the country.
Several reasons are attributed to income inequality in the US. Among the reasons is the absence of mechanisms of social mobility. This implies that the class issue cannot be done away with easily. Most of the people in the country, therefore, fall in the middle wage category. The stagnation in the middle class wage has persisted, thereby widening the income disparity (Ryscavage, 1998).
Not sure if you can write a paper on The Occupy Wall Street Movement: Moral and Economic Issues by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More According to Ryscavage (1998), most of the wealth in the country lies in the hands of a few individuals. Amassing of wealth by the few individuals prevents people from the middle and lower classes from climbing up the socioeconomic ladder.
The few rich, therefore, get richer, while people in the middle and lower class slide down the social ladder. The other issue that has compounded the income disparity in the United States is the increase in the number of immigrants. Most of the immigrants have low skills; therefore, they work for lower wages than the set minimum wage. Income inequality and the distribution of wealth have been growing gradually.
The problem has been speeded up by the growth in the population, which denotes a reduction in the number of job opportunities. Most of immigrants are, therefore, forced to take up low wage jobs for sustenance purposes. Monetary policies such as a rise in the rate of savings have encouraged the broadening of the income gap (Coibion, Gorodnichenko, Kueng
A Rose for Emily Essay a level english language essay help
In this passage, close to the end of the short story A Rose for Emily, and at the end of Miss Emily’s life as an eccentric figure in the life of the town, Faulkner literally lays out the dead woman for the reader. In a mere two sentences, one very short, and the other very long, this passage shows how the environment of this small Southern community could foster colourful personalities and peculiar behaviours.
It also hints at how a character such as Miss Emily could survive so long, and so unfettered by the constraints that seem to limit others in the town, shielded by an obsession with the past. The author uses vivid language, extended metaphor, and a rambling sentence structure to achieve this effect.
The first sentence is almost abruptly brief. The relatives do their duty, promptly and correctly, just as they should, and the first, minimalist sentence signals that. There may be little love between these relatives from Alabama, who were, as noted earlier, “even more Grierson than Miss Emily had ever been” (Faulkner). However, they do what is expected for relations and no more, just like the sentence itself.
The second sentence is discursive in the extreme. It begins by announcing the funeral, describes Miss Emily’s bier, the many attendees, their states of mind and their deportment. It ends by disclosing the overall confusion of past and present that Faulkner portrays as seeming endemic to the American South.
This prepares the reader for the later revelation of Miss Emily’s madness. After hearing about her unwillingness to acknowledge her father’s death, and the Confederate veterans’ blithe mental abolishment of several decades of history, the reader is not totally surprised by Miss Emily’s ultimate gruesome preservation of the past in murdering her lover and then co-sleeping with his corpse for the next several decades.
While he does not use any obvious similes, Faulkner uses an extended metaphor to compare the elderly veterans’ foggy perception of the past to an ever-green field. The images he evokes are of a fondly recalled antebellum golden age of courtship and dancing.
He personifies the crayon portrait of the senior Grierson, referring back to the ill-fated visit by the Aldermen regarding Miss Emily’s taxes. This are yet more references to the story’s theme that the dead and the past linger on unwholesomely, relating backwards to her refusal to relinquish her dad’s remains, and forward to the funeral attendees’ discovery of her nearly mummified lover.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Faulkner effectively evokes the susurration of whispered gossip by the use of ‘s’ sounds, for example, second, Miss, mass, face, musing, ladies, and the onomatopoeic sibilant. The devices he uses change slightly when he begins speaking of the Civil War veterans in attendance.
Here he uses parallelism in indicating where around the house the veterans are chatting, and in the three verbs that describe their foggy state off mind; talking, believing, and confusing. He uses antithesis to introduce the central metaphor of the passage (not…but instead). At the end of the passage, he could have said ‘untouched by the years’, but he stretches out the idea and suggests tentativeness by saying “never quite touches” (Faulkner).
The passage includes concrete words, describing the veterans’ well-groomed old uniforms for example, and abstract ones describing, for example, their state of mind, or the physical impossibility of the inanimate portrait actually thinking. He uses polysyllabic words (e.g., macabre) when he needs them, and short simple Anglo-Saxon words (e.g., courted) when they are necessary. His verbs are active, but in this passage, they are not words describing physical action.
They describe internal, mental, or emotional activity. What distinguishes his writing is his mastery of carefully constructed balanced subordinate clauses, creating beautiful and meticulously correct run-on sentences. This approach conveys, in this instance the sound of an older person rambling on about something, recalling items in mid-speech.
In general, throughout Faulkner’s work, as in this passage, these stylistic devices convey the complexity and nuanced nature of relationships in the small towns he portrays. The result is an evocative and utterly scary murder mystery – solved.
Works Cited Faulkner, William. “A Rose for Emily.” The Harbrace Anthology of Short Fiction. Ed. Jon C Stott, Raymond E Jones and Rick Bowers. 2nd. Toronto, 1998. 144-150. paperback. 2013. Web.
The Cold War: US Foreign Policy Essay essay help site:edu: essay help site:edu
Introduction One critical question that bogs the minds of most people when talking about the Cold War is the concern of securing the national interests of the United States. A substantial number of people argue that the Cold War, which lasted for four decades, was a contest of ideologies whereby the United States sought to spread its national interests across the globe. The development of the war had implications on the political and cultural standing of the United States.
The Cold War was an ideological war in which the United States and the Soviet Union were engaged in a war whereby each country sought to propagate its policies through the pursuance of different courses in different parts of the world. In this paper, it is argued that the nature of policy goals that were pursued in the Cold War period had implications on the political and cultural setup of the United States.
This paper discusses the Cold War. The paper seeks to explore issues surrounding the US foreign policy in the course of the war, as well as the implications of the war on the United States’ society and culture.
The Cold War marked a period in the world history after the Second World War. The two main countries that battled in the war are the United States and the Soviet Union. This war was not an actual physical battle between the two countries, but it entailed the utilization of foreign policy by both countries to advance national ideologies.
However, proxy wars were fought as the two countries applied their containment strategies in proxy nations in different regions of the world. The United States embraced the ideology of capitalism, while the Soviet Union embraced communism. At the end of the Second World War, the United States insisted on the pursuance of a course that was meant to see the world pursue self-determination and the continuity of free trade.
On the other hand, the Soviet Union focused on molding its influence on Eastern Europe and the restructuring of its economy to gain power and influence in the region and the world at large. The most critical question that rings in the mind of most people concerns the possibilities of avoiding the Cold War at that time, given the political status of the world during the post-World War II.
Most of the commentators argue that the war could not have been easily avoided, given that a political vacuum prevailed in the world after the Second World War. The United States and the Soviet Union, which were the two main powers in the bipolar world order, engaged in a battle that resulted in a unipolar state, with the United States becoming the key dominant power in the world.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More According to Kennan (para. 4), one main thing in the Cold War was the application of containment strategies that were embedded in the foreign policy activities. The foreign policy of the United States, just after the end of the Second World War, was shifted to containing the Soviet Union. What ought to be asked is whether the containment strategy of the US was welcome by the citizens of the country.
The other question concerns the impact of the pursuance of the containment strategy by the United States during the Cold War on the American society. Several documents have been authored on the historical developments in the post-World War II period, which marked the period of the Cold War. Most of the documents point to the political discourse in the Cold War period. The Cold War was a political development, thus it is quite difficult to eliminate the question of political discourse when talking about the Cold War.
Arguing from the perspective of the world wars, the distribution of power was one of the main issues that shaped the developments at the international stage during the world wars. The cold war was, therefore, an extension of power politics in the international arena; only that this point in time, the power struggle shifted to two states in the world (Truman para. 1).
According to “NSC 68 and the Ideological Cold War” (591), both the United States and the Soviet Union, which were the main powers that presented a hegemonic state in the international arena, were involved in the pursuance of different policies that were aimed at consolidating power. The United States under its leaders presented issues in the foreign countries in the manner that presented the attention of its citizens and the search for support in implementing the foreign policies of the country.
An example that can be given here is the presentation of the situation in Greek by Harry Truman, the then US President. Truman argued that the situation that prevailed in Greece had implications on the national security of the United States as he addressed the US Congress. The address pointed out that the Greek government was being negatively affected by the communistic advancements, a situation that warranted the support of the United States (Truman para. 1-5).
According to Lippmann (para. 1), the policy of containment used during the Cold War period called for the use of different tactics by the players in the war. The United States was, therefore, forced to be strategic in terms of crafting and implementing its foreign policy to match the strategies of the Soviet Union.
There was an expansive pressure on the United States, which resulted from the policies of the Soviet Union. The main way through which the United States would respond to the pressure was, therefore, through the deployment of diplomatic tactics in containing the Soviet Union’s influence in the world. Foreign policies were vital in the planning and implementation of containment strategies since it authorized the actions of the US government.
We will write a custom Essay on The Cold War: US Foreign Policy specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More This has shaped the culture of the United States in such a way that policies are often subjected to the public. The United States is highly organized based on the principles of participation and democracy. The question of policy support in the United States also came out during the Cold War in which the US was quite active in terms of the search for policy support locally.
The other aspect of culture and society in the United States as was depicted by the Cold War revolves around the question of freedom in terms of policy making and participation. Capitalism, which is an ideology that was fully backed by the United States, entails the embrace of diversities of people in diverse sectors.
The free trade of ideas is, therefore, one of the most critical components of a free market of ideas. While this ought to be the nature of the American society, there are still a lot of pointers to the embrace of absolutism in the country. A free society ought to give each individual a chance to exercise and pursue his or her goals, which is contrary to what the United States policy entailed during the Cold War (“NSC 68 and the Ideological Cold War” para 2-5).
The civil rights movement that was experienced in the United States in the course of the Cold War can be taken as one of the indicators of the lack of embrace of free ideas and the value of every individual course, which are core features of capitalism. The differences in terms of race came out strongly during the Cold War. While the United States struggled a lot to contain the actions of the Russians through policy, it did less in pursuing a domestic policy to contain racial segregation within the country.
The United States government concentrated a lot on the pursuance of foreign policy, rather than addressing the issue of civil rights in the country. The American society can be depicted as an expansionist society due to a lot of focus on foreign policy at the expense of addressing the domestic issues (President’s Commission on Civil Rights para. 1-4).
According to McCarthy (para. 2), the pacification of the world seemed to be the main Agenda of the United States. This was depicted by its efforts to see the establishment of the United Nations during the Second World War. However, the actions of hatred and the support of proxy battles was an order of the Cold War, which made it impossible to attain the goals of peaceful existence of people in the world.
Conclusion This paper has explored the Cold War and how the domestic and foreign policy of the United States was shaped during the war. From the discussion, it has come out that the foreign policy goals of the United States during the early periods of the war were largely centered on containing Russia. This barred the US from pursuing domestic policies that were critical in addressing domestic issues.
Works Cited Kennan, George, F. The Sources of Soviet Conduct, 1947. Web.
Not sure if you can write a paper on The Cold War: US Foreign Policy by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More McCarthy, Joseph. Enemies from Within, 1950. Web. http://historymatters.gmu.edu/d/6456/
NSC 68 and the Ideological Cold War, 1950.
President’s Commission on Civil Rights. To Secure These Rights, 1947.
Truman, Harry S. Excerpts from the Truman Doctrine, 1947.
Walter Lippmann. A Critique of Containment, 1947.
Jenkins, David. “From Unwritten to Written: Transformation in the British Common-Law” Essay college essay help
The written constitution has government principles found in legal documents which have been enacted as laws. The clauses in the written constitution are well planned; clearly stated and standard. Unwritten constitution is the opposite of written one; the government principles are not found in legal documents and the enactment of laws does not exist. The clauses do not follow a certain pattern, plan or standard. Written constitution is more compatible with the liberal democratic tradition.
Written constitution has principles that limit or restrain parliament through a judicial review. This means that, the parliament has the authority to enact laws of the land but they must be reviewed by the judiciary of a nation. Such control of parliament’s limitless power ensures that there is no misuse of power. In addition, a balance between legislature and judiciary is created therefore reducing excess political influence on a nation.
Written constitution ensures duly enacted laws serve the public welfare. As a result, the parliament is responsible towards the citizens. Moreover, the principles of the natural law are bound by morality and ethics of humanity. Hence, all laws governing the land are determined by the public good. Written constitution ensures the parliament delivers ultimate obedience to its subjects. Despite its supremacy in the land, parliament remains morally answerable to the welfare of its citizens.
Written law is not easily manipulated to suit an individual’s interests. For example, if a medical practitioner runs a business without permit from the government or license, he or she can easily manipulate the unwritten law to fit his circumstance. Written constitution is precise and statements written are not controversial. In addition, all laws regarding practice and professional ethics governing different professions are enacted. Incase such scenarios arise it is efficient to quote the written law.
Written constitution ensures an effective implementation of the rule of law in parliament and other government bodies. Rule of law includes judicial aspects, where the courts are charged with responsibility of protecting the interests of the public from unlawful acts. Such acts may originate from parliament and court has the responsibility of interpreting the law appropriately to ensure public good. The balance between legislature and judiciary helps in implementation of respect of law.
A written constitution has important sections especially ‘Bills of Rights’. In developed nations, unwritten constitution protects its citizens. Incase of minority harassment, no justice can be found. Written constitution provides clauses on human rights, which cover all citizens regardless of race or tribe. Written constitution acts as a reference point for all citizens in a given nation, hence the protection of public good is enhanced.
Written constitution offers a document for reference where the main bodies of government are listed together with their responsibilities. Without a written constitution, there exists a vacuum for a legal doctrine. Cabinet, judiciary and parliament are the major government bodies and their roles need to be clearly listed. A written constitution would provide that legal document for future references. A written constitution provides a clear distinction between constitutional and ordinary laws.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The article is relevant to this thesis because it provides the reasons which led to the adoption of a written constitution in Britain. The journal supports the thesis; written constitution supports liberal democracy and growth. This journal provides the gaps which existed in unwritten constitution of Britain. In addition, it addresses the need to include clauses on human rights in the constitution. Moreover, it addresses the need for public welfare in governance as well as the need to implement rule of law.
History of Hitler’s Nazi Propaganda Essay essay help online: essay help online
A country can benefit from analyzing its past. By doing so, a country can be able to analyze how their past leaders or events have shaped their present lives. Similarly, through this analysis a country can be able to correct historical injustices.
In the Book Mein Kampf, Adolf Hitler asserts that he was able to develop interest at propagandist activity after analyzing past political events in his country (Hitler
Planning and Recruitment Essay custom essay help: custom essay help
Introduction The contemporary business environment that enterprises operate has become more and more competitive. This growth has been brought about by globalization whereby each company seeks to operate in the international market.
As such, companies seek to gain competitive advantage over their competitors to ensure that they remain in existence as well as achieve their organizational objectives. Among the various measures taken by most companies to achieve competitive advantage is that of quality output which is highly dependent on the operations management of an organization.
These operations are carried out either by machines or human beings. Thus, the human resource is an important asset in every organization given the major contributions it brings to the organization. This is because as much as organizational managers would like to have their operations automated, there are still operations that have to involve human beings. As much as automation is available in most companies, human resource remains inevitable.
It is therefore evident that the human resource of a company plays a significant role in its performance. With this in mind, most human resource departments/ managers have put in place measures to ensure that they obtain the best human resource with skills and experience to ensure that the output of the company is of high quality. The attainment and retaining of highly skilled personnel relies on strategies adopted by the human resource department.
The human resource processes includes training, recruitment and hiring, selection, job tasking, selection, appraisals and evaluation as well as dismissal. It involves setting duties and responsibilities for every employee as well as determining their salaries and benefits. This paper is an in-depth analysis of the selection and recruitment functions of the human resource department by looking at the processes of selection and recruiting, their importance, and the impact they have on company performance.
The recruitment and selection process The process of selecting and recruiting of personnel to the organization is the most important function of the human resource department (Adiele 1). Despite the fact that the process is normally lengthy, it is simple and mostly made up of the following stepwise procedures:
Job analysis and job description
Advertisement via internal memo or the public media such as newspapers, the internet, and recruiting agencies
Short listing of candidates that meet the minimum qualifications
Recruitment of successful candidates
Probation and confirmation
The process of recruiting in companies can be solely carried out by the human resource department of the company or be outsourced from external recruitment agencies (Adiele 1). When recruitment is done by recruitment agencies, the company’s role is to present their staff needs to the agency, which will carry out the whole process and fill the vacant positions on behalf of the company.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Nevertheless, most companies prefer to carry out the process on their own. When this happens, the first step in recruiting is normally identification of the number of staff needed. Staff needs could arise in the case of retirement, resignation, or contract termination of an employee thus making their position vacant.
Vacancies also arise in the event that the company is restructuring or expanding like in the case of merger and acquisition. When the company is certain that there is the need to fill a vacant position, the position is advertised. Vacancies are normally advertised to the public through the media such as newspapers, job sites in the internet, and radio among other channels of communication. Internal advertisement could also be done through memos.
On the advertisement, the job description should be clearly indicated derived from the job analysis. The job description entails trying to give the purpose of the job, tasks involved in the job, and the entire scope of the job. In demanding advertisements, salary details could also be given as an incentive to attract numerous applications. All this information is given in at least one sentence. The advertisement should also have a deadline for the applications in addition to the mode of sending applications such as email or postal services.
Once the human resource department receives applications, the selection process begins. Selection begins upon receipt of the applications whereby the candidates deemed fit for the advertised positions are shortlisted and invited for an interview with the selection committee. Interviews form the major part of the selection and recruitment processes of most companies and organizations. It is through interviews that the company is able to know the past and future performances of a candidate.
The candidate is also in a position to know more about the job and company. The selection criteria could be custom made to meet the demand of the company as well as making sure that the right candidate is selected. This prevents the company from going back to the drawing board to carry out another recruitment process a decision that is costly and involving a lot of time.
Importance of selection and recruitment Human resource is among the most essential assets of any business enterprise who goal is excellent performance. The employees of a company normally act as the face of the company.
For instance, the satisfaction of customers is determined by the attitude and capability of the employees in addition to their engagement and commitment to organizational success. As such, all companies normally strive to hire the best workforce through the selection and recruitment process. As mentioned earlier in the paper, the process of selection and recruitment is very costly and time consuming.
We will write a custom Essay on Planning and Recruitment specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More It is in this regard that the selection and recruitment process forms an integral part in any business enterprise. It should therefore be properly carried out to achieve effectiveness and efficiency. The process should be able to come up with proper choices of candidates who are well skilled and competent. This is because wrong selection and recruitment increases the labor turnover and operating organizational costs while decreasing employee morale due to lack of achievement.
Listed below are some of the benefits of the selection and recruitment process in companies.
Tapping of new talent
The selection and recruitment process is vital in any business enterprise as it creates a pool of candidates with talents from which the company is to choose from. When a company advertises a job vacancy, it attracts and encourages people with the desired skills and qualifications to apply. The advertisement is meant to attract knowledgeable and suitable professionals fitting the job description.
This is important as talent that could be difficult to get will now be in the hands of the company selection committee. Unlike in other methods of filling vacant positions such as promotion of a junior officer to a senior position, recruitment and selection brings about new talent in the organization. The new talent is road map to innovation and inventions in the company, which in turn leads to the company gaining competitive advantage.
Link between company and employees
The recruitment process is significant to both the employers and the employees because it acts as the link joining the two groups. Upon selection of the right candidates to fill in the vacant positions in the company, these two parties enter into a contractual agreement.
The contractual agreement, which marks the end of the recruitment and selection process, is a legal document that gives the obligations of the employer and employee where they all sign in agreement. This agreement is normally referred to in the event that one party breaches the terms of the contractual agreement. In addition to this, the selection and recruitment process creates an environment that the employees and the employer meet on a one-to-one scenario and share their ideas.
For instance, candidates are normally requested to ask anything they would like to know regarding the company during an interview. Additionally, the employers represented by the selection committee ask all they would want to know from the prospective employee. This in turn creates a platform that both parties know about each other.
When wrong people are recruited in an organization, chances are high that it will increase costs. As such, recruitment and selection is important in any organization so as to ensure that the right people are chosen and given the right positions in the company. In most organizations, the process of recruitment is custom-made to fill several vacancies in the company.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Planning and Recruitment by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More The recruitment and selection process involves various steps that can be monitored and adapted by the candidates. It is important that the process be simplified in order to ensure that there are no chances of discrimination hence helping the selection panel make the right choice for the company.
The recruitment and selection process is important in reducing costs in organizations since it puts in place adequate measures to replace and fill vacant positions without having to wait for long, something that could lead to halting of operations thus losses incurred. In addition to this, the recruitment and selection process offers organizations with a pool of prospective employees to choose from.
These prospective employees are not hunted but they (candidates) hunt the job, thus saving organizations the cost and time they would have spent hunting for them. It has been evidenced that a single job advertisement could attract more than 100,000 applications in most of the nations where unemployment rates are high. This number is bound to change depending on the unemployment rates as well as the development of different nations.
Employee turnover in a company is a sign of poor management, which in the end leads to financial losses. Companies work hard to ensure that the turnover rates are as low as possible.
The process of selection and recruitment facilitates proper appointments of the right candidates best suited for the post instead of appointing overqualified or under qualified persons to fill the position. The disadvantage of appointing persons not qualified for a certain job is that they normally have low morale and poor quality output thus opting to reassign or forced to quit.
This in turn increases the turnover rate. However, proper selection and recruitment reduces the turnover rate by ensuring that the right candidates are selected to fill the specific vacant positions in organizations. This is because, selection and recruitment “helps reduce the probability that job applicants once recruited and selected will leave the organization only after a short period of time” (Sims 34).
Increasing employee morale
When an employee goes through the selection and recruitment process and appointed to fill a vacancy in an organization, there is no doubt that they will be proud of having been picked from the large pool of applicants. This will not only make the employees confident in themselves but will also increase their productivity since they would like to assure the company that they were definitely the best choice. In turn, the yield for the company will be high hence being competitive in the market.
The recruitment and selection of employees plays a significant role in motivating employees to perform extraordinarily in a bid to satisfy the expectations of their employees. On the other hand, employees currently working in an organization will also be motivated to increase their productivity in bid to increase their chances of being selected in case there is a vacancy to fill in the organization (Mathis and Jackson 37).
Those wishing to move in other organizations will also work diligently in order to sell themselves to other competitive institutions. Since most recruiters normally contact the referees of candidates or their previous employees, every employee makes sure that they are of good conduct and perform excellently in their duties so that a good report can be given. All this is because employees are aware that the only way of getting a job is through the selection and recruitment process.
Impact of effective selection and recruitment on the company Effective selection and recruitment selection process in a company comes in hand with several benefits, some of which include the following:
The main reason behind the advocacy for effective selection and recruitment is to save on cost. Poor selection of the candidates filling a certain position could arise to various costs. First, the unfit candidate could produce poor quality products and or services, which could in turn affect the sales of the company hence low profits.
Secondly, a candidate who is unfit for a certain post could lack the technical skills hence affecting operations for instance, unskilled mechanic in a factory could operate machines wrongly hence destroying the product or causing injury to themselves or their fellow workers. This in turn makes the company incur huge losses in repair of machines or treatment of the injured employees.
It is therefore advisable that the company invests in effective selection and recruitment process so as to recruit competent personnel who will not bring about mistakes that can hinder the company’s productivity. “Keeping the costs of selection down will involve such factors as holding the interviews in a location, which is accessible to the interviewing panel, and to those being interviewed” (Mathis and Jackson 43).
Thirdly, there is the cost of retraining which is incurred in the event that a company recruits unqualified personnel. In other cases, the recruited employees could require replacement especially when their performance is extremely poor. This means that the company has to undergo the whole process of selection and replacement, something that is very costly and time consuming. When this happens, the company experiences serious financial losses, which are difficult to revamp.
Employee Loyalty and Productivity
The main expectation of any employer from his or her employees is quality output. Companies normally require people who will be highly productive in order to facilitate the achievement of organizational goals. The high productivity is only achieved when the employees are loyal. Loyal employees are normally dedicated to the company and would do anything to make it succeed.
As such, employee loyalty is linked to the kind of output that the employer will receive in the end. With this in mind, it is important that the recruitment and selection process is effective to produce the best-fitted candidate for the post in the company. For instance, the interview panel could ask the candidates questions on their strengths and weaknesses, their achievements, and maybe their failures if any.
This helps tap the loyal employees who in most of the cases will have had a track record of excellent performance in their past. A company with loyal employees remains more competitive than those with disloyal employees. In addition to this, the company becomes innovative given the dedication of the employees, which in turn results in a highly profitable company.
Retention of employees
“Retention is perhaps more important now than ever. Keeping hold of your best workers, and inspiring confidence and loyalty in difficult times requires considerable commitment on your part” (Sims 26). However, when the wrong people are selected for a certain position in a company, chances are very high that they will either quit or resign.
The reason behind this is the low morale of the employee, which results due to inability to perform a certain task or poor output. When this happens, the company will have no other option than to terminate the contract of such an employee. Several instances of such a case would result in high turnover, which in turn leads to high spending by the company.
Poor selection and recruitment process could also bring into the company job hoppers. Job hoppers change jobs often and they keep on moving from one organization to another. “Based on data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, workers in the Baby Boomer generation had an average of 11 jobs during a 26-year period of their working lives” (Mayhew 1).
Employees with such a character bring about high turnovers in organizations. To avoid this, the selection panel should look at the length of time that the candidates have spent in their previous jobs. This will show if the candidate is the job hopping type. In addition to this, the references could be contacted to give the history of the candidate.
All this is done to ensure that the company obtains the best-suited employee for the post, one who will not leave the company in just a short time but instead offer his or her services to a long time. It can therefore be concluded, “low turnover is a sign of an effective recruitment and selection process, especially because most turnover occurs during the first 90 days of employment” (Mayhew 1).
Given the high rate of unemployment in the world today, chances of unfair selection of candidates is inevitable as people push in for their relatives and friends while others give bribe to be given certain posts in organizations. This is unacceptable under the laws governing hiring of personnel in companies.
Thus, ineffective selection and recruitment procedures that do not adhere to the laws of the land could lead to serious consequences to the recruiting company. These could include sanctions of the recruiting persons, contract termination for the wrongly selected employees and fines for the company. This not only causes financial losses to the company but also ruins the reputation of the company.
Discrimination in hiring procedures is yet another issue that could make the company face serious legal consequences. Discrimination is forbidden in all nations and companies with advocacy of equal treatment of candidates in selection and recruitment being preached all over the world.
For instance, “the United States Department of Labor forbids discrimination based on race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, political affiliation, religion or age” (Saez 1). These laws are enforced by the government to ensure that the right selection and job termination procedures are followed when terminating the employee’s contract.
These laws made the organization to be composed of different groups of persons without discriminating anybody because of gender, age, and race. Everybody’s rights are maintained and equal chances during employees’ selection and firing are given to all candidates. This allows the organization to select good employees, which can help it attain its strategic goals successfully.
Discrimination can be avoided by clearly indicating all the essential requirements of a certain position on the job advertisement as well as the specific duties involved. In other instances, companies indicate that a certain discriminated gender and people are encouraged to apply. For example, an advertisement could read, “female candidates are encouraged to apply” (Saez 1). Others will read, “persons with disability are encouraged to apply” (Saez 1).
In addition to this, interviews ought to be held during days and time that would not prevent certain groups of people from attending. For instance, holding interviews on religious or cultural holidays could deter some candidates from attending given their religious values. Additionally, it is required that proper notes are taken during recruitment in a bid to justify the selected candidates. In doing this, the company adheres to the legal requirements hence keeping instances of legal fines at bay.
Recommendations Human resource is significant in the operations of all kinds of business enterprises ranging from schools, restaurants, food manufacturing, and legal practices just to mention a few. This has been evidenced by the lack of achievement of organizational goals in companies with the best physical resources, capital, and latest technology yet lacking the right personnel to carry out the operations.
This therefore indicates that having the right people to work in organizations is a key determinant of organizational success. Selection gives an organization the opportunity of analyzing the skills of applicants and choosing the best among them. Given its significance in the development of an organization, it is recommended that the recruitment and selection process have three key qualities, which are efficient, effective, and fair (Mathis and Jackson 45).
It is recommended that the recruitment and selection process be cost effective in terms of the method used and sources of getting the right personnel. In the ancient times, job advertisements were made through radio and newspapers among other ancient methods all of which were deemed slow. Nowadays, most of the job advertisements are via the internet hence reaching a large number of people within the shortest time.
Internet has also increased the speed of candidates responding to the advertised vacancies. In the same way, the company is also able to respond thus making the recruitment process cost effective. The process should also be effective and able to produce the required number of candidates with surplus or deficit. Recruitment and selection is a process, which is recommended to be fair to all the candidates by giving them equal chances.
In addition to this, it is recommended that companies adopt strategic human resource management policy in their human resource planning. Strategic human resource management is part of management, which support the employees meet their needs in the organization with the aim of achieving the organizational goals.
The strategic human resource will ensure that the organization recruits fire and offer good welfares to its employees. It also ensure that the line managers and other employees are motivated by awarding them work incentives, safety procedures of information and vacation or sick days to promote them to increase their efficiency and performance.
The strategic approach to human resource helps the organization to achieve its objective by ensuring that the organization attracts and recruits the staffs that possess the skills and expertise that can help the organization to grow to a level that is expected by the investors. The employees therefore are well conversant with the roles and responsibilities, which they are assigned to do because they have the appropriate skills necessary for the duties that they are given by the organization.
Conclusion The above discussion proves the fact that organizational success is highly dependent on the skills and competencies of staff. This stresses the need for proper hiring of staff in order to ensure that the organization does not lack skills. As mentioned earlier in the paper recruitment is the process of identifying and hiring a qualified employee in the firm.
Several benefits of the recruitment process have been listed including the fact that it creates mutual understanding between employees and employers. Nevertheless, recruitment is known have one weakness in that it may be expensive to administer especially to small-scale organizations because the funds required may not be available. However, as discussed in the paper, the process ought to be as effective as possible in order to save on extra costs.
A good selection process of employees without any form of discrimination and makes an organization to have employees who have good corporate values, which enhance good employee’s relationship and performance (Sims 65). The selection should be based on the merit of employees and therefore the organization will be able to meet its goals since it will have experienced and qualified personnel.
When the right procedures of selection and recruitment are in place, the company will save on costs, decrease turnover rates, increase employee morale, and retain their employees for a long time. This not only ensures efficient and effective running of the company but it also enhances the good reputation of the company.
Works Cited Adiele, Ndunuju. Recruitment and Selection Process. 2009. Web.
California Cuisine Inc. Employment Agreement Case Study essay help site:edu
Table of Contents Introduction
Case Study: Basic Information
Legal Considerations and Conclusion
Introduction The culture of impunity and malpractice in employment is almost being solved due to the amendments being done on the laws regarding employment agreements. In addition, workers and employers have formed various unions to ensure they champion for the rights of their clients through proposing policies that will protect their interests. This essay explores the argument presented through an employment agreement case study involving a company and sacked employee.
Definition An employment agreement is a document that explains the terms and conditions that specify the relationship between workers and their employers. Even though, these documents differ depending with organisations they have basic requirements that must be observed.
Some of these include the nature of contract, compensations, witnesses, duties, benefits, termination and applicable laws amongst other provisions. A breach of contract means that one or both parties have failed to meet one or some of the requirements of the agreement, and this may lead to termination of the contract.
Case Study: Basic Information Bill Beasley was employed by California Cuisine Inc. on July 24, 2011 and his contract was terminated five months later due to what the company termed improper behaviour. The company discovered that he had introduced a new concept that allowed clients to place their orders using their mobile phones or other mobile communication devices that were provided by the hostess.
This concept involved sending short messages to the relevant authorities, and the hotel staff would take the orders to the clients’ tables. The company terminated his employment contract because it claimed that he had breached their employment contract since he did not consider their opinion before developing and using the concept.
This led to a string of accusations from the company and Beasley as they tried to prove their innocence and how the other party breached the employment agreement. The company claimed to be compensated all the salary Beasley had been paid since the commencement of his employment while he demanded that the company should compensate him for wrongful termination.
Legal Considerations and Conclusion The above events show that most people and organisations sign employment agreements without understanding the provisions that protect them and what they should do in case one party breaches the contract. It is necessary to explain that while these agreements aspire to promote a good relationship between an employer and employees it can also be misused and advance animosity between the two parties. The most common causes of conflicts regarding employment agreement arise due to the following two factors.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More First, each party must read and agree to the terms and conditions that bind them before they sign the agreement form. This means that they must ask questions and seek clarifications regarding an issue that is not clear.
Therefore, by signing the agreement form it is assumed that both parties have agreed to be controlled by the terms and conditions stipulated by the agreement. This means that in case one party does not feel conformable with all or any of the requirements it should not sign the agreement; therefore, there will be no contract between them.
Secondly, the conflict may occur as a result of misunderstanding of one or more aspects involved in the agreement. This means that there may be differences in terms of the manner in which the employer and employee understood the contract. For instance, an employee may assume that since the agreement states that the job position involves managing employees the individual has a right to sack and employ other junior workers.
However, these rights may be reserved for the board of directors, but this may not be specified in the agreement form. Therefore, it will cause conflicts between these two parties since there will be no clear definition of the roles of the office holder involved in the agreement.
Even though, California Cuisine Inc. and Mr. Beasley present their argument claiming that they played their roles well and that the other party should compensate for the damages caused by termination of the contract it is necessary to evaluate all circumstances and legal considerations before making conclusions regarding the appropriateness of the compensations demanded by both parties. The following is an evaluation of the employment agreement form signed by the parties and a legal approach to the conflict between them.
First, it is necessary to understand the nature of the contract that connected these two parties. The company was undergoing a transition marked by an increase in its production activities; therefore it required an interim manager to serve as the president, secretary and chief financial officer. This means that Mr. Beasley was familiar with the management and administration of the company and that he understood he was supposed to be a temporary president for the coming six months.
In addition, they agreed on the possibilities of retaining him beyond the initial term even though this was to be evaluated later. Therefore, this explains that Mr. Beasley was on a short term contract that did not mature before it was terminated. However, there was no guarantee that he was to be employed later as a permanent president of the company.
We will write a custom Case Study on California Cuisine Inc. Employment Agreement specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Secondly, the agreement outlined a clear term of employment that specified the period within which the contract will be deemed viable. The contract noted that the employment commenced on July 24, 2011 and was expected to end on July 23, 2012. However, this section contradicts the earlier provision that the initial term of the contract was six months since this is the time that an interim president can serve.
Therefore, this agreement flawed its provision by way of contradictory statements. This means that it is not clear whether the contract was supposed to expire after six or twelve months. However, the law considers all interim positions to be filled and served within six months contrary to which subjects the employee to the full term of the contract. Therefore, Mr. Beasley is justified to demand a full compensation, for the term he was supposed to serve as the president of this company.
However, on the other hand, the agreement stipulates that this contract can be changed based on mutual agreement between the two parties. However, there is no evidence to prove that there was an agreement that declared the period of service to be six months.
In addition, the company states that the term of service can also be considered to be the time the employee served even if the person is terminated before the initial period expired. Therefore, it can justify this term by virtue of the breached contract by Mr. Beasley and refuse to give him his demands.
In addition, the employment agreement gave Mr. Beasley exclusive rights to do anything that will promote the interests of the business including supervising and managing the business, officers and affairs of this company. However, it also notes that the directors shall also guide the interim president in his duties. This means that even though he was the president of the company some decisions were very complicated and Mr. Beasley did not have the right to make them without consulting the board of directors.
In addition, it states that the services of the interim president shall be rendered when and as required by the board of directors and this means that there was he was supposed to seek approval from this department before adopting and implementing a new project. However, he did not consider their opinion before rendering the servers of the company obsolete.
The board was supposed to issue, directions, instruction and control weighty issues that affected the operations of this business. However, he bypassed their role and went ahead to introduce a new concept to the company without their approval. This was a total breach of the terms of service agreed by these two parties.
Thirdly, the company provides a base salary of $ 275,000 annually, and this includes an employee on contract, interim or permanent employee. However, Mr. Beasley was supposed to be paid the whole amount after the expiry of the contract, but since he served the company for five months only he was supposed to be paid what he worked for. On the other hand, he cannot claim bonuses since the company provides it to employees that have served their initial terms fully.
Not sure if you can write a paper on California Cuisine Inc. Employment Agreement by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More This means that for anyone to get the bonus the person must complete the initial term and continue to serve on the agreements made after the expiry of the first term. However, Mr. Beasley did not finish the first term; therefore, does not deserve this reward. Moreover, he is entitled to purchase an average of 20,000 shares since he is a beneficiary of the scheme. However, this is determined by the validity of the reasons presented to warrant his termination.
On the other hand, it is necessary to explain that the initial agreement and the provisions of the agreement cast a dark shadow on the applications of various considerations of employees like benefits and rewards. Even though, the company considered his decision to adopt a new technology an unwise move it still provides that he should use all powers within his abilities to ensure the company improves its performance. Therefore, there was no ground to sack Mr. Beasley because his actions were aimed at promoting efficiency in this business.
Therefore, he should be granted this benefit and enjoy his shares for the next three years after he is paid the salary for the initial contract. Even though, the company pays its top executives a three weeks vacation every year Mr. Beasley does not qualify for this since it is awarded at the end of the year. This is in accordance to the period an individual serves and not the traditional calendar. This means that he should have served the company for almost ten months to get this benefit.
Moreover, the company’s termination policy states that an executive can be sacked if the person fails to accomplish his duties and refuses to follow the directives issued by the board of directors. However, the case study shows that the directors did not give any direction regarding the use of communication devises.
Therefore, Mr. Beasley did not see any breach of contract when he introduced this concept. In addition, the contract states that the board must issue a notice and allow the respondent time to readdress the issue being discussed before taking any step.
However, he was not served any notice, warning, direction or guidance regarding his concept. The company failed to follow the procedure above and went a head to terminate his contract. He did not fail to perform his duties since there is no evidence that the technology affected the operations of the company. In addition, he did not refuse to follow any instruction, guideline or directive issued by the board of directors since none was issued to him.
Therefore, it breached its employment agreement and should pay Mr. Beasley for the losses he incurred. Secondly, he was not convicted of a felony, fraud or embezzlement of assets or funds from the company.
The fact that he was sacked because he introduced a new concept in the business did not stand any ground to prove that he committed a serious crime. His actions were aimed at improving the performance of the company and not selfish interests. There was no evidence that the communication devises used were acquired in a corrupt way or led to losses.
On the other hand, there are some aspects of the agreement that show Mr. Beasley breached the contract by failing to observe the requirements of his position. First, the employment contract form demands that, in case, an executive does not understand any part of the agreement he should consult the board of directors and seeks further clarifications.
He did not seek any help in interpreting the contents of this agreement. In addition, it allows the executives to discuss with their lawyers the provisions of the contract and decide whether they are comfortable with them or not. In this case, there is no evidence that such consultations were made.
This proves that he understood the contents of this document and was comfortable with them. There is a possibility that Mr. Beasley rushed to sign the papers without knowing what he was doing. For instance, his employment was supposed to last for six months according to the introductory part of the agreement.
However, another section of the same agreement stated that he was supposed to serve in the interim capacity for one year. These are conflicting statements contained in one document and shows that the company was not very keen when preparing the agreement. However, he is to blame for the mistake since he failed to identify such errors and signed the form without seeking clarifications.
In addition, Mr. Beasley had a brilliant idea that was supposed to help this company to improve its services. The introduction of modern technology in any business is a significant step toward improving the efficiency and quality of services or goods offered.
He used his skills, knowledge and experience to identify gaps that were supposed to be filled to ensure the business improves. He did not wait for anyone to direct him or propose some changes on how customers ordered their meals. He introduced mobile communication that was cheap, fast and reliable in terms of communicating with the hostess and other hotel staff.
It is necessary to explain that most employers would appreciate such creativity since it aims at promoting efficiency and attracting customers. However, the employment agreement demands that even if an employee develops a skill or idea the person must submit this right to the company and ensure that the directors are informed about what is going on in various departments.
The document provides that the executive must disclose and submit these ideas in writing to the board to ensure the company gets ownership rights of all ideas developed within its premises.
In addition, it is reasonable to argue that Beasley’s efforts to promote efficiency in this company can be suspicious due to the following reasons. First, he did not inform the board of directors that he was planning to adopt a new technology that will ensure customers place their orders using mobile phones or other communication devices provided buy the business.
This means that he ignored the role of directors in the company and went a head and gave himself powers to make such significant decisions without consulting them. This was a serious violation of the employment agreement that required him to inform the directors about any plans that affect the business.
Secondly, the mobile communication devices were purchased without the approval of relevant authorities. This is a big project that requires all stakeholders to be involved due to the financial implications involved. Thirdly, his idea led to the scrapping of the use of traditional servers in ordering for meals.
This can be considered to be an attempt to commit felony since it violates the traditional way of placing orders in this restaurant. The board of directors or other people may demand to know the reasons why these two concepts were not allowed to run simultaneously. Therefore, there are many questions surrounding this new idea and this may have forced the directors to terminate his contract.
Lastly, this company considered this action a breach of contract since Beasley was not responsible for implementing the changes regarding finance and technology. He was supposed to propose measures that can improve this company and not to adopt or implement them without consent from the directors.
Therefore, he went out of his jurisdiction and performed roles that were not assigned to him. This can be translated to mean conflict of interest that is motivated by other personal desires. The directors may have though that he is planning to overthrow their authority in the company and thus they were justified to sack him.
Conclusion This case study shows that both parties played a significant role in breaching the employment agreement. Here were errors of omission and commission that affected their abilities to implement and follow the terms of service that connected them. However, Mr. Beasley should have a partial compensation for the losses he suffered due to premature termination of his employment.
He should also be allowed to purchase the shares offered by the company. However, he is not supposed to be given the bonus for the 2011 and 2012 fiscal years since he was on a short term contract. On the other hand, California Cuisine Inc. is not entitled to compensations from Beasley since he did not actively breach the employment agreement.
Americans and Public Affairs Essay college admissions essay help: college admissions essay help
Introduction Public affairs are all those issues that affect human life and are controlled by the state and the electorate. “Citizens have a significant role in determining their affairs through referendums, elections and demonstrations” (McCluskey 2). This gives the community power to choose what they want in terms of controversial issues like legislation and amendments of bills. This paper examines the reasons why most of them have skewed perceptions about public affairs and how to manage this problem.
Ignorance has continued to affect most Americans even though the state claims that everybody should have the right to attend public primary schools. Even though, some Americans are well-educated and have very good careers they little knowledge regarding public issues that affect their daily lives. It is necessary to explain that this society is exposed to many sources of information, but it is ignorant about what happens around them.
Therefore, this population continues to be in the dark despite the many channels of getting information about current trends in politics, economy, religion and other world affairs. Even though, televisions play a vital role of informing the public about national issues, some broadcasting houses have subjective perceptions about some issues. Therefore, they fail to give the public accurate information about issues they do not support.
Secondly, most people are negligent, and this makes them not to take their time or energy to know what is happening in their country. “The American population is always busy on other issues like careers and education, and forgets that it needs to know its world” (Romano 1).
This means that even graduates cannot name their senators or governors since they do not see the importance of knowing them. They are focused on issues that affect their daily lives like food and fuel prices and pay little attention to the factors that affect these issues like policies that regulate the prices of food commodities.
They always wish that the government should reduce prices of fuel, yet they fail to understand that the countries that supply these products are in political turmoil. Learning institutions have played a significant role in educating learners about various historical and public issues, but these are always aimed at passing examinations only.
Thirdly, Barbara Tuchman explains that most Americans are rigid in terms of understanding various issues in their country. “This means that they have fixed perceptions that cannot be changed regardless of the reasons for or against their appropriateness” (Robinson 1). For instance, most Americans do not know the role of different arms of government and expect the president to solve all their problems.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More They have little knowledge regarding the role of the national and local authorities and expect the president to address issues that can be solved by the local authority. In addition, their families have cultured them to believe that either democrats or republicans can form the best government.
In addition, most Americans focus on immediate needs regarding public issues and fail to see their long term benefits. Even though, the American constitution gives people the right to participate in elections and demand better services from the government and public officer this is sometimes not achieved due to their interests and timing. “It is necessary to explain that some issues may seem to have immediate benefits, but their long term consequences may be devastating” (Robert 1).
For instance, the need to have a democrat or republican to be the president of the United States of America may force people to vote for an incompetent leader. This means that they are focused on ensuring that they have their “own” president and forget to evaluate the suitability of presidential aspirants.
Lastly, popular culture and stereotyping have impacted negatively on the ability of people to be informed about public affairs. It is advisable for individuals to ensure they adopt modern trends in various activities. However, Shenkman argues, “stereotyping has become a common practice among most American youths, and this has limited their knowledge regarding public issues” (Shenkman 1).
Recommendations The American population must restructure its education system to ensure students can understand and internalize the concepts of history, politics, governance and other issues that affect their lives. This should help them not only in passing their examinations but also widening their understanding of public issues like the rights of minority groups like women and old people.
Secondly, there should be public awareness to educate the public about important national issues like the gun and drug policies that affect their lives. In addition, the agents of socialization should be objective and avoid biased opinions to ensure people can understand the realities in their country.
The media (CNN and BBC) have been very vocal in educating and informing the public about historical events like presidential debates and elections. Lastly, Americans must take active roles in determining their future by participating and following debates on important issues like the recent efforts to restructure the healthcare system that is very expensive and has already sparked protests from different groups.
We will write a custom Essay on Americans and Public Affairs specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The American population will continue to be illiterate since it has a long tradition of ignorance, negligence, fixed mindsets, shortsightedness and stereotype. People must be aware of various public affairs to enable them to understand their societies and this will help them to apply reason in various situations.
Works Cited McCluskey, Neal. American Political Socialization “Waiting For Superman. Cato Institute, 13 Aug. 2001.Web.
Robert, Ken. American Political Socialization “Do Schools Kill. You tube, Creativity? YouTube, 12 Nov. 2012. Web.
Robinson, Ken. American Political Socialization “Changing Education Paradigms. YouTube, 22 Jan. 2013. Web.
Romano, Andrew. How Dumb Are We? The Daily Beast, 20 Mar. 2011. Web. http://www.thedailybeast.com/
Shenkman, Rick. Just How Stupid Are We? Facing the Truth about the American Voter. New York: Basic Books, 2009. Print.
What It Means To Be a Good Person Essay college application essay help
The term “good” has relative meanings depending on the person who is defining it. Several qualities can be used to define what constitutes a good person. However, there are certain basic qualities that are used to define a good person. They include honesty, trust, generosity, compassion, empathy, humility, and forgiviness (Gelven 24).
These qualities are important because they promote peaceful coexistence among people because they prevent misunderstandings and conflicts. A good person is fair and just to all, and does not judge people. He or she is nice to everyone regardless of their religion, race, social and economic class, health status, or physical state (Gelven 25).
A good person treats other people with respect, care, and compassion. Respect shows that an individual values and views the other person as a worthy human being who deserves respect. Compassion is a quality that enables people to identify with other people’s suffering (Gelven 27). It motivates people to offer help in order to alleviate the suffering of others. A good person has compassion for others and finds ways to help people who are suffering. Showing compassion to the suffering makes them happy.
It promotes empathy, understanding, and support. In addition, good people are forgiving. They do not hold grudges, and let go of anger that might lead them to hurt others. They think positively and focus their thoughts on things that improve their relationships (Needleman 33). They avoid thinking about past mistakes or wrongs done by others. Instead, they think of how they can forgive and move on.
A good person is honest and trustworthy. This implies that they avoid all situations that might hurt the other person such as telling lies, revealing secrets, and gossiping (Needleman 34). As such, their character or personality cannot be doubted because they do not harbor hidden intentions.
They act in open ways that reveal their true characters and personalities. On the other hand, good people are kind and respectful. They offer help voluntarily and work hard to improve the well-being of other people. In addition, they treat all people equally despite their social, physical or sexual orientations. Good people do not discriminate, hate, deny people their rights, steal, lie, or engage in corrupt practices (Tuan 53).
Good people behave courageously and view the world as a fair and beautiful place to live in (Needleman 40). They view the world as a beautiful place that offers equal opportunities to everyone. Good people believe that humans have the freedom to either make the world a better or worse place to live in. They act and behave in ways that improve and make the world a better place.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More For example, they conserve the environment by keeping it clean for future generations. A popular belief holds that people who conserve the environment are not good but just environmental enthusiasts. However, that notion is incorrect and untrue. People conserve the environment because of their goodness. They think not only about themselves but also about future generations (Tuan 53). They are not self-centered and mean, but generous and caring.
Good people are characterized by certain qualities that include trust, honesty, compassion, understanding, forgiveness, respect, courage, and good will. They do not steal, lie, discriminate, or deny people their rights. They think about others’ welfare, and advocate for actions that make the world a better place. They promote justice and fairness because they view everyone as a deserving and worthy human being.
Works Cited Gelven, Michael. The Risk of Being: What it Means to be Good and Bad. New York: Penn State Press, 1997. Print.
Needleman, Jacob. Why Can’t We be good? New York: Penguin Group US, 2007. Print.
Tuan, Yi-Fu. Human Goodness. New York: University of Wisconsin Press, 2008. Print.
Consumerism: Affecting Families Living in Poverty in the United States Research Paper best college essay help
Introduction Consumerism refers to customers’ social and economic tendencies that encourage them to purchase goods and services in huge amounts. Consumerism is an unhealthy economical habit that often results from economic influence among peers. Studies show that most Americans go for shopping not because they are in need of what they want to buy, but mostly due to influence by other shoppers, most of whom are friends and peers. Middle-income earners are the worst hit by consumerism.
They spend a lot of money on goods and products that they do not necessarily need or rather they do not require at a given time. Rich people, on the other hand, mind about the necessity of what they spend their wealth on, and thus they are not easily influenced by the trend of consumerism in the society. Consumerism affects poor people negatively in various ways.
Poor people depend on middle-income earners and the rich for their economic survival. On the other hand, middle-income earners fall victims of consumerism and often diminishing their ability to support the poor. Hence, there is an increased enlargement of the economic gaps between the poor and the middle-income earners in the United States. This paper highlights other factors that negatively affect poor families due to consumerism.
Consumerism Consumers ought to be informed decision makers before they get to the market place. However, the majority of them do not make decisions prior to getting to the market place, and thus they fall into consumerism behavior. Sellers are fully aware that a majority of the people make decisions upon what to buy once they get to the market place.
With this insight, sellers initiate and propagate product promotions and advertisements of their goods and services in the presence of a consumer who has a high chance of purchasing a product that was previously unknown to him or her. This ideology led to the emergence of opportunistic market players, often producers of low quality products, with assurance of selling their products to the buyers.
Hence, leading to the arising of consumerism protection acts and policies designed to protect consumers from dishonest sellers and producers, which indicates the high degree of consumer’s ignorance, and hence failure to make decisions of the goods and services that they need before getting to the market place. The majority of consumers rely on the product information given by the manufacture and they care little about the test results of the same product (Tyagi
The development of E-commerce Research Paper college application essay help: college application essay help
Table of Contents The concept of e-commerce
Factors contributing to the development of e-commerce
The concept of e-commerce Electronic commerce, often shortened to e-commerce, simply refers to commerce over electronic systems. However, complex scholarly definitions do exist for e-commerce. Momin, Nirantar, Zagade,
The Five Most Important Questions by Peter Drucker Essay essay help
Introduction The success of an organization is all about asking the right questions. Such an issue is particularly important for leaders since their task is to provide a shared vision for organizational success, which they encourage their team to attain. Peter Drucker laid down five most important questions that those in leadership position need to ask as they rally their team for achievement of the shared objectives of an organization. The five questions developed by Drucker are the following:
What is our Mission? According to Drucker (15), the mission statement is a key to the organizational success. Drucker argues that knowing and understanding the mission statement of an organization is crucial since it communicates why the company engages in the business (15). Knowing as well as understanding the mission statement is also crucial since these guide leaders and followers on what they should do as well as what they should avoid doing (Drucker p.16).
Therefore, according to Drucker, an effective mission statement should match the organizational opportunities, competence and commitments, which are significant in attaining success (16). In this regard, Drucker asserts that one of the key responsibilities of leaders is to ensure that everybody in the organization knows, understands, and abides by the mission statement (17).
Who is our Customer? Drucker argues that knowing customers of the company is extremely crucial and determines whether a company is likely to be successful or not. In this regard, Drucker suggests that leaders must ensure that they fully know their customers and their needs that are to be satisfied and work towards the meeting of their expectations in order attain organizational success (19). Knowing customers in this case encompasses understanding what influences them and how to satisfy them.
However, Drucker claims that, despite the fact that companies aim mainly at attracting many customers, the best companies make their customers become fans of their production and services (19). Therefore, the key to success here pertains to the ability of the company to understand and work towards creating highly satisfied customers.
Drucker concludes his statement pointing out that knowing the company customers is crucial since it acts as the basis for decision making, such as defining results, ascertaining the customers’ needs, as well as developing the plan (20).
What does the Customer Value? Drucker argues that the success of a company hugely depends on its ability to understand what its customers value and then work towards meeting those values (26). To do this, Drucker argues that leaders must build a close relationship with their customers by listening to them, accepting their views, and integrating their vision in the company’s decision-making process (26).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This normally begins with seeking feedback from customers which leaders use in solving problems raised by customers. In fact, Drucker observes that most customers value companies that take into account their opinion and integrate those views in decision-making (26).
What are our Results? Drucker argues that leaders must be able to define results of their efforts to determine if it has changed the lives (31). Result in this case is measurable both in the qualitative or the quantitative terms. Knowing the result is important since it helps in determining whether the company is successful or not. According to Drucker, the results achieved act as a basis for knowing areas that require improvement and those that can be abandoned (31). The author concludes that the survival of a company depends on the outcomes achieved.
What is our Plan? The plan, according to Drucker, consists of the company’s vision, mission, goals, budget, objectives, and appraisal (34). In this regard, Drucker argues that the planning does not mastermind the future (34).
In fact, planning assists leaders in determining where a company intends to be in the future, as well as strategies to employ in order to get there under conditions of uncertainties. However, he suggests five crucial elements of planning that leaders must consider which include abandonment, concentration, innovation, risk taking, and analysis (34)
Application of “who is our Customer?” Chapter to known business situation As Drucker pointed out, the success of an organization depends on how well a company knows its customers. General Motors (GM) has demonstrated this by ensuring that its products meet expectations of its customers. This explains why GM has dominated the American market for several years. In fact, the company has been working extremely hard towards ensuring that its customers always remain satisfied – that is exactly the strategy that has resulted in customer loyalty and high sales.
I have also faced a similar situation when establishing fast food restaurant. Before having ventured in the business, I began to identify the potential customers I intended to serve. I also determined what their needs were with regard to the fast food business I intended to establish.
This proved beneficial since it formed the basis for subsequent decision making as I managed to determine the location of the business and the cuisines to prepare. Understanding my customers also enabled me to work towards satisfaction of their needs. This helped build loyalty, thereby making the restaurant successful.
We will write a custom Essay on The Five Most Important Questions by Peter Drucker specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Conclusion Asking the five most important questions put by Peter Drucker is very crucial in leadership and management. In this regard, for a company to be successful, leaders must ask themselves those five questions and use them as a guide for rallying teams for the achievement of the shared vision of a company.
Works Cited Drucker, Peter F. The Five Most Important Questions You Will Ever Ask About Your Organization. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Wiley. 2008. Print.
Concepts and Styles of the Leadership Essay essay help online free: essay help online free
Leadership refers to the process of influencing and managing people in order to achieve intended outcomes. Leaders adopt different leadership styles depending on prevailing circumstances. Leadership styles base on different leadership concepts. However, certain concepts apply to all styles.
For example, action is an important aspect of effective leadership. Research has revealed that leaders who focus on personal development and growth not only change themselves but also lead their organizations to great levels of success. The seven action logics include Achiever, Expert, Opportunist, Diplomat, Alchemist, and Strategist action logics (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). Microsoft founder Bill Gates, is an exceptional leader who has transformed the technology industry through his visionary leadership style and great skills.
According to Rooke and Torbert (2005), only Individualist, Strategist, and Alchemist action logics enable leaders to transform organizations through sustained innovation. Bill Gates transformed the world of technology through his innovativeness. He believed that innovation is an important condiment of organizational success and transformation.
When he developed the windows software, he maintained quality by incorporating innovative ideas into subsequent versions of the software. As such, he continued to develop improved versions of windows during his term at Microsoft. Innovation is a characteristic of the Strategist action logic. Gates’ strategy was to incorporate innovation into the operations of Microsoft and make it part of its organizational culture.
This has enabled Microsoft to withstand the unpredictable and rapidly changing technology market. Strategists capitalize on organizational constraints and perceptions in order to achieve personal development (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). In addition, they are able to lead people in ways that help them to overcome resistance to change. Gates used his strength as an effective leader to introduce change at Microsoft despite resistance and numerous obstacles.
Alchemist action logic involves creativity, open mindedness, and deviation from commonplace attitudes and values (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). Bill Gates valued change. When he was at the helm of Microsoft, he ensured that the organization changed its operations in order to adapt to changes in technology.
This is evident from the stability and success that Microsoft has enjoyed for many years despite obstacles such as patent lawsuits and stiff competition. The leadership style of Gates has enabled Microsoft to be one of the market leaders in technological innovation for many years. However, after his departure, the company was overtaken by emerging technology-oriented enterprises. This was because the new leader failed to adopt a similar action logic that Gates had adopted.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Achievers realize organizational goals through teamwork and balancing their roles as leaders and managers (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). In addition, they are action and goal oriented. Bill Gates is an action and goal oriented leader. He believes that well-defined goals are necessary for achievement of organizational success.
As the CEO, he ensured that Microsoft maintained creativity and innovation by reiterating the importance of teamwork. Teamwork encouraged open sharing of ideas and knowledge, which enhanced innovation and creativity.
Below-average leadership is characterized by Diplomat, Opportunist, and Expert action logics (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). For example, opportunists are egocentric and manipulative. As CEO, Gates never manipulated his employees and never allowed his ego to take a toll on his organization.
Moreover, he delegated leadership roles. This is contrary to opportunists’ behavior of controlling people and treating them like objects. Unlike opportunists who reject feedback, Gates valued feedback because it was the foundation of innovation at Microsoft. Diplomats avoid conflicts and are resistant to change (Rooke and Torbert, 2005). This is in contrast to the leadership style of Gates. He believed in change and incorporated it into Microsoft’s organizational culture in order to ensure organizational success.
Works Cited Rooke, David, and Torbert, William. Seven Transformations of Leadership. 1 April. 2005. Web. .
How to Protect your Intellectual Property Essay essay help free: essay help free
It is the responsibility of every person to protect their intellectual property from counterfeiters. Registering intellectual property gives an innovator the necessary protection that he or she needs incase of any infringement (National Association of Music Merchants par. 1).
Innovators can only defend themselves in a court of law if their intellectual property is registered. Local and international intellectual property rights differ in some ways which makes it necessary for innovators to seek for professional advice in protecting their intellectual property (Barrett 35).
Innovators lose millions of their sales locally and internationally due to the infringement of intellectual property rights (National Association of Music Merchants par. 2). Registering intellectual property in key foreign markets is one of the greatest challenges that innovators face. The process of securing intellectual property is very costly and complicated which makes it necessary to seek the help of a professional. This paper will discuss the process of registering intellectual property both locally and internationally.
The first step in securing intellectual property involves coming up with the right strategy that can be used to protect an intellectual property (Barrett 56). Anti-counterfeit devices are very critical in enhancing the protection of an intellectual property if they are utilized in the best way possible. It is important to come up with an appropriate and relevant strategy that is suitable for the category of intellectual property under protection (Barrett 123).
It is important for innovators to protect their intellectual property in a timely manner before their plans are jeopardized by counterfeiters. Foreign partners are very important in protecting an intellectual property in key foreign markets (Wood 68). Intellectual property provisions should be formulated by the innovator incase of international registration. The international market involves subcontracting that requires special provisions (Wood 69).
Infringement is common in some key foreign markets and this makes it necessary for innovators to register their intellectual property defensively (Barrett 109). It is important for innovators to get in touch with the relevant government agencies in countries where violations are common to ensure that there is no any kind of infringement. An innovator should have adequate information on the process of registering intellectual property in foreign markets before going ahead with their plan (Barrett 158).
Government agencies in charge of intellectual property registration provide proof of ownership in the local and foreign markets. Innovators can research on the internet for information on how to register their intellectual property in a foreign country (Wood 169). Copyright laws and provisions vary from one country to another and this one of the major challenges in registering intellectual property at the international market.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More International businessmen should obtain the required certifications from Customs and Border Protection Agencies to avoid complication in registering their intellectual property in another country (National Association of Music Merchants par. 5).
Informing various administrative bodies in a foreign country enables the authorities in that country to be in a better position to confiscate counterfeits. Innovators should have representatives in each foreign country for effective monitoring. Foreign markets need a representative to conduct a market research and enhance good public relations (National Association of Music Merchants par. 6).
The physical presence of a representative scares counterfeiters in a foreign country. Intellectual property rights do not mean anything if there is no monitoring. The situation becomes worse in a foreign country that is known for intellectual property rights violation (Barrett 198). Businessmen and other innovators should take good care of their registration records and adoption documents for them to be in a better position to defend themselves incase of any infringement.
Works Cited Barrett, Margreth. Intellectual Property, New York, NY: Aspen Publishers Online, 2008. Print.
National Association of Music Merchants. Intellectual Property Rights: Six Cost-Effective Steps on how to Protect these Intangible Assets, 2012. Web.
Wood, Phillip. Comparative Law of Security Interests and Title Finance, London: Sweet
Dealing with the increase in the number of smokers between ages 17 and 45 Report essay help
Smoking is a habit that has been on a rise especially amongst teenagers and young adults. One of the factors that have contributed to a rise in the number of smokers in this age bracket is the popularization that has been created by media advertisements (Ali, 2007; Bonnie, 2007).
In the time starting 1980, the number of cigarette advertisements on both broadcast and print media has gone up, with most presenting smoking as cool. Most cigarette and sheesha advertisements depict the smokers as highly successful individuals, with the men in the advertisements being associated with beautiful women and the women who smoke being regarded as classy. This coolness aspect has particularly led to an increase in the number of teen smokers, most of whom would like to be associated with poplar groups.
Another reason as to why smoking has been on a rising trend is the easy access of cigarettes and tobacco. In some retail outlets, individuals can purchase single sticks of cigarettes, making the product affordable even to individuals who do not work (Bearman, Neckerman and Wright, 2011). Weak by-laws which allow individuals to smoke virtually anywhere also encourage those who have started smoking to keep up the trend.
Smoking affects both the physical and social health of the individual. According to studies by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), over 443,000 deaths happening in the United States every year are caused by or are linked to smoking (Brannon, 2009). These are more than the combined deaths caused by Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), drug abuse, alcoholism, road accidents, suicides, and murders (Bosanquet, 2006).
The same source indicates that people who smoke are more predisposed to contracting a number of diseases including coronary heart diseases, stroke, lung cancer and most forms of obstructive lung diseases (Scutchfield and Keck, 2003). As far as the social aspect is concerned, smoking creates a rift between the individual and other members of society who don’t smoke.
For instance, in a home set-up, when a teenager starts smoking, he might have to keep distance from his parents, in order to avoid detection. In order to reduce the prevalence of smoking, there are a number of key measures that can be taken. First is the propagation of messages advocating for social change. Smoking is usually regarded a personal lifestyle choice and for its popularity to decrease society needs to regard is a function of negative character (Bearman, Neckerman and Wright, 2011).
Using television and radio spots, messages of the negative effects on the health of an individual can be conveyed to the general public. People need to be made aware that the portrayal of smoking in commercials as desirable is fundamentally a marketing gimmick that should not be taken at face value. Accessing cigarettes, the popular item that is smoked, should be made difficult, through increasing of prices and making purchase stringent.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Governments can help curb the behavior by increasing the taxes imposed on cigarettes and associated products, as well as increasing the minimum age allowed to cigarette buyers. In most countries, the minimum permitted smoking age is 18 and increasing it to 21 might help reduce the number of young smokers. Finally, by installing special smoking zones in public places, governments can help reduce the popularity of smoking by making it inconvenient for individuals who would wish to smoke constantly.
Reference List Ali, M. (2007). The Effectiveness of Prices as a Smoking Reduction Mechanism: An Analysis of Adolescent Smoking Behavior. Michigan: Proquest
Bearman,S., Neckerman, K.
The current state of legal aid funding leaves many Australians without access to justice Essay essay help site:edu: essay help site:edu
The Legal Aid Act was established in 1978 so that access to justice for the disadvantaged, poor or excluded Australian citizens would be enhanced in a cost-effective way (Bernard, Snipes and Gerould, 29). The Legal Aid Act established a Legal Aid Commission (LAC) that ensured that the citizens who did not have the capacity or means to hire and engage private legal practitioners were able to access the Australian justice system (Kubrin, Stucky and Krohn, 18).
This fact would help the citizens to enjoy relatively equal and just outcomes of criminal, civil, family and administrative law matters. This Act was also important in that the access to justice and equality would conform to the legitimacy of the Australian justice system. This aspect would therefore help in avoiding social fragmentation between those who would not afford private legal consultations and those who would.
The Legal Aid Act of 1978 contained thirteen parts. The parts included preliminary definitions, establishment and functions of the Legal Aid Commission, its committee and provisions of legal assistance by the commission, reconsideration and review of decisions, finances of the commission, administrative provisions relating to the Legal Aid Commission, committees and reviews.
It also included consultative committees; miscellaneous liabilities of the commission and finally, the transitional and the savings part respectively (Ilana and Bard, 17). Annotations 1.Denniss, R. Fear, J. and Millane, E. (2012). “Justice for All.” Giving Australians greater access to legal systems, Institute paper 8(1), 3-8. Print. According to the article, every individual needs to get fair treatment in the courts.
It is therefore necessary that he procures the representation of a lawyer in any given court case. Lawyers can be expensive depending on the seriousness of the case that needs to be resolved and the ability and capacity of the person seeking representation to pay for legal services. The legal system operates by the rule of law that applies to all citizens.
The high cost of legal representation has fundamental implications on the rights of disadvantaged citizens. Since 1973, the legal aid system of Australia has been providing legal assistance and advice to the disadvantaged citizens who would otherwise not afford the access to justice. The legal aid system has however been “underfunded” since the withdrawal of the Commonwealth funding.
The present funding does not meet the level of needs of the Australian disadvantaged community. The legal aid commissions both at the state and territorial levels use complex forms of mechanisms for rationing and administering legal assistance so that the most appropriate and deserving cases qualify. In reality, the limitation and rationing of legal assistance shows that only the most poor and rich citizens have a high probability of legal representation.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Many Australian citizens belong to the vast middle class. This means that the accessibility of legal aid is low for poor citizens. This fact is true regardless of the strength of the individuals’ cases or the degree of justice that they pursue. Therefore, the legal aid system has certain inclinations to only certain socio-economic cadres of the Australian society.
Australians have not been confident with the Australian legal aid system for a long period of time. 2. Rix, Mark. Legal Aid, the Community Legal Sector and access to Justice: What has been the record of Australian Government? 2007. Plymouth, United Kingdom: Plymouth. Print.
In his book, Rix argued that legal aid services suffered due to the withdrawal of Commonwealth funding.Rix said that there was high concern that the quantity, quality and the degree of legal service assistance to people had declined in Australia. The cooperative model had been replaced by the purchase or provider funding.
This fact had introduced another level of administrative and financial responsibility hence LACs channeled their funding elsewhere instead of using it in the provision of legal services to the citizens. The purchase or provider funding by the Commonwealth only funded matters that were under the Commonwealth law therefore inhibiting legal assistance to the needful.
Many of the legal issues did not completely fall into the category of Commonwealth law and therefore, Australian citizens under the legal issues did not receive legal assistance. An example of a common legal issue that is not covered by the Commonwealth law and therefore receives no legal aid is domestic violence. The funding of only Commonwealth matters leads to results that are insufficient, ineffective and illogical.
Domestic violence should fall under family law which is under Commonwealth law. Domestic violence has a very high percentage of legal issues that need resolution. The purchase or provider scheme effectively reduced the funding required in legal family court issues, war veterans and child maintenance and support. This fact together with the reduction of funding from the Commonwealth completely changed the operations of the Legal Aid Commission.
This restriction of funds meant that certain cases could not proceed and also a number of citizens who desperately needed legal assistance had very limited chances of getting the service. The number of people who could receive legal aid decreased and the probability of an applicant to get legal aid was reduced. The legal aid could also be provided with no charge and without any means of test or any procedural requirements. Legal aid could be in the form of grant money in accordance with part 3 of the Australian constitution.
We will write a custom Essay on The current state of legal aid funding leaves many Australians without access to justice specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More This fact showed that the commission could provide free legal aid to the applicants and could also determine which matters required the aid (Ivancevich and Matteson, 26). 3. Community Law Australia. (2012). “Unaffordable and Out of Reach.” The Problem of Access of Australian Legal System 12(3), 120-138. Print.
According to the article, the legal system of Australia provides legal assistance to the less fortunate through legal aid commissions, community legal centers, indigenous legal service or other private lawyers who act as “pro bono”.
Due to the reduced funding of this service by the government, the legal aid services have been put in a situation that limits the eligibility of individuals who are poor. Therefore, those citizens who need legal help but cannot afford representation do not often get it. The Australian government noted that about 98 percent of the individuals who received legal assistance were considered to be below the poverty line; hence this fact meant that most of the Australian citizens were unable to afford private legal assistance.
Nevertheless, these individuals were eligible for legal assistance. Individuals who have no qualifications for legal aid usually go to community legal centers which deal with civil law. Civil law issues are dealt with by legal aid commissions. A majority of citizens who require legal assistance in civil law issues cannot be attended to. Due to funding challenges, the community legal centers have not been able to provide effective and sustainable aid.
They have only been able to offer limited assistance which in most cases is not enough for the individual seeking legal assistance. Pro bono services and indigenous services are also overused and cannot offer the proper and required legal assistance to people who are in need of them. The need for government funding that ensures provision of legal assistance should be provided to all individuals who are eligible for it. This study focuses on legal aid funding.
Therefore, we shall review the financial perspective of the commission which is part 7of the financial section of the commission. The provision of the legal aid as per section 30 of the Legal Aid Act 1987 states that in accordance to subsections (2) or (4), the commission can provide legal aid. It may determine legal aid depending on the matter at hand. 4. Kirkwood, D. Inquiry to Legal and Access of Justice; Submission to the State and Constitutional References Committee. 2003.
Vancouver, Canada: University of British Columbia. Print. According to Kirkwood, the National Association of Legal Centers noted that there was a significant reduction of legal assistance in civil and family laws and also across all areas of law due to the poor funding by the government. This fact has overseen the reduction of individuals receiving legal aid. Reduction of legal assistance has really caused undue pressure on other legal service providers because most of the people do not receive any assistance at all.
The justice system has however become increasingly complex over the years. A significant improvement of the laws that govern and regulate citizens has continued to be realized. Australian citizens expect their government to expertly manage their own legal issues because they remit tax to the government. The process of out sourcing and privatization in Australia means that the citizens must negotiate with several providers so as to access basic services.
Not sure if you can write a paper on The current state of legal aid funding leaves many Australians without access to justice by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More The concept that each Australian citizen is equal before the law has been undermined greatly by funding issues therefore giving an opportunity to only those who can afford private legal aid. This aspect has greatly lowered the community’s confidence towards the justice system and law compliance. The access to justice through legal aid has become an unfulfilled promise of the government since many of the citizens are poor and their cases have not been prioritized.
People who receive legal assistance subsequently get limited aid that is insufficient to resolve their legal matters. Empirical evidence has shown that other factors except the underfunding of legal aid services have greatly contributed to the poor services offered by legal aid services. Previous studies have shown that the legal aid reduction had very little effect on legal aid services.
The study however showed that there was a high percentage of self-representation. The study also revealed that a lot of people in Australia believed that they were not eligible for legal aid. 5. Rosemary, H. Jeff, G. and April, C. (2003).”Law Journal.” Legal Aid and Self Representation in Family Court Australia 12(5), 23-38. Print.
This article focused on the research in the emerging response of self-representation in the family courts in Sydney, Parramatta and Adelaide cities that are populated with people of both middle and lower classes. Most of the earlier research had focused on funding shortages but this research focused on self-representation and the access of legal aid by litigants.
The study researched about the relationship between self-representation and the availability of legal aid funding in family law. The results were presented as statistical analysis. The study showed that from the litigants used in the research, only 12.3 percent had received help from a legal aid lawyer. This figure was small and was a reflection of the number of people in Australia who successfully received legal aid. Part of the cases had moved to court without the appearance of a lawyer.
About 8.9 percent of the sample study went to court waiting for the appointed lawyer from the legal aid commission to represent them. Most of the clients who had successfully qualified for legal aid did not receive any lawyers to represent them due to the low numbers of legal representatives. This number represented about 5.4 percent of the population who had not been served by legal representatives. Majority of people, 44.6 percent, had their grants of legal aid terminated or not extended as the court proceedings were on going.
This fact showed the unreliability of the aid given by the commission. About 3.5 percent of the clients could not get legal aid for the type of legal issues they had because they did not fall under the Commonwealth law and about 5.2 percent could not access legal aid offices due to their geographical locations. These statistical figures gave a reflection of the state of legal aid services rendered to the citizens. The figures showed that only a small percentage of people received legal assistance fully.
Certain clients received legal representation but lacked representation and the grants were terminated. This aspect clearly showed the unreliability of legal aid and led to reduced reliance on it by poor Australian citizens. Case study Dietrich versus the Queen This case is among the important cases in Australian judicial laws. It was decided by the Australian High Court on 13th December 1992.
The case demonstrated the need to accord fair trial to a defendant and exposed the corrupt nature of the Australian justice system. The case was an indictment of the Australian justice system and exposed its malpractices in terms of violation of the human rights of the defendant. The defendant had to be provided with legal assistance and if it would not have been provided, then the trial would have been adjourned until a legal representative was found. The name of the accused was Olaf Dietrich.
The defendant was prosecuted for having been in possession of heroin which he had carried from Bangkok but was apprehended in Melbourne Airport on December, 1986. He had put the drugs in sachets and swallowed them. He was arrested one morning by Australian Federal Police. He was then taken to Pentrige Prison Hospital where he was induced into releasing the remaining sachets from his body. He claimed in court that the drugs had not been his but that the police had “implanted” them on him.
His trial took place in the Court of Victoria in 1988.He was prosecuted under the Customs Act of 1901 for being in possession and trafficking of drugs. During his trial, he had no legal representation although he had applied for it. The Legal Aid Commission declined to accord him legal representation and directed that it would only help him if he consented to all the charges brought against him by the state. He sought for legal representation and even filed for legal aid in the Supreme Court of Victoria without any progress.
He was later convicted of the principle charge. He appealed to the Supreme Court but the court did not hear his appeal. In his appeal, there were several arguments raised. He was represented by David Grace who raised the argument of “miscarriage of justice” on his behalf. He did not procure legal representation throughout his trial and given the nature of the charges, legal representation should have been provided to him.
Another argument was that the judge should have adjourned the trial until he was assigned a legal representative. These arguments were based on common law. Dietrich was convicted of trafficking heroine but not being the owner of the heroine that had been found in a paper bag in his house by the police.
This fact showed that Dietrich could have been acquitted of other charges if he had acquired legal representation from the beginning of the trial. Assessment of legal authorities The Australian legal system is organized and mandated to provide a fair trial to defendants and to deliver justice to the deserving (Lanier and Henry, 25). From the case of Dietrich versus the Queen1, an analysis can be made in accordance to how the trial was handled. The court convicted the defendant through the Customs Act 19012.
This Act prohibited the trafficking of illegal substances and properties including drugs. Pursuant to the Victorian Crimes Act of 19583, every accused person was lawfully entitled to representation. The court however did not wait for him to procure a legal representative and claimed that the law stipulated that the defendant had to pay for his own legal representation.
In addition, the court ruled that the law did not say that the state would cater for legal representation of the victim (Lilly, Cullen and Ball, 15). Australia is a signatory to the United Nations International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) 4. In article 14(3) of the ICCPR, it states that the accused should have legal representation provided to him. The court however denied that and claimed that it had not incorporated the ICCPR into its domestic laws yet it was a signatory to it.
As a signatory, the court should have taken into consideration the laws that were provided in the treaties that the state had subscribed to. The right to representation was also enshrined in Chapter 3 of the Australian Constitution. The Crimes Act of 19584 gave authority to judges to demand legal representation for accused persons.
These acts allowed representation although many of the legal systems failed to notify the defendants. The legal aid commission was obliged to give aid to indigent defendants and this showed that they were biased. Conclusion The Australian legal aid system should provide services to the disadvantaged people who cannot afford hiring legal representatives.
Legal aid should also be availed to all citizens who need access and representation no matter the seriousness of their crimes (Siegel, 4). The Commonwealth laws should also be put into the contexts of territorial or state laws so as to address legal issues and create eligibility for applicants.
The legal aid also needs to receive more funding from the government so that it can provide effective and efficient services to the community and easier access to justice (McLaughlin, Muncie and Hughes, 23). The rule of law is meant to serve all citizens equally. It should not be used as a form of privilege to those who have the means.
Summary of the folios The folios give a clear reflection of the current state of legal aid in Australia. The underfunding, ineffective and inefficient services provided by the Australian government and the conditions for the access to legal aid for the people underscore the “fragile” nature of the Australian justice system (Hopkins, 14).
Legal aid is meant to serve the disadvantaged but the case study reveals that not all disadvantaged people are eligible for the aid. The annotations also indicate that the services offered by legal aid commissions are inadequate and unreliable (Williams, 12). This fact reduces the little confidence left in the community in this system and therefore, this option is not viewed as a solution during legal issues.
Acts and statutes that clearly state and grant individuals the legal assistance do not really convey this message to the community. This fact has made access to justice by the underprivileged very difficult because of the complexity of the conditions for the aid and also lack of information about the aid. These folios can therefore be used to give evidence of the unjust and unreliable nature of the Australian legal aid system to the underprivileged citizens who have no access to the justice system.
Works Cited Bernard, Thomas, Snipes Jeffrey and Gerould Alex. Vold’s Theoretical Criminology (6th ed.), Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2010.Print.
Hopkins, Burke. An Introduction to Criminological Theory (3rd ed), Gloucester, UK: Willan Publishing, 2009.Print.
Ilana, Kass, and Bard, O’Neill. The Deadly Embrace, London, USA: University Press of America, 2006. Print.
Ivancevich, John, and Matteson, Michael. Organization Behaviour and Management of communication 3rd (Ed), Tetons, USA: Irwin, 2003.Print.
Kubrin, Charis, Stucky Thomas and Krohn Marvin. Researching Theories of Crime and Deviance, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2009.Print.
Lanier, Mark, and Henry, Stuart. Essential Criminology (2nd ed), Boulder, USA: Westview Press, 2004.Print.
Lilly, Robert, Cullen Frank and Ball Richard. Criminological Theory: Context and Consequences (4th ed), Thousand Oaks, UK: Sage Publications, 2007.Print.
McLaughlin, Eugene, Muncie John and Hughes Gordon. Criminological Perspectives: Essential Readings (2nd ed), London.UK: Sage Publications, 2003.Print.
Siegel, Larry. Introduction to criminal justice.12th Ed, Wadsworth, USA: Cengage Learning, 2009.Print.
Williams, Katherine. Textbook on Criminology (6th ed), Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2008.Print.
Footnotes Legal Aid Act is legislation within the Australian law that aims to enhance access to justice for all citizens.
The commonwealth refers to the union body of all former colonies of the British rule in the world.
Legal aid refers to the legal representation and services given to clients.
Pro bono is a term that refers to free legal services offered to indigent citizens.
Dietrich V The Queen (1992)2Customs Act 1901(NSW) 3Victorian Crimes Act 1958 (NSW)
4United Nations International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (December 16th 1966) entered into force (March 23rd 1976)
William Moraley Biography Essay essay help
William Moraley always viewed the British colonies using a poor labourer’s perspective. He lived between 1698 and 1762. Moraley left England at the age of twenty years and moved to America as an indentured servant. This was after a short law apprenticeship.
The experiences Moraley went through frustrated him greatly. Therefore, after he was through with the final indenture, he passed via the middle colonies and went back to England. This happened in 1734. Nine years later, Moraley published a memoir, which was referred to as The Infortunate.
Life for the Poor Free Workers and Bound Servants in the Colonies In the 1600s, a majority of the bonded labourers who occupied the British interior settlements were white Europeans as opposed to black Africans. The occupants were mostly poor males and females who had moved from England. Moreover, they had contracts to work in the colonies for a number of years. In return, they would be granted free passageway to America, basic necessities, and clothing. The British colonies’ occupants were viewed as indentured servants.
This implies that they had minimal freedoms while attending to their masters. After fulfilling the 4- 7 years contract, they were set free. The enslaved Africans were not granted such contracts. The number of enslaved Africans increased during the 1700s when British America required more labourers.
Intensive labour was necessary to clear the massive lands, which were over- grown with wood for decades. It is worth noting that cultivating such land called for difficult labour.
Therefore, many English servants were employed to improve the lands. The servants were offered huge immunities and after their servitude was over, they were enticed by being given land. This ensured that they stayed for longer. In addition, they were obligated to bring in large numbers of African Negro slaves. This ensured that they were made the richest farmers globally.
The Negroes were subjected to severe laws. My take is that no single law favoured the unhappy Wretches. Committing the least mistake made someone a victim of severe punishment. The masters made amends where the slaves were permitted to marry. This was a strategy of ensuring that the slaves did not run away.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More If a Negro died while being punished, the master was not subjected to any punishment. There was no law that protected the slaves from being murdered. In case a Negro killed another slave, he was supposed to pay the slave’s value to his master. Moreover, he was obligated to pay his master for the losses he would undergo for losing the slave. The slaves were given pieces of land, which they were supposed to improve. They were also exposed to hard labour for an entire week. Only Sunday was free for the slaves to work for themselves.
On Sundays, the slaves had to sell grain and corn so as to get money for purchase the basic necessities. The master’s wife had the obligation of taking care of the slave’s children. The slaves were never left free for the fear that they would end up being burdensome to the provinces.
There was a law that no master was supposed to emancipate any of his slaves. The slaves’ indentures originated from England. Therefore, their living conditions were extremely difficult. Upon arrival, the slaves were provided with the necessities stipulated in the indentures. Some of the provisions included drinks, meat, and attire. However, the masters failed to fulfil their responsibility regarding these provisions.
People who traced those trying to escape were rewarded greatly. Written and printed advertisements were made everywhere, which implied that the escaping slaves could not go far without being traced. Hot pursuits prevented people from trying to escape. On return, they were required to serve for longer periods.
It is worth pointing out that Moraley also signed an indenture. A majority of the indentured slaves in the 18th century were young teenagers who lacked occupational skills. In my view, there are a number of factors that compel people to move from one place to another.
Push factors constitute of politics, warfare, finances, social nonconformity, religion, criminality, alienation, indebtedness, and family challenges. On the other hand, pull factors include finances, employment chances, land accessibility, and escape from individual challenges.
To ensure that there was no interruption from the female slaves, an indenture’s period was lengthened in case she became pregnant. The law permitted sale and purchase of servant’s contracts. This means that labour rights changed hands. However, the person was still a piece of property.
We will write a custom Essay on William Moraley Biography specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Prosperity Difficulties The Negroes were allowed by their masters to marry. This ensured that they had no chance of running away. The implication of the marriage was that all generations were slaves, and there was redemption. Therefore, prosperity was extremely difficult. Running away from the colonies would have been useful in enhancing prosperity. However, an individual who was caught trying to escape was exposed to extremely grave punishments such as unmerciful whipping.
Bibliography Hollitz, John. Contending Voices: Biographical Explorations of the American Past. New York: Pantheon Books, 2011.
Klepp, Susan E., and Billy Smith. The Infortunate: The Voyage and Adventures of William Moraley, an Indentured Servant. New York: Knopf, 2005.
Footnotes John Hollitz, Contending Voices: Biographical Explorations of the American Past (New York: Pantheon Books, 2011), 45.
Susan E. Klepp and Billy Smith, The Infortunate: The Voyage and Adventures of William Moraley, an Indentured Servant (New York: Knopf, 2005), 45.
Assumptions and Critical Thinking Expository Essay best college essay help
Assumptions refer to the things that a researcher might take for granted in the research process, yet they are very important, as far as the success of the research is concerned. In this case, a researcher makes statements suggesting that certain elements of the study are factual, but in the real sense, they are not.
In many studies, a researcher ensures that an assumption is made about the theory being investigated. Apart from the theory, the researcher makes assumptions about the phenomenon, the research instrument or tools, the method, data analysis method, the study population, and the outcome of the study. When a researcher writes the theoretical groundwork of the study, he or she assumes that the foundation is sound.
Based on the above description, assumptions would be understood as conventional cause and effect interaction, which means that they are estimates of the reality (Kirby, Goodpaster,
Both, Derek. “What is Change Management”. Essay (Critical Writing) scholarship essay help: scholarship essay help
This article addresses the subject of change management. According to the article, change management entails changing an organization’s mode of operation (Both 23). This change normally targets individuals who are involved in the running of organizations. The aim of change management is to introduce progress to an organization. The article suggests several ways of initiating change management. Some of the suggested changes address team dynamics and legislations.
According to the article, the success of change management lies in the technique’s implementation. The people involved in the change management also determine the success of this method. The author of this article is of the view that for change management to work, its progress and effects have to be tracked. The article explains several pertinent issues concerning change management. This paper will cover my personal reaction to the claims made in this article.
There are several methods of affecting change in an organization. The method addressed in this article is quite familiar. Several organizations have already employed change management in their affairs. The results of this developmental strategy vary from one organization to another. The relationship between change and organization is quite profound. When this relationship is employed in an organization, it yields good results. However, individual organizations approach change management differently.
It can be argued that the effectiveness of change management can be compromised by the constant shifts that dominate this technique. This argument relies on the fact that effectiveness is more likely to be achieved through perfection of a single mode of operation as opposed to constant shifts.
Routines help people in an organization become more effective and improve their performance. This might mean that change management is not an effective organizational strategy. This premise can be counteracted by the argument that if an organization is in the habit of adapting constant changes, the constant changing becomes the routine.
The claims made in this article can also be undermined by the nature of change. Change is a natural product of progression. In addition, change can be brought about by the internal environment of an organization. This article proposes that it is the duty of organization heads to spearhead change management (Both 23). However, in any organization, change seems inevitable. All organizations are subject to change whether it is intentional or unintentional.
This means every progressive organization has to have the element of change in its operations. Therefore, change management ceases being an option for many organizations and instead becomes a tool of survival. This article addresses the subject of change management as a method of choice for organizations. All the changes that occur within an organization are mostly triggered by internal problems or external shocks. These factors are rarely a matter of choice.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The concept of ‘planned change’ is also evident in this article. The author is of the view that organizations initiate voluntary change that is meant to steer an organization in a certain direction. Human beings like feeling in control and this is why the concept of planned change is more appealing for them.
However, planned change only occurs when old behaviors and practices are discarded in favor of new ones. Therefore, change management is more complex than this article explains. Change management is constituted of three steps; abandoning the old mode, adopting a new mode, and abandoning this new mode. This means that before change occurs, the old systems, structures, and behaviors have to be discarded.
Works Cited Both, Derek. “What is Change Management”. Risk Management 11.1 (2007): 23-24. Print.
How and why do Advertisers use Specific Works of Art or Artists to Sell Their Products? Term Paper best college essay help
Art has existed for many decades where many people have expressed their creativity in ways that capture attention from different personalities. Therefore, many advertising companies have been using specific works of art or artists to promote their sales and the outcome has been good.
In a survey sensitive to the art that involved 46 people aged between 18 and 24 years responding to a questionnaire, 85% of them admitted that advertising is an art. The results thus permit organizations to use art in their adverts that promote their sales by creating awareness (Gelb and Yong 2946).
However, 15% of the respondents were against the use of art for commercial purposes because it is against the traditions of art, which were not related to merchandise or marketing tools. 85% of the respondents who supported use of art in advertising said there was greater impact in an advert when it contained artistic values because communication is most effective when it contains humor and originality as part of the message.
This knowledge has therefore led to companies concentrating on the message and image more than the products on sale as these capture more attention.
For every advert to be effective, it must contain modern art that emphasizes on realism and aesthetic concept. Most companies are aware that the greater part of their target is young people who want to discover new products in the market.
The same group of young people is the most exposed to various types of media such as television, radio, newspapers, bills and posters, mobile technology and social media such as internet as well as pop art concepts. 40% and 60% of females and males respondents respectively agreed that most of the contents of advertisement that they remembered occurred in areas where they were shopping goods or services as well as luxury areas (Gelb and Yong 2946).
Therefore, companies must develop humorous and original adverts with greater emphasis on their brand in order to attract more interests to their target group (Gelb and Yong 2946).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Companies and organizations design adverts using various techniques rich in aesthetic values to reach their target customers. The role of the art in the adverts is to give an image to the company and its products.
When an image is used, the targeted consumer is linked emotionally to the product. Artists use this method to develop the image of the company and products using values that would capture as much emotional attention as possible. The artistic values used to develop adverts include lines, shapes, forms, textures, colors, value and space.
When lines are used, they create an impression of speed, togetherness, and the intended purpose of an object. They represent the basic unit of every work of art since they develop reality through visual basics. When horizontal lines are used in art, they create an impression of passiveness while power and state of action are suggested using vertical lines. Shape in art provides different meanings such as feminine when a curve is used or masculinity by use of angles (Gelb and Yong 2946).
Various products require use of different shapes to ensure that the best association between the product and targeted user is established using the basic ideas. Forms portray outward manifestation of what is inside an object. Form comes through integration of lines and shapes to give the basis of the rest of the elements of art.
Texture in a product suggests the quality of the surface where for instance smooth texture implies a refined state while rough texture portrays a tough state. Colors help to develop power in an image. For instance, when red is used it suggests the state of being young and powerful. Blue color suggests the state of being relaxed, which finds its use mostly in advertising furniture. Value is closely related to color where the intensity of the color can be varied to obtain different values.
When colors are intense, they imply speed especially in adverts about sporting cars. In all the artistic values, the most comprehensive is space as it is a combination of the entire elements of art and thus central of all the elements (Gelb and Yong 2946). Therefore, space does not suggest emptiness but equal distribution of things in a given area or environment. For instance, in an advert about automotive, the road and horizon can be given emphasis while the artists concentrate less on objects.
How Modern Filmmakers and Television Producers Employ Historic Art Monuments (Architecture, Painting and Sculpture) in their Work
We will write a custom Term Paper on How and why do Advertisers use Specific Works of Art or Artists to Sell Their Products? specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Film is a recent medium compared with art in form of painting, dance and works of literature, which have been there for several decades. Although filmmakers have been in existence for less than a century ago, they have proofed that the art of film is being established and gaining more power than any other form of art (Morris and O’Shaughnessy 45-65).
People with high creativity have provided the society with the most valued experiences. Filmmakers use techniques to narrate stories, create emotions and generate ideas for the audiences. Most movies refer to historic art monuments.
Some movies directly refer to historic popular artists while others mention indirectly about famous historic art. For example, the work below is about Adrei Rublev in the year 1969 (Morris and O’Shaughnessy 45-65). This film is popular and depicts Adrei Rublev who was a Russian icon painter eighteen centuries ago. The film is called sight and sound magazine and is among the 15 most popular films in the history of films.
In another reference, the artwork below is of an Italian painter called Artemisia in 1997. Although the film received much condemnation for glossing over the action of Agostino in raping her, depicting it as though the two consented to have the affair, from the perspective of the painter the work is interesting (Morris and O’Shaughnessy 45-65).
The following artwork of Ben-Hur in 1959 does not contain a lot of art stuff but for any reader who has followed Roman art he or she would be interested with the fun in the chariot race action. The scene created through this recreation resembles the Circus Maximus in Rome. The film is regarded as the best in capturing this greatest chase in the history of races (Gelb and Yong 2946).
The pre-eminent art form of the current generation is cinema, as it possesses great impact in the modern world and ability to change the way of thinking as well as culture among students.
Television production use historic art to empower students to be creative and acquire all aspects of art such as engaging audiences emotionally and narrate stories using a wide range of skills watched in the cinemas. The projects viewed in films and televisions programs range from traditional artworks to the experimental works in the modern world (Gelb and Yong 2946)
Works Cited Gelb, Betsy and Yong Zhang. “Matching Advertising Appeals to Culture.” Journal of Advertising 25.3 (1996): 2946. Print.
Not sure if you can write a paper on How and why do Advertisers use Specific Works of Art or Artists to Sell Their Products? by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Morris, Holbrook and O’Shaughnessy John. “The Role of Emotion in Advertising,” Psychology and Marketing 1.2: (1984), 45-65. Print.
Motivating Employees as the First Step to the Organisation Growth Expository Essay college essay help online: college essay help online
Introduction The success of any organisation depends solely on the contribution of the employees. Employees are the most essential element of an organisation, and thus managers should put the needs of the workers ahead of theirs in order to ensure smooth running of an organisation. Motivating employees is the first step to ensuring that they give maximum contribution to the growth of an organisation.
There are various ways of motivating employees, which include good salaries and remunerations, promotion, recognition and rewarding, leadership style, and off-duty times among other benefits. However, different cultures dictate different ways of motivating employees. Diversity in the world cultures directly relates to differences in the organisational cultures in different parts of the world.
For instance, the workaholic Japanese culture is different from the American working culture of almost eight hours a day. Hence, a Japanese employee is motivated in a different style from an American employee, who does not work for long hours.
Employees are human beings and so are the organisational managers; therefore, managers should always respect their rights at all cost for the benefits of the organisational success. According to the international labour treaties, employees have the right to demand better working conditions, and if not provided by the employer, they can take the matter to the industrial courts.
However, some nations do not adhere to that legal requirement; instead, they have their own labour laws that deprive employees of the right to demand better working conditions. Such nations put much attention to economic growth, which they achieve while retaining poor GDPs for employees are economically poor. Among such nations are China and the UAE that stress on employees’ contribution while on the other hand they pay low salaries and deprive them the right to ask for more from their employers.
Literature Review According to Lipman (2013), a management and corporate life writer at Forbes, there are five ways to motivate and five ways to de-motivate employees. Factors that motivate employees include aligning employee’s economic interests with the performance of the organisation. Daft (2008) notes, managers should understand that an organisation achieves good performance from employees’ contribution, and thus the management team should offer incentives for workers’ contribution.
Lipman (203) feels that this move would allow employees to feel part of the company’s success and hence motivate them to work harder in the future. In addition, managers ought to take interest in the future growth of the employees’ career. Employers who mind about the direction of career of their workers makes them feel motivated.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More According to the Kuwait Times (2013), most of employees in Kuwait offer career development programs that motivate employees and make them feel part of growing organisations. It is interesting to know that organisations that offer career development programs to their employees give way to innovation and quality production, and hence are more competitive than those that do not offer such opportunities to their employees (Kuwait Times 2013).
Willmore (2009) is of the opinion that managers and employers should uphold work-life balance in their employees’ lives. This factor reminds the employers that employees are humans with greater life responsibilities beyond their contribution to the organisations that they work for, and thus their lives should be respected. Doyle (2005) adds that respecting employees’ lives requires that they have enough time to spearhead other responsibilities that lie ahead of their lives.
According to Podmoroff (2005), this move may appear as a small gesture to an organisation, but it has a remarkable impact to the overall growth of an organisation that depends on the contribution of the employees. Kehoe and Alston (2007) emphasise that employees appreciate working with an employer who understands their lives beyond the scope of the organisation. For instance, managers should send representatives to employees’ family functions such as weddings or funeral ceremonies.
Managers and employees should have effective industrial management skills in their organisation for this requirement, according to Lipman (2013) is a crucial element of ensuring good relationship between employees and their employers. Kehoe and Alston (2007) add that industrial management offer platform for dispute management within an organisation and emphasises on the establishment of effective communication channels in an organisation.
In any working environment, there has to be issues that demand deliberation between employees and their employers. Hence, it is important for employers to listen to employees whenever they have issues that call for attention. The most effective way of ensuring effective communication, according to Daft (2008), is the establishment of flat communication structure that does not demand hierarchical protocols.
Protocols often frustrate employees’ efforts to have managers listen to their grievances and thus it is prudent for managers to lessen them for communication purposes. Employers and managers ought to treat their employees in a respectful way, as they would like to have them treat them back (Doyle 2005).
Employees are often very respectable persons and hardly do they offend their managers and employers. On the other hand, managers and employers are not often respectful to employees and they often mistreat them. This factor requires that managers and employees be respectable persons to their subordinates, who in this case are employees, and treat them in a respectable manner.
We will write a custom Essay on Motivating Employees as the First Step to the Organisation Growth specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More On the other hand, according to the Lipman (2013), factors that de-motivate employees include abuse of managerial or supervision positions by managers and supervisors over their subordinates.
This trend has an inverse relation with the fifth factor of motivating employees. This analogy applies in all areas where human relations apply and especially in the working conditions. A humble supervisor gets along well with his or her subordinates, and on the other hand, an arrogant supervisor always has problems with subordinates (Daft 2008).
Arrogant supervisors and managers do not take matters related to their subordinates seriously, and hence thus they annoy the employees. On realising that they ignore their matters, employees tend to use other ill mechanisms for retaliation, which include go-slow protesting and striking among others that lead to poor performance of an organisation. Hence, managers and supervisors should avoid abusing the powers bestowed to them over the rights and needs of their subordinates.
Shallal (2011) notes that managers often take advantage of a successful project of an employee, which often takes place in innovative projects, whereby employees work tirelessly in ensuring that they develop a product that will boast competiveness of an organisation.
After a successful breakthrough, the project receives credit and often some managers take credit as theirs, which really should not belong to them. Willmore (2009) warns that such an action is humiliating and unethical, and often demoralises the employees hence they fail to exercise their innovativeness for fear of denial of their credit by their bosses.
In addition, managers and supervisors often lose temper, hence de-motivating their subordinates. Willmore (2009) holds that loyalty belongs to the persons that are capable of retaining their temper even at difficult situations. Losing temper is a clear indicator of dictatorship and pride and thus managers and supervisors should avoid it at all cost.
It is difficult for an individual to think outside the box after losing temper and thus difficult to develop solutions to the pressing problems. Employees feel humiliated and demoralised when associating with a tempered boss as it is difficult to reason with him or her when a problem arises (Migrant Forum in Asia 2009). The failure by managers and supervisors to stand up for their subordinates or organisation when under an external attack causes de-motivation to employees.
Employees should enjoy the protection of an organisation provided the threat under question is beyond the control of an employee. For instance, an organisation should take responsibility of an accident case involving its vehicle, but not leave it on the hands of the driver. Failing to take responsibility would de-motivate the driver and worst still the reputation of an organisation to the public.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Motivating Employees as the First Step to the Organisation Growth by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Lastly, failure by managers and supervisors to praise their subordinates after doing a commendable job causes de-motivation. Kehoe and Alston (2007) posit that human beings like praises when it is due and they work hard to achieve it whenever there is an opportunity.
Working environments offers numerous opportunities for praises, and thus employees work hard for praises from their bosses after making great achievements. After great achievements, bosses’ failure to recognise and praise the workers greatly-demoralises them and worst still leads to inferiority complex. Therefore, Podmoroff (2005) insists that it is important to acknowledge employees’ achievements for it motivates them to work harder for more praises, which translates to improved performance of an organisation.
Immigrant Women Employees in UAE Policies governing rights of women immigrants
Over the recent past, there have been numerous cases of poor working conditions of women immigrants and abuse by their foreign employers in the United Arab Emirates (UAE).
The introduction of the international law in 2004 intended to curb the ill behaviours of employers who abused the rights of immigrant women workers. The UAE is an Islamic cultural region and thus its culture does not allow women to exercise some rights as men do; hence, conflict between employers and immigrant women workers, especially those belonging to different religions and cultures.
The UAE Ministry of State and Federal Council Affairs (2008) published a report on the development of the UAE in the handling of women in social affairs after the region ranked 29th among 177 nations. The report titled “Women in the United Arab Emirates: A Portrait of Progress” outlined the developments and challenges that faced status of women in the region (Omair
Jane “Bitzi” Johnson Miller candidacy and election campaign. Research Paper college application essay help: college application essay help
Table of Contents Cultural and Regional Support
Win or Lose?
Jane “Bitzi” Johnson Miller is running for election in Texas and she is considered to be a worthy opponent. Her chances of winning are rather high as she is a republican and is the granddaughter of former governor Joe “Big Daddy” Johnson.
As she was born in Texas and lived all her life there, she is very well aware of the matter of things and political atmosphere that is present in Texas. She is divorced and is a mother of two children. This is an important point because it means that she has great managerial skills since she is able to control and raise two children, being a single parent.
The fact that she had a software company in Dallas in 1993, and was able to raise $2.5 million by selling it to “Dell”, proves that she knows how to organize and develop a company. These skills are very much needed in running Texas and can prove to be extremely beneficial in her campaign. She has shown to be very patriotic and is determined to create best conditions possible for her fellow Americans.
Cultural and Regional Support Jane Miller will meet different support in parts of Texas according to people’s values and beliefs. From previous elections it is possible to assume that the northern part of Texas will support Jane because their preferences are republican. The southern counties are mostly democratic, so she is bound to meet some opposition there. As the majority of Texas has previously elected republican candidates, there should not be any doubt or worry that she will be successful in her campaign.
The South part borders with Mexico and this can be problematic because the Hispanic population has somewhat shifted their views from republican to democratic (Stiles, 2010). This is due to a more lenient immigration policy that democrats have been offering in the past election campaign. It would prove beneficial for Jane Miller to include a reform or policy change that addresses the issue. If she is able to have the support of people with Mexican background, she will greatly increase her chances of winning the election.
At the same time, it is important she stays true to her republican beliefs and does not get involved in the immigration issue too deep. This could be detrimental to the rest of Texans’ views and they could become disappointed with Miller. She must stay very culture oriented because Americans value their heritage and unique origins. The fact that she has lived in Texas for a long time will help her in determining cultural specifics and traditional preferences.
Demographic Support The North East part of Texas is most populated, so the amount of votes will greatly exceed those of the South and West. As Texas is a second largest state, the amount of people living in the industrial area is significantly higher (Nagengast, 2009). The determination should focus on communicating to people who want to get involved with the developing regions.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More People who are looking for employment could also be targeted, as the mostly populated area of Texas has well established corporations and businesses. Another possible avenue could target construction and western parts of Texas because infrastructure is much needed in some areas and housing can sometimes become problematic, especially in the present economy.
Most likely, white and Hispanic population of Texas will have biggest participation numbers and support. This will be due to the American beliefs in freedom and human rights and Hispanic population is very much interested in the benefits that can be offered for implementation and adaptation, as well as future development within the American society.
Campaign Themes The campaign will focus on three particular themes—education, employment and development of heritage sites and programs. As Education is one of the key goals of the modern world, the school system, as well as higher educational institutions must be supported.
Primary focus should be on schools, as this is where children will determine their future goals and ambitions. The school system must provide a high variability of courses and information, so that students are able to try different fields and choose one that best suits their talents, skills and interests. As schools have higher stress level because children are younger and are not as determined as older students, teacher could be promised an increase in salary or benefits.
A higher budget could be offered for better equipment and materials. For colleges and universities a better loan system and payoff management could be beneficial for graduates. Contracts with businesses and corporations could present part time employment during studies and right after graduation. The younger generation should be targeted because the future lies with modern technologies and further advances in sciences.
Employment is the second theme of the campaign and is also very important. The target audience for this division should be older population, as people who are newcomers to the country or those who have lost their jobs due to the economic crisis will be looking for employment. Areas with lower social class should be a priority, as people are struggling there and it is often hard to get involved in a certain profession.
Social programs that are linked to businesses could be beneficial, as people will be at least partly employment, with a potential for future hiring. Development and support of heritage sites and programs is the third theme and will target people of all cultural backgrounds. A large portion of society rests on people’s beliefs and traditions and is directly linked to their interests and professions.
We will write a custom Research Paper on Jane “Bitzi” Johnson Miller candidacy and election campaign. specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More When people are involved in something they like doing and which is close to their native background, they will produce higher output. This part of campaign will target all ethnic groups, including Americans, Native Americans, Hispanics, Latinos, African-Americans and any other groups that are present in the region. Local public centers and better funding to social programs will get people involved in their community and strengthen people’s morals.
Win or Lose? According to the article titled “Texas Governors’ Race Goes National as Parties Eye Long-Term Gains” there is some concern that people might have democratic views. The key to targeting both republicans and democrats is to try and unite the interests. Previous elections have shown that “Perry was leading White by 46 percent to 39 percent, with 8 percent undecided” (Khan par. 2). This proves that people’s views are starting to merge and so, a strategy that can satisfy interests of the two groups will be increasingly successful.
Another article, “Texas governor candidates Bill White, Rick Perry clash over schools” shows that people are very much concerned with the education question (Stutz, 2010). As this is one of the themes that will be a major focus of the campaign, it should yield positive results. A very significant topic is discussed in an article titled “Has a Democrat Got a Chance of Becoming Governor of Texas?” and is very much related to the issue at hand.
According to mentioned statistics, the republicans are in greater lead over democrats and thus, they should be the primary focus of the campaign (Hylton, 2010). People’s views do not change overnight and usually, voters stick to something that has been checked by time and proved to be successful for the majority. Considering all of the above, Jane Miller has a very high chance of winning the election.
Rumors If there were reports of the opponents’ domestic violence it would be important to examine the circumstances. If they are substantiated and proven, people should know about it. No one has the right to violate rights, freedoms and personal safety of another person. The population of Texas has the right to know such significant information about their candidates, as this can very much reflect in the way they will govern.
If they are aggressive and unable to control their emotions and actions, they can be an unreliable leader who will act on a whim and not in the interests of the public. In case the matter is just a rumor and has no proof, it would be unwise to mention and make an issue at the campaign, as people might think that the candidate is blowing things out of proportion. Such person would be an unwanted governor because they will base their knowledge on every rumor and this will lead to actions based on lies and unvalidated material.
References Hylton, H. (2010). Has a democrat got a chance of becoming governor of Texas? Web.
Khan, H. (2010). Texas governors’ race goes national as parties eye long-term gains. Web.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Jane “Bitzi” Johnson Miller candidacy and election campaign. by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Nagengast, C. (2009). Almanac of American demographics. Bloomington, United States: Colin Nagengast.
Stiles, M. (2010). Texas governor’s race maps. Web.
Stutz, T. (2010). Texas governor candidates Bill White, Rick Perry clash over schools. Web.
Encounter with the Indians Essay custom essay help
Table of Contents The Trail of Tears
Letters from Black Union Soldiers
A Slave Insurrection
Crossing the Continent
Father Paul le Jeune provides a detailed description of the Savages’ religion, their virtues and vices. According to Jeune, the Savages have a well-developed system of religious beliefs, although they confess they do not know who has created the world and how it was created (23). Jeune claims that, despite numerous beliefs and religious principles followed by the Savages, their religion is nothing but a prayer (23). He compares the Savages’ religion to superstition and does not take it seriously.
Much more serious is Jeune’s description of the Savages’ virtues and vices. He starts with the analysis of their physical attributes. Savages are presented as strong, erect, tall, and well proportioned (23). Among others, Jeune points to the goodness of the Savages’ mind (24). Unlike the civilized Europeans, the Savages are not ruled by avarice and ambition, and this is why they can be considered as happy.
They pretend that they cannot get angry, simply because they do not want to spoil their happiness with anger (Jeune 24). The author even suggests that the Savages are so patient and modest, that the civilized world should be ashamed of it. These people are closely attached to one another, although they have numerous vices and imperfections.
Jeune claims that the Savages are proud and haughty (25). They do not know anything about compassion and are not moved by others’ sufferings. They are also prone to deceive one another: lying for a Savage is almost the same as talking (Jeune 26). They do not know anything about truth and secrets. They do not know which information should be kept private and which should be shared with others. They do not welcome those, who are not part of their unity and do not encourage anyone to interfere with their tranquility and peace.
The Trail of Tears In his letter, Ross provides arguments against the removal of the Cherokee from their land. At the heart of his argument is the claim that the Cherokee people have gone a long way to a higher social status. They had to abandon their savage habits and beliefs. Ross supports the legitimacy of the agreement made between the Cherokee people and the government, and he is confident that the provisions of this agreement cannot be violated.
In Ross’s view, the Cherokee nation is legally free to live on their land. It is the land where they have managed to accumulate considerable material belongings. The removal of the Cherokee from their land would become a betrayal and a measure of the low reliability of the government’s promises.
At the same time, Ross lists the obstacles facing him in the removal of the Cherokee people to the West, chief among others being the scantiness of the food ration provided to the native people (28). Ross also refers to the irregular nature of the proceedings that were guaranteed under the contract made with the government. The quality of the food provided is poor, and it comes as no surprise that the Cherokee refuse to accept and use it.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More At the same time, the prices on the basic food products are skyrocketing, which renders the monetary commutation provided to the Cherokee as too scarce to guarantee saturation and survival. Ross fears that, very soon, the native people will find themselves at the edge of hunger. He reports the numerous health and wellbeing problems that demand an instant remedy; otherwise, the people, who have been moved to the new land, will hardly have a chance for survival.
Letters from Black Union Soldiers The letters sent by the African American Union soldiers reveal the hopes and concerns they had regarding their obligations and social position during the war. One the one hand, African American soldiers were proud of being an essential part of the war for freedom. They were almost unanimous in their commitment to the goals and principles of the Union Army.
On the other hand, it was not uncommon for the Black soldiers to express dissatisfaction with the way they were treated. They were not happy about the pay and compensation they received for the same set of efforts and achievements accomplished with their White compatriots. They did not like the distrust they were facing because of their skin color and origin.
Nevertheless, when the number of African American soldiers reached two hundred thousand, the Union Army became a force of unbelievable power and strength. The way African American soldiers viewed their place in the society also changed.
They suddenly realized that they were more powerful and skillful than they could have ever imagined. In their letters, African American soldiers share their impressions from being able to release the former slaves from the chains of oppression. They sound proud and self-confident about their ability to influence the fate of their people.
Healing Wounds Cornelia Hancock tells the story of her professional and individual commitments. These commitments are not supported by her family. However, they help her realize the importance of her healing and helping strivings. Cornelia describes the ways, in which her psyche responds to the sufferings of the soldiers around her.
She develops a deep sense of compassion towards the physical and emotional sufferings of the wounded soldiers. At the same time, she manages not to lose the sense of responsibility that falls on her. She compares her nursing mission among the soldiers to a shipwreck in a desert island, where the team of the living medical professionals, like surviving mariners, fight for the lives and health of their compatriots.
We will write a custom Essay on Encounter with the Indians specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More As mentioned earlier, Cornelia’s family does not support her manlike commitment to working in the conditions of war. From her letters, it becomes clear that she constantly tries to justify her choices. She writes to her mother that her actions and obligations in the field hospital would hardly seem normal for a woman of her position at home. Still, she feels comfortable and does not want to leave. The mere fact that she has come against everyone’s will tells much about her strong desire to be helpful to people.
Cornelia also expresses huge consolation with regard to the escaped slaves. She writes that many slaves become free, as their Army is advancing (Hancock 306). They join the Army, but their physical condition is often beyond acceptable. Cornelia views her role as a provider of quality help and compassion to the men and women, who have escaped slavery. She is ready to assist them in their journey to freedom.
A Slave Insurrection Nat Turner was known for having organized one of the most sensational and, actually, productive slave uprisings in the 19th century. However, the story he shares in his interview with Thomas R. Gray sounds confusing. Thomas R. Gray, who had interviewed Turner just before his execution, sought to present his figure as a religious fanatic and a person, who was emotionally and mentally unbalanced.
When it comes to the motives of the uprising, Turner speaks about his childhood and the history of his freedom philosophy. He claims that, since his earliest years, he has been extraordinarily talented and advanced. Not surprisingly, his grandmother kept telling him that he was intended for some great purpose (201). One day he heard a loud noise coming from heavens. Since then, he and his supporters had been creating and re-writing the schemes of the future uprising.
When the uprising started, Turner and his team did not have any clear plans. This is, probably why the uprising organized by Turner eventually failed. The motives presented by Thomas R. Gray also remain unclear. Most probably, Turner knew what they wanted to achieve as a result of the uprising, but Gray’s mission differed greatly from what his interviewee wanted to accomplish.
I do not see any explicit differences within the text, but I see that the narrative report published by Thomas R. Gray creates a very controversial picture of Nat Turner’s figure. Given the differences in Gray’s and Turner’s views on the slave uprising, it is difficult to accept this information as trustworthy.
Crossing the Continent This story is a detailed account of the ambitious journey that was accomplished by Meriwether Lewis and William Clark in the 19th century. Their mission was to explore the vast unknown territories of the North American continent, their geography and plants. The two explorers describe the incident when, in August 1805, one of the team’s interpreters almost capsized their canoe. The canoe was carrying numerous articles, which were indispensably essential to the entire group.
However, one of the most colorful and important was the meeting with the chief. It is not difficult to imagine what Chief Cameahwait felt upon his encounter with the group of the white travelers. Most likely, he felt interest in what the newcomers wanted to show and share but remained wisely alert. At that time, the relationships between the Native Americans and the government were tense and controversial, which could readily lead to conflicts between the travelers and the natives.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Encounter with the Indians by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Still, the two explorers managed to gain almost unilateral support among the natives, by presenting them with wonderful goods and gifts, while also sharing the purpose of their explorative mission with them. Lewis and Clark told the natives of the friendly dispositions the government had towards them. They also suggested that their mission would help them discover new and more effective ways to deliver merchandize to the native tribes.
They were confused and even surprised at the sexual mores that were governing natives’ daily activities, where a man was allowed to have more than one wife, and where dozens of people died of the incurable venereal diseases.
By the end of their mission, Lewis and Clark suddenly realized why Native Americans were so distasteful of the Spaniards. The explanation was simple: the Spanish were too discriminative in their attitudes towards the Natives, and such discrimination could never lead to the development of any productive ties between them.
Encounter of Persons and Communities During Early Modernity Essay essay help: essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
Social and Political Encounters
Exploration and Discoveries
Religion, Ethnicity, and Violence in the Early Modern
Introduction People and communities encountered one another during the early modernity through various ways. These included exploration and discoveries, religion, ethnicity and violence in the early modern Atlantic world and slave trade, social and political platforms.
Social and Political Encounters In his Second Treatise of Government, John Locke begins by describing the “state of nature” as a situation in which people find themselves in before an administration comes into being.
He says that in this circumstance people are liberated to do anything they desire as long as their deeds do not defy the law of nature which does not allow harming others or captivating their property. It also demands that everyone should care for his or her life and that of others and that they are supposed to remain in this state until they become members of various politic communities.
He adds that political societies spring from social contracts in the course of which individuals transmit to the community their authority to reprimand those who disobey the law of nature. The aim of establishing a political society is to ensure a fairer and dependable way of preserving their possessions (Locke, p. 33).
Exploration and Discoveries This is also another way in which persons encountered and discovered one another or communities. For example, in the Europe’s Encounter of Asia in the Early Modernity, Christopher Columbus’s dream of arriving at Marco Polo’s Cathay led him to by coincidence find out a completely new continent- Asia- even after others apparently thought that he had not been near Asia.
Also, at the same time the Portuguese under the leadership of Vasco da Gama tried to look out for a possible route to find their way into the Far East in an attempt to deliver letters from their King Manuel to Prester John who was the legendary leader of the Christians in the Orient (Cumo, p. 23).
Unlike Columbus, Vasco da Gama managed to reach Asia and for the first time opened the eastern sea gates to “marvels of the East” for the Europeans in 1498. This resulted in the Portuguese almost monopolizing the spice trade in the South and Southeast Asia in the following decade (Cumo, p. 24).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Religion, Ethnicity, and Violence in the Early Modern After assessing the Christopher Columbus’s 1492 voyage in 1992, it was concluded that one could carefully foretell that the most long-lasting legacy of the Quincentenary would not be the mediated events of 1992. In 1995, it was deduced that the concept of “encounters” clearly represented the major way of making out the historical processes the contact initiated (Sandberg, p. 2).
The making out of the early modern Atlantic world started shifting a decade later after the quicentennial. It was prepared by the Columbian encounters. At this time, the enriching history and approaches after modernity had come of age. This was pertinent in shaping up the 1992 encounter in acknowledging the cultural frameworks for example intercultural violence.
The debate about the violence that various people including teachers, scholars and activists had staged against Columbus and Europeans for “genocide” and “ecocide” was dismissed later. It was contrasted with those who had already decided to complicate both the moral and historical issues by contextualizing the proceedings so as to avoid the holdover (Sandberg, p. 3).
Works Cited Cumo, Christopher. “The Tropics of Empire: Why Columbus Sailed South to the Indies.” Canadian Journal of History (2009). Print.
Locke, John. Second Treatise of Government. 1690. Print.
Sandberg, Brian. “Beyond Encounters: Religion, Ethnicity, and Violence in the Early Modern Atlantic World, 1492-1700.” Journal of World History, Vol. 17, No. 1 (2006): 1-3. Print.
The Industrialization Era Essay argumentative essay help
The Industrialization Era lasted between the years 1760 and 1840 (Brothers 35). It involved transition from manual production of goods to automated production. The main characteristics of the era included improved efficiency, increased production, development of machines, rapid economic growth, and high population growth.
The era had both positive and negative outcomes. Positive outcomes included creation of a global economy, massive growth of wealth, and population growth. Negative outcomes included creation of social classes, overcrowding, and deterioration of people’s living standards (Brothers 38). Positive outcomes overshadowed negative outcomes. Therefore, the era was mostly positive.
Positive effects Industrialization promoted globalization of economy in many ways (More 73). It led to production of a wide array of goods that were sold cheaply because of mass production. This lead to increased economic activity, which started in Europe and spread to other parts of the world.
Trade allowed people from different regions and countries to intermingle. In addition, movement of people to new areas led to creation of diverse groups that included people with different skills (More 75). As such, people were grouped based on skills they possessed. Aspects such as gender and race were rarely used to group people because a large proportion of the population was focused on taking advantage of industrialization.
Urbanization and construction of factories was another positive outcome (More 81). New factories facilitated growth of modern cities because many people moved to towns in search of employment. On the other hand, construction of factories created jobs for many people. This improved the living standards of many people because of increased earning power.
Industrialization improved transport networks and communication (More 87). For example, before the industrialization era, transport was only by rivers and roads. Seas were used during transport of heavy loads. Industrialization led to construction of road networks, canals, waterways, and modern railway networks. Transport of raw materials and products became faster and easier.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More One of the major negative outcomes was high population growth that led to overcrowding (Griffin 52). This led to deterioration of living standards and hygiene. Overcrowding was caused by movement of large numbers of people to urban areas, especially farmers who had lost land and jobs. It facilitated spread of diseases and other illnesses.
Industrialization had a negative effect on how people interacted. It led to creation of social classes because entrepreneurs amassed wealth while workers languished in poverty (Griffin 53). Due to high availability of workers and low availability of jobs, workers were paid poorly while employers earned huge sums of money. Workers were unable to afford decent housing facilities and food. Many lived in shacks, and children succumbed to nutritional diseases due to poor nutrition.
There was also widespread exploitation of children and women (Griffin 54). Employers preferred hiring female workers because they paid them less than their male counterparts. On the other hand, child labour became rampant. Employers’ greed to amass wealth led to widespread exploitation of children.
Children worked for meager earnings even though working environments were unfavorable and hazardous. At the time, education opportunities were rare and children had no other option other than work in factories and plantations. Despite the fact that productivity of adults and children was almost equal, children were paid less than adults were.
Conclusion The industrialization era was mostly positive even though negative outcomes were also present. Positive outcomes included globalization of economy, growth of national and individual wealth, urbanization, construction of factories, and job creation. Negative outcomes included child labour, exploitation of women, poor hygiene, diseases, and poor living conditions.
Works Cited Brothers, Evans. The Industrial Revolution. New York: Evans Brothers, 2009. Print.
Griffin, Emma. Short History of the British Industrial Revolution. London: Palgrave, 2010. Print.
We will write a custom Essay on The Industrialization Era specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More More, Charles. Understanding the Industrial Revolution. London: Routledge, 2000. Print.
Heuristics and Rationality Essay cheap essay help
What is a heuristic? Explain one of the heuristics Tversky and Kahneman identify in greater detail, and illustrate it with an example (e.g. an example from one of their studies).
The ability to make decisions in a fast and efficient manner is referred as heuristic. This means that the time taken to make a decision is made short, as an individual engages his mental ability into other functions. Heuristics is commonly known for its capacity in solving problems. This is achieved through experience and better strategies.
One example of Tversky and Kahneman heuristics is the intuitive judgement or the common sense. This is analyzed under the judgement and uncertainty. In this study, Tversky and Kahneman focus on rational choice in the human mind. It further states that a rational actor will always follow the elementary rules and the probability.
This is usually evidenced when calculating a particular course of action (Kahneman
The 1997-1998 Asian Financial Crisis Essay best essay help: best essay help
According to Hill (n.d.), the Asian Financial Crisis took place between mid 1997 and early 1998. This financial crisis was brought about by depreciation of the currency, being the result of excessive borrowing (Nanto, 2008). Prior to the crisis, Asian countries had registered a remarkable economic growth.
Such countries as Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and South Korea had a Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth rate of 6% to 9% (Hill, n.d.). This growth was associated with ”inflow of investments, improvements in technology, increases in education, a ready supply of labor as people moved from the countryside to the cities to work in factories, and reduced restrictions on trade and commerce leading to free‐market economies” (Vallorani, 2009, p. 3).
However, this economic boom came to its end in June 1997 after most of Southeast Asia’s stock and currency markets collapsed (Hill, n.d.). Therefore, although this financial meltdown hit most Asian countries, Southeast Asia was most affected. This essay explains and assesses the causes, extent and effects of the 1997-1998 Asian Financial Crisis as well as its recovery process.
Before the crisis, most Asian countries were enjoying an unprecedented growth in GDP and exports (Hill, n.d.). For instance, between 1990 and 1996, Malaysia, Thai and Singapore’s exports grew by 18%, 16% and 15% respectively (Hill, n.d.). Furthermore, exports from these countries transformed from basic items to complex and high technology goods, such as automobiles and electronics (Hill, n.d.).
At the same time, most countries experienced reduced barriers to international trade and an inflow of international investors. In other words, Asian countries’ Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) was on the rise. For that reason, the financial crisis occurred after a decade of the economic growth in Asia.
Hill (n.d.) reiterates that this financial crisis was mainly caused by mismanagement of Asia economic growth. While agreeing with Hill (n.d.), Vallorani (2009) adds that this borrowing led to an increase in the prices of retail spaces, real estates and other assets. In addition, local banks borrowed heavily from international banks and provided unregulated loans to local customers (Vallorani, 2009).
The deregulated financial sector then led to loans and easy money. As a result, Asia found itself in huge debts. Subsequently, this borrowing led to unsustainable valuations of most investments. For instance, enterprises which did not deserve credit were given enormous loans. Consequently, these enterprises lacked the capacity to repay these loans after the crisis. As such, investors began speculating on currency value (Vallorani, 2009).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Expecting local currencies to lose value, many speculators sold their local currencies. This action later led to the actual devaluation of local currencies. Thailand’s baht was the first currency to depreciate. Later on, the devaluation spread from one country to another like a series of dominos knocked down from the first to the last (Vallorani, 2009). Accordingly, international loans, which were valued in dollars, skyrocketed (Vallorani, 2009).
Worse is the fact that investors started to re-evaluate their investment risks in Asia while other completely lost faith in Asian markets. In addition, the crisis raised serious issues about the Asian economic model as well as the ideas behind fixed and floating exchange rates. The Asian economic model advocates for cooperation between businesses and the government. Therefore, Asian countries combine a central government’s planning ability with the dynamics of a market economy (Hill, n.d.).
Prior to the crisis, most Asian countries pegged their currencies against the US dollar and only intervened when their currencies were under threat (Hill, n.d.). Asian countries, therefore, used a managed float as a way of accruing gains related to a fixed exchange rate. However, this undertaking is susceptible to speculative pressure (Hill, n.d.). For that reason, a managed float system can be directly related to the 2007 economic downturn in Asia.
Nonetheless, this crisis did not hit all countries with the same magnitude. China and Singapore were among the least affected countries (Vallorani, 2009). In fact, these countries only suffered from spillover effects. China’s GDP rose, FDI leveled and the Yuen appreciated against the dollar in late 1990s (Vallorani, 2009).
On the other hand, Hong Kong’s GDP growth slowed significantly in late 1990s before bouncing back in 2000 (Vallorani, 2009). The GDP of most countries in Southeast Asia dwindled; FDI remained level and their currency depreciated at an alarming rate against the dollar (Vallorani, 2009).
Examples of countries that were most affected include Japan and Southeast Asian countries, such as Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and South Korea (Hill, n.d.). In early 2008, the stock markets in most Southeast Asian countries depreciated by over 70% and their currencies lost more than 70% of their value against the dollar (Hill, n.d.). Some Japanese brokerage firms and banks collapsed in November 2007.
Top on the list were Sanyo and Yamaichi brokerage firms and the Hokkaido Takushoku bank (Hill, n.d.). However, in most countries FDI increased immediately after the crisis (United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), 1998). This increase was brought about by decreased costs, resulting from depreciated exchange rates, low property prices and selling of company assets. Companies, which sold their assets, were in big debts and could not access liquidity.
We will write a custom Essay on The 1997-1998 Asian Financial Crisis specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More For that reason this crisis affected international business. Owing to the 1990s boom, many investors predicted that Southeast Asia was going to become the next propeller of world’s economy (Hill, n.d.). The collapse of this boom, thus, brought investors back to the drawing board.
The damage caused by the 1997-1998 Asian Economic Crisis took long to repair. Ravaged by this economic downturn, Asian countries reverted to IMF for help. However, IMF’s help came with certain conditions. For instance, affected countries were forced to raise interest rates and relax their restrictions on FDI (Hill, n.d.).
Moreover, these conditions had to be met before any additional funding was provided by IMF. For instance, IMF signed a $58.4 billion rescue package with South Korea on condition that South Korea would correct certain mistakes in its financial systems (Jeon, 2010).
In other words, South Korea was to reform its financial and corporate sector and the labor market. In addition, South Korea was required to soundly manage its macroeconomic policy as a way of regaining global confidence (Jeon, 2010). Nevertheless, affected countries countered the depreciation of their currencies by raising interest rates and selling their foreign exchange reserves (Nanto, 1998). Consequently, their economic growth became sluggish. In addition, equity became less popular than interest-bearing securities.
By engaging in a borrowing spree, Asia brought most of its emerging and powerful economies to their knees (Hill, n.d.). This slump was brought about by depreciation of local currencies. Consequently, Asia lost a decade of unsurpassed economic growth and reverted to the IMF’s for help. Nonetheless, some countries were hit harder than others and it took them long to recover. For example, the crisis had more adverse effects on Japan and Southeast Asian countries than China and Hong Kong.
References Hill, C.W.L. (n.d.). The Asian financial crisis. Web.
Jeon, B.N. (2010). From the 1997-98 Asian financial crisis to the 2008-09 global economic crisis: Lessons from Korea’s experience. East Asia Law Review, 5 (1). Web.
Nanto, D.K. Feb. 1998. The 1997-98 Asian financial crisis. Web.
Not sure if you can write a paper on The 1997-1998 Asian Financial Crisis by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD). (1998). The financial crisis in Asia and foreign direct investment: An assessment. Web.
Valloran, ED. (2009). 1997 Asian financial crisis. Web.
Where is writing taking us? Research Paper writing essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
The changing times
How the future looks like
On the Web
Introduction The world is evolving at a very alarming rate. Seemingly every single day is a new dawn for a new idea. Virtually all spheres of life are changing. A change from what everyone is used to, to a different version. Writing is not an exception. Writing is going through its equal share of evolution.
Precisely to say, writing remains to be the most trusted and profound form of communication. For instance the most preferred means of committing critical transactions such as writing examination and signing of bills, to mention but a few, mainly relay on writing. Therefore the significance of writing cannot be understated (Hedges 8). The evolution in writing had its genesis in utilization of signs in the old age then developed to translation of vowels to readable letters and now it has heavy visible presence and evidence in the digital world.
This paper tries to elucidate the essence of fundamental processes of writing for individual writers and the effect it has on a group. The papers goes ahead to discuss the matter of whether the writing trends shall adapt to this emerging issues. And essentially what will this mean to the upcoming generation. Shall this be a stepping stone to greater heights or shall this be a stumbling block?
The changing times Vitally to mention the older writing forms had their time and have thrived in those years and now it’s giving birth to newer ones. A new breed of writing is around us and it is taking its place significantly. Silently there is a battle between the old writing approach and the new style. Notably the contest rages on to touch and affect both the writers and readers. One school of thought prefers the older syllabus and at the same time another group throwing its weight behind the emerging trends.
Prompting the question, between the two divides, who is commanding the lead? Who has the greater influence? Is there a possibility of someone been dethroned? Apparently, these questions are signs not of division but of growing concern in the future of writing (McCloud 593). The good news is that the same purpose of writing remains at the core of writing. And the concern of where writing is taking us is becoming a dear to many. And indeed the future of writing is getting brighter and intriguing by the day.
Beyond any shadow of doubt and clear to minds of both writer and readers times have changed. Evidently, days of deep reading and analysis of books, is a thing of the past, so to say. The deep reading that was a sign of academic prowess and pride is now a thorn on the flesh for most people.
he norm is now inclusion of multimedia content to deliver information and achieve communication. It is now a common knowledge and concern that the main source of information is streaming from the internet (Peterson 596). If statistics are anything to go by, then this generation wealthiest source of knowledge and information is the internet and with a special mention of social media forums. This fact has triggered most entities with key interest in sharing information to invest heavily in online services.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Extensive time is now spent online surfing and searching internet databases for purposes of study, information and entertainment. Writers have easily picked up this behavior. The long hours used in turning papers to the left have been replaced by clicks and scrolling up and down internet pages.
After few Google searches, writers have access to more than what they need to compile their work. This new order of conducting business has to be discussed holistically, in order to deduce its positive and negative impact on writing. This emerging trends has directly reduced the amount of time spend reading. Books have been left to stay at shelves as everyone is scrolling their screens whether on personal computers or on mobile devices.
How the future looks like As it is, different people have come up with different explanation about the future of writing especially in the awake of different means of accessing information. Some have proposed that it is high time writers conformed to the new working means or else they shall be rendered obsolete.
As they say if you cannot beat them, join them (McCloud 595). However not everyone buys this idea, some have chosen to remain conservatives and let not of their old ways. The big question of discussion at this particular juncture is evaluation and examination of the impact of the new technologies and how they affect the core purpose of writing.
According to Carr Nicholas, et al, in the book ‘Is Google making us stupid’ the internet is becoming undeniable force of information storage and exchange. It is the unlimited conduit for imperative information streaming to the mind. He goes ahead to state that pages of World Wide Web have proved to turn into programmable and unified database accessed through computers. New approaches such as social media are providing endless opportunities for networking and interaction of information.
The same view was repeated by Marshall McLuhan, the 1960’s media theorists, who stated that the media must not to be just inert feeds of information. The sentiments expressed by Nicholas hold avalanche of truths and underscores the deteriorating trend of over dependence on the internet at the expense of reading (Carr 155). This trend if allowed to persist then will automatically negatively impact the culture of creative reading and writing. The point to ponder at this point, I believe is how to use what is working, to work for the betterment of our generation.
On the Web If you look around the internet, great tools of writing do exist. One of them is Web-Quest. The idea of Web-Quest cannot be ignored in this discussion. Since its inception, the Web-Quest model has greatly contributed to the availability and utilization of information among learners. The Web-Quest model continues to change.
We will write a custom Research Paper on Where is writing taking us? specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Over years, the numbers of high-quality Web-Quest continues to increase. This platform provides many education courses and staff empowerment effort around educational spheres. Web-Quests stand out in services provision because of its well informed status to its end users. Similarly with search engines databases a quick search on the Web-Quest avails hundreds of examples (Dodge 10).
In a summary they are five guiding principles that not only ease the search but increase the precision of finding answers you are looking for. These principal include finding great sites. One differentiating aspect between a good and a better Web-Quest is the quality and number of web sites it uses.
The answers exhibited vary depending on the needs of the user. Two great pointers in this section is one the art of mastering a search engine and two probing the deep web. Research and analysis of human behaviors have showed that most people do their search by just typing a few words or phrases in one search engine and then turn over to a storm of irrelevant sites. It is highly recommended to learn better search techniques.
For instance one web page that has been of great help is the “Seven Steps Towards Searching”. Also researchers have found out that although billion of web pages exist for surfing only a few surface on the standard search engines (Peterson 159). This means that the remaining portions is hidden only to be revealed by the ‘deep web’ surfing. Deep web surfing is vital especially for specified information that otherwise shall not turn up on the standard search engines.
Worth to note at this particular point is that it is practical wisdom not to lose the information found. Arriving at any information consumes a lot of time and effort. Therefore once got, information ought to be stored in ways and means that shall be easy to retrieve when called upon. For instance most learners work from different places and sometimes using different machines.
A shift from one place or machine may mean losing vital data or slowing down the learning process. Smooth continuity is therefore an important factor of production in the sense that it saves times and effort (Higbee 6). There are several measures to counteract this; this includes doing regular backups of the data. Another useful methodology is using facilities such as bookmarks which are readily available on most office applications as well as browsers.
The second principle for writing a great Web-Quest is to orchestrate resources and learners. This principle seeks to address the challenge of scarcity of resources. This is achieved through sharing of the available resources. At the end of the day, every computer and other resources are well utilized and everyone has useful work on their desks.
Thus resources are optimally utilized. To achieve this one has to organize resources equitably and sensibly. A good example is a single computer machine can be used to coordinate the whole class discussion while the teacher does the explanation. At the same time, one to ten computers can be utilized as learning base for students to run round while others can actually work offline.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Where is writing taking us? by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More If accessibility to the internet is issue then well orchestrated programs need to be designed and implemented (Dodge 5). Another key performance indicator to the success is organizing the people involved. Well organization of learners saves a lot of time. This is a great contributor to coming up with a great Web-Quest. Deep and Profound knowledge of cooperative learning is a clear recipe for designing and developing a successful Web-Quest.
The success or failure of cooperative learning can be determined by the following factors. The first is undeterred positive cooperation and unfading interdependence of students. Learners highly upheld one another and most have the perception that without each other they cannot succeed. Therefore positive interdependence is a critical ingredient to successful cooperative.
The other factor is one on one interaction. As students work together and compete over assignment they end up creating positive competition which is healthy for their development intellectually and also corporately as a group. Thus encouragement of promoting interaction is a vital unit to succeed in environment of cooperative learning (Peterson 155).
Group and individual accountability is a critical attribute to cooperative learning. Essentially speaking the group is held accountable for finishing the assigned task on time and with precision and accuracy. And through the process the individual are rated according to their contribution. The other important attributes and that needs to be cultivated is encouragement of small group and interpersonal skills.
Working together is a skill most people lack in the present world. Therefore possession of these skills means a great plus to the learners and also to the teachers. The last but not the least attribute to successful cooperative learning can be termed as group processing. Improvement of group efficient and effectiveness is a step towards the right direction.
The other important principle to designing great Web-Quest is challenging the learners to think for themselves. We are living in a time and age where standardized tests are the order of the day in most of the American education institutions. A outstanding Web-Quest does not lust contain a list of United States leaders and presidents and their accomplishment.
Instead it seeks to provide an engaging multifaceted backdrop that conveys riches of understanding that if not would not be captured in a coherent and understandable manner. Challenging learners to think can be achieved through taking the learners to task. And this basically is all about asking learners to own information and reproduce results based on the information gained. The other element is designing. For instance, the subject of Canada can be treated as a task to design a Canadian Vacation Web-Quest (Dodge 7).
The task specified to the learners is to develop a timetable through the nation that would suit a family of four, with each having attention in different portions. Web-Quest can also be developed based on a journal-istic methodology in which a student picks on a persona and develops news account. In addition another distinguished approach is the utilization of valid controversies about the world as a means to classify the theme of study.
Utilization of the medium is the other vital principle of creating great Web-Quest. Important to note and mention is that a Web-Quest is not limited to the use of the web. A good picture to portray this could be the imagination of a ‘BookQuest’ in which a compelling question and problem is stated and the solution is created by processing and dividing the information in various books spread throughout the classroom (Dodge 4).
In situations where a teacher has only one computer can sometimes use the alternative of printing out the needed Web pages so that students who cannot access the computers have something to read. But this is a concession and doesn’t completely use the media. A picture of success is a Web-Quest that is not accomplished easily on paper.
The last principle of creating a great Web-Quest is to scaffold high expectations among the learners. A good and perfect Web-Quest is the one that challenges the students to do what they might ordinarily not do or get committed to it. This brings up the spirit of exceeding expectations by striving to do more that it is required. There are three types of scaffolding; they include receptions, productions and transformation (Dodge 5).
Receptions assist the chance to allow learner to familiarize themselves with resources. The process of transformation explores the learners to convert what they learnt into a new model never done before. At the same time production necessitates the learners to produce articles they might have never generated before. The creation approach of the duty can be gibbeted by giving students models, multimedia devices thus prompting the points to writing.
The future of writing definitely lies in the new order of doing things. The unavoidable presence of the internet in our lives is a reality we cannot beat (Hedges 7). Major discussions are now held and stored on the internet. Therefore to avoid a situation where we are fighting a losing battle it is only logical to know how best to maneuver and make the best out of this new wind of change.
Conclusion From the above discussion, it is clear that the future of future of writing is changing. The older forms of writing have given rise to newer ones. And the newer forms are greatly influenced by the changing trends of technology. This has squarely affected the sound writing process for individual as well as a group. The question of adaptability of the writers to the new environment is a subject of discussion.
The deep reading that was a sign of academic prowess and pride is now a thorn in the flesh for most people. The norm is now inclusion of multimedia to deliver information needed whether done through audio or video channels. The long hours used in turning papers to the left have been replaced by clicks and scrolling up and down the internet papers. After few Google searches, writers have access to more than what they need to compile their work.
According to Carr Nicholas, et al, in the book ‘Is Google making us stupid’ the internet is becoming undeniable force medium of information storage and exchange. The five guiding principles for creating Web-Quest, according to Dodge, are finding great sites, orchestrating learners and resources, challenging the learners to think for their own, using the medium, and scaffold high expectations (Dodge 10).
The Web-Quest model continues to change. Over years, the numbers of high-quality Web-Quest shall continue to increase. From the above discussion, the next generation shall have the strong force of emerging trends to face and put up with. The reality of the internet becomes a norm that can no longer be ignored.
Works Cited Carr, Nicholas. Is Google Making Us Stupid. New York: W.W.Norton
“Sonny’s Blues” by James Baldwin Essay writing essay help: writing essay help
Table of Contents The Narrator’s Epiphany
Sonny’s Performance and its Impact on Narrator’s Consciousness
Narrator’s Epiphany Sentimental Value
Important Life Lessons
The Narrator’s Epiphany The narrator in “Sonny’s Blues” is aware of social problems expressed in his brother’s music. The narrator, Sonny’s brother, realizes that music helps Sonny overcome his inner pain and suffering. For a long time, he has been detached from Sonny because they had different perspectives on life. Once they went to a night club where Sonny was offered a chance to play music to the audience. Therefore, music is used symbolically to connect the two brothers together because of their shared blood relations.
It gives the narrator and his brother a chance to escape from their pain, which they experienced while growing up in an environment full of poverty, crime and suffering. The narrator watches Sonny playing the piano in the club and concludes that this helps him deal with frustrations he has experienced in his life. He says, “He seemed to have found, right there beneath his fingers, a damn brand-new piano. It seemed that he couldn’t get over it” (Baldwin).
The narrator discovers that Sonny’s true calling lies in music. He manages to captivate the narrator and other people who are gathered in the club, because of the way he expresses personal emotions through singing. Sonny is deeply involved in singing, which makes the narrator have strong memories.
The song makes the narrator have a sentimental reconnection with his past, because of the way Sonny expresses himself through music. The performance by Sonny helps the narrator understand him better and thus, it manages to bring them closer as members of one family. The narrator offers Sonny a drink after he takes a rest from the performance. And according to the narrator, the one had carried him away. (Baldwin).
Sonny’s Performance and its Impact on Narrator’s Consciousness As Sonny continues singing, the narrator becomes more involved in his brother’s struggles. Sonny interacts freely with Creole and other band members, which makes him realize the importance of forming strong relationships with family and friends. The narrator realizes that music means a lot to Sonny because it helps him build strong social bonds that give him happiness.
Sonny’s musical talents and the way he expresses them enchant everyone in the audience. He becomes more excited by the way he draws them in. Sonny’s lyrics resonate with most people gathered in there and for a brief moment, he helps them forget about struggles they are facing in their lives (Baldwin).
Sonny’s performance makes the writer more conscious about his roots. The narrator and his brother had experienced a lot of suffering in their lives which affected the way they grew up. The narrator manages to reflect on the near hopeless situation which many people in the community face and finds solace in music played by his brother together with other band -mates. The experience at the club helps the narrator to discover his brother’s true personality and his outlook on life.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This gives him a chance to reflect on his heritage positively, without thinking about the suffering which people living in surrounding areas have to endure every day. This experience makes him accept the difficult situations which he and his brother have gone through and gives him the courage to forge ahead. He says “And I was yet aware that this was only a moment, that the world waited outside, as hungry as a tiger, and that trouble stretched above us, longer than the sky” (Baldwin).
Narrator’s Epiphany Sentimental Value This self discovery by the narrator makes him understand his own background and issues faced by other people living where he grew up. Sonny has served a prison sentence which has made him suffer the pain of being incarcerated. He has difficulties in adjusting to life outside prison; a situation which is experienced by most former convicts.
The narrator becomes aware that his inconsiderate attitude towards the well-being of his brother failed Sonny and made him deviate into crime. He realizes that he cannot escape the reality that African Americans will continue being persecuted by the political system because of their race.
His brother did not get opportunities which would have empowered him to become a good citizen. Therefore, the narrator manages to overcome his fears and come to terms with the pain he has felt for most of his adult life. His perception of the African American society changes, because he gets to understand the root cause of their social problems (Baldwin).
Important Life Lessons The narrator leads a successful life as a teacher with his family, in a new residential area. This area is more comfortable and differs greatly from the unpleasant environment he was raised in. He gets to understand the importance of having compassion to other people who are not successful like him.
The narrator discovers the strong emotional connections he has with his brother, even though they do not share the same level of success. He learns that with the right determination, any person can get out of any hopeless situation. In the past, he thought it was wise to move away from where he was raised to a new area, which did not have a lot of suffering. This had made him reject his brother and heritage, so as to escape the pain he had lived with since childhood (Baldwin).
Flibbert describes the way the narrator has developed, “a mental and emotional state arising from recognition of limitation imposed-in the case of African-Americans-by racial barriers to opportunity” (69). This argument reveals how racially discriminative policies make it difficult for black people to live a better life.
We will write a custom Essay on “Sonny’s Blues” by James Baldwin specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Therefore, this consigns them to a life full of poverty, which makes Sonny and others like him to resort to crime and other undesirable activities. This assertion is true because issues which are raised in the story relate to what many African Americans endured before the Civil Rights movement era.
Conclusion Clark explains the use of imagery in the story to show different stages of life which the narrator and Sonny had to pass through while growing up He says, “The light and dark imagery is pervasive in “Sonny’s Blues” and that this imagery can be roughly equated with the respective conditions of childhood and adulthood” (Clark 202).
This shows that the narrator had not yet understood what made his brother and other people in the neighborhood to live in poverty. The narrator manages to overcome the rejection he had of his heritage, which had been influenced by unpleasant memories he had while growing up. He has to deal with the burden of protecting his brother from any harm because of the promise he made to his mother before she passed away.
Works Cited Baldwin, James. Sonny’s Blues. Scribd Digital Library, 2013. Web.
Clark, Michael. “ James Baldwin’s Sonny’s Blues: Childhood Light and Art.” CLA Journal 29.2 (1985): 197-205. Print.
Flibbert, Joseph. “Sonny’s Blues: Overview.” Reference Guide to Short Fiction. Ed. Noelle Watson. New York: St James Press, 1994. 69-80. Print.
The film industry Essay (Movie Review) college application essay help: college application essay help
The period before, during and after the Second World War was a time when people in different nations were not particularly familiar with the details of combat and politics in far away parts of the world. The film industry has helped familiarize people with what was really going on and films “Why We Fight” were one of many that showed American people the reality of war.
The violent battles of Europe were rather far from the western civilization and so, films were used to transfer the atmosphere of the battle to the citizens and soldiers. The visual depiction of battles was very effective, as stories and newspaper articles were not able to present the images and general conditions of the violent conflict.
The films were made a necessary attribute of soldiers who would be facing combat and the first-hand camera work documentaries added a great deal to the effect of movies. The messages and more particularly propaganda were another major part of the film industry.
It would depict a certain nation in a specific perspective that would send the message to the viewers. For example, the movie “Soy Cuba” showed the hardships that Cuban people had to suffer and the real affects of the Cold War.
It has been said that the United States were shown in a negative light but the overall message of the production was to depict the suffering of simple citizens who had no intentions to partake in any armed conflict. It also describes how morality and ethics become lowered during the intense conflict between nations and people lose their humanity.
A similar message is sent by the movie “Battle of Algiers”, as it shows how Algerians were fighting for their independence from French. The cruelty and human abuse that took place is shown in the most open and truthful way and the suffering of both Algerians and French, was illustrated in most vivid terms. It is interesting that the tactics that were used by the revolutionaries were not of open combat and were later shown to soldiers in order to demonstrate what to expect from guerilla tactics.
This serves as another reminder that during war, people will resort to any means necessary in order to save themselves in the fight for independence and freedom of their country or nation. A movie that represents yet another fight against the regime is “Battleship Potemkin”. The sailors of the ship refused to follow orders that were demeaning and inhumane. The unity of people against tyranny is portrayed through their selfless sacrifice and unification for the common goal.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The movies of the pre and post war era have been known to show patriotic but also humane qualities that people exhibited in the face of fear and death. Many times, it has been proven that patriotism does not mean raising arms against fellow citizens or following orders and political interests that go separately from freedom and liberation from oppressors.
The movies have had a profound effect on people’s understanding of world affairs and the fight for what is right. Visual techniques, as well as character play have proved to be the display of people’s emotions and determination to serve justice and freedom. The idea and plot were so powerful that these movies are still viewed today and are considered masterpieces out of time.x
Understanding Globalization Essay online essay help
Table of Contents Diagnosing Industry Globalization Potential
Building Global Market Participation
Designing Global Products and Services
Locating Global Activities
Creating Global Marketing
Making Global Competitive Moves
Globalization can be defined as a means of advancing reliance by forming associations or integration within the people, companies, states or zones. These associations have impacted economic growth through progressiveexchange of commodities, services, skills, innovation, investments and populations (Beerkens, 2006).
Minimum barriers to trade and investment, reduced transport expenses and reduced costs of information technology are key elements that have contributed to an increase in globalization (Doole and Lowe, 2008). In order to experience economic growth firms should apply external business venturing strategies, develop their communication systems and improve organizational capacity. On the other hand organizations that are yet to adopt these strategies have not experienced as much financial gains (Levitt, 1983).
Economic trends within international market contribute towards development and formation of alliances and partnerships amongst companies. Such alliances require detailed agreement between partners and also provision of quality products and services capable of meeting competitive standards within target markets (Levitt, 1983).
Such trends drives company’s towards restructuring their strategies such as supply concepts and practices capable of addressing complex market demands. This makes integration across supply chains one of the main challenges facing general operations of companies within target markets. However, common customer needs across markets creates some level of uncertainty to firms since it decreases sales potential of a company’s product or services within such markets (Doole and Lowe, 2008).
The case study discusses ‘Indesit Company’ which is a home appliances based venture started in 1975 after firms such as Electrolux, Bosch-Siemens and Whirlpool had already established their market in such similar trade. However the company did a remarkable job to catch up with its competitors. The firm was able to enter the market successfully and expand throughout Western Europe.
Products and services should be dispatched to various market segments based on consumer needs. Success of any business venture within global market environment is determined by the level of satisfaction consumers are able to obtain from products supplied. Other ways of maximizing company’s customer base involves formation of partnerships and alliances which enables organizations to concentrate on their businesses as well as exploring new business avenues.
This company was formed at a time when it was manufacturing a range of domestic appliances and owned oversees locations in Western European Markets. However, Vittorio soon acknowledged that the business locality disfavored his idea of innovative managerial practices and adoption of technology. He had to rely on external concepts to grow his business. He had received advanced skills in work ethics from his father and also acquired the latest means of production from his suppliers and consultants.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The firm developed progressively while facing the challenges of internationalization. Surprisingly they even survived the prevailing strong competition within the industry and still achieved growth that earned them their current position in the market. However, the company would later be challenged to either progress its mission to be Europe’s largest home appliances firm or to join in the global trade.
They were also faced with the issue of analyzing the dilemma surrounding implementation of appropriate global business strategies, considering that some of their direct competitors already had a major global presence. The market risks within the global domain as described in this context could be posed by factors such as fluctuations in currency and political instability within some regions such as Middle East.
After various acquisitions, Indesit had established its presence in most of Europe with an exception of Germany and Turkey. There was also poor performance in the Scandinavian zone. Even while trying to consider the option of going Global and that of maintaining their European Base, management through leadership of Milani could not ignore the absence of Indesit from Germany.
The fact that there was no presence of Indesit in Germany was an advantage to its biggest competitor that enjoyed uninterrupted business in its domestic market. Whereas the biggest consumer of domestic appliances is United Kingdom, Germany had the largest population in Western Europe. The major challenge of Germany was that it was a super aggressive market that had the presence of well-established companies like Carrefour that catered for clients with a desire for German quality products.
The market situation in Germany was defined as “a black hole” by the strategy director of Indesit Company, Giuseppi Salvucci. This was because of the impenetrable state of the market for foreign firms. He also included the Scandinavian and Turkish market in this category as it had little or no presence of Indesit.
The best remedy for the German challenge would be to purchase a highly rated German brand. This is clearly evident from the market penetration strategy adopted by its competitor like Whirlpool. According to Beamish and Lupton (2009), companies stand a good chance of exploring other sales avenues, gaining expertise, acquiring new abilities and assets by practicing joint ventures. However it may prove difficult to administer the joint ventures owing to the ownership structure that may involve more than one institution.
This could be used as a scope for Indesit expansion in Germany and a probable solution for the Scandinavian market as well.In the case of Turkey, initially the market growth played to the advantage of Indesit’s rapid progression, however, the growth and market presence of the local leading brand Arcelik was of no match to fast moving Indesit, since Arcelik was domestic market leader in home appliances products within Turkish market.
We will write a custom Essay on Understanding Globalization specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More In order to gain competitive strength in Turkey, Indesit would need tomake crucial marketing investments and probably the purchase of a domestic competitor with a reputable brand in order to connect with the local people (Doole and Lowe, 2008).
There was a strong need to indulge in some kind of cooperation. It was still the opinion of Indesit’s director that the transformations being experienced in the market called for adaptation of a global business consideration. The company would then start an examination of the Chinese and Indian market to diversify their consumer base and increase global presence. Indesit acquired a dishwasher plant in China that earned them first-hand information about the Chinese market (Doole and Lowe, 2008).
Diagnosing Industry Globalization Potential It is important for companies to organize their market channels and structures based on principles of globalization for success to be realized.
In such a case it is necessary for companies to consider consumer needs both in local and international markets and utilize appropriate and effective channels capable of satisfying such needs. Several paradigms influences operations of channel structures some of which include; system flow paradigm, views on product categorization, relationship paradigm and use of power (Rosenbloom and Larsen, 2008).
System flow paradigm represents processes and activities taking place within organizations in global markets. Such organizations and institutions operate under wholesalers, sales agents and retailers and form the necessary link channel between producers and consumers which is an important aspect within global marketing.
The success of marketing strategies such as brand positioning depends on level of coordination and management of available channels of distribution. However, introduction of new technologies such as internet have improved levels of operations making it possible for consumers to transact business direct with producers without involving any intermediaries.
Divergent view on product categories is also another factor which incorporates different perceptions accorded to particular goods by manufacturers and consumers. In this case, producers focus on efficiencies involved during production processes while consumers focus on the benefits that can be derived from using same products.
Relationship Paradigm refers to associations existing amongst those involved in global business transactions. In such partnerships there are various effects such as conflict of goals, objectives and opinions amongst the suppliers, retailers and consumers. Such conflicts create some difficulties in the normal operations within distribution channels (Rosenbloom, 2007).
Not sure if you can write a paper on Understanding Globalization by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More In the year 2007, Western Europe markets were experiencing plenty of growth and there was also an increase in the number of bulk traders, which refers to companies dealing with manufacture and distribution of products in large quantities. As a matter of fact some of the small franchises were transforming themselves in order to achieve an international status.
Firms like Wal-Mart and Carrefour had a presence in the United States, Europe respectively and also in Asia and all traded in appliances. The approach of the appliance franchises had an authoritative effect on the market and changed market trends. Clients encountered comparable packages that had relatively similar items or functions.
Sales persons were depended upon to guide the clients to the available goods that would deliver beneficial transaction to both the vendor and sales person. While this remained to be the case, there appeared to be a shift in the European market in 2007. The demolition of the Berlin wall which was a considerate economic barrier between the West and East Germany extended the German market scope from Lisbon to Moscow.
Having been the initial occupant of the said markets, Indesit had a first mover advantage thereby benefitting from its outstanding market stake. As a result of these expansions the management considered to effectively restructure its business practices to enable different roles by different groups or divisions.
One group was focused on the struggle between established contenders in Western Europe and the other was to advance aggressively to encounter the potentials of Russian and former Soviet Union Markets. The approach was later to tailor by Marco Milani to offer discrete services. This divisional approach helped them effectively focus on the competitive challenges of each region of operation and expansion.
Moreover, various strategies such as market research are implemented in the process of diagnosing industry globalization potential. The company modified its strategies for the purposes of providing separate organizations for Italy and United Kingdom. There is significant difference between mature and emerging markets depending on relative strength of various distribution channels such as wholesalers and retailers (Levitt, 1983).
However, developing markets presents opportunities for development of strong brands based on the nature of product and the distribution channels used. For instance, Europe presents one of the largest markets for industrial goods hence accounted for over thirty percent of total global market share.
The second largest market for industrial goods was Asia also with market share of over 30%, followed with United States at approximately 22% and other markets of the world in combination providing up-to over 13%. However, market for home appliances as produced by Indesit was identified to be highly competitive in China despite the market being dominated by domestic brands.
Building Global Market Participation There is necessity for companies to build their global marketing participation through integration of supply chain processes and creation of workable marketing strategies within each specified market environments. Such strategies require effective means through which costs of operations are reduced while improving customer service levels.
Indesit Company faced problems in increasing scale and internalization due to its expansive operations within highly volatile global business environment. However, application of standardized technology within dynamic supply chain planning processes could assist in building quality supply chain operations and ensuring efficiency across entire supply chain (Lovins et al., 1999).
At the same time implementation of Enterprise Resource Planning systems, movement of information across organizations and the overall implication of standardization of business processes determine the extent to which Indesit could engage in supply chain integration. This is enabled through incorporation of automation and streamlining of various planning, scheduling and execution processes at wholesale and retailing levels within supply chain.
At the same time the industrial marketplace is reformed through intensive inter-firm communications across regions, this is made possible through Integrated Marketing Communication Mix (IMC). These assisted in creation of efficient international markets through trade links. Moreover, incorporation of enterprise information infrastructure and intensive use of social media led to application of variety of supply chain optimization technologies.
IMC comprises of business processes capable of providing companies with necessary assistance in the process of building and reinforcing their relationships through communication. Efficient communication between companies, customers and stakeholders involves various aspects extending beyond application of traditional marketing communication tools such as use of word of mouth.
This is the reason as to why multinational firms prefer the use of IMC within their business and marketing operations which enables them to reach targeted international market segments effectively within shortest time possible. IMC ensures that consumers receive up-dated and adequate information concerning company’s products and services within the market (Lindgreen and Finn, 2005).
Designing Global Products and Services Indesit Company started with designing Europe’s home appliances and at the same time focused in building modern, progressive enterprise through massive investment in modern technology. The company saw the need to tackle issues with products and services within Germany which included quality of products, improvement in sourcing and design efficiencies, re-balancing manufacturing locations and at the same time upgrading the company’s brand image.
Indesit Company identified home appliance industry as one of the key turning points within the second industrial revolution. These included manufacturing of products such as refrigerators, electric and gas stoves, washing machines which marked significant point in the economic development of the company.
Success of designed products and services within the market is fully dependent on process of naming and branding. Indesit Company made the process part of its regular activities done by marketing department within regions of operation. The naming of their products, services is aligned towards fulfilling some level of uniqueness including the market position of products.
Branding a Company using globally recognized name makes it easier for consumers to identify with the specific category of their products and services (Doole and Lowe, 2008). The company has also considered presenting products in a language that can easily identify with global market environment.
Indesit utilized the art of brand positioning for the purposes of solving marketing problems within Germany. This was done through acquisition of well-regarded German brand. Every region demanded unique product characteristics and delivery processes. However, Indesit brand became the core brand of the company and operated alongside four other brands such as Hotpoint, Scholtes, Stinol and Cannon.
Since the knowledge about the brand plays an important role, major marketing investments were required to increase brand awareness. Also acquisition of locally based strong brand could be utilized in order to penetrate emerging markets with such new products and services. Home appliances required meaningful names structured from incorporation of such elements as color, symbol, and logotype (Larson and Lush, 1992).
The success of Indesit’s brand can be attributed to the nature of brand language which comprises various communication elements. The strategy used by the company in branding their products and services within various European and Scandinavia regions involves verbal and visual components.
The company’s nature on brand evolution aims at being attractive to various consumer categories as well as multiple cultures. This ultimately represents the best means of breaking existing communication barriers within market environment (Larson and Lush, 1992).
Locating Global Activities The company kept on pushing forward and moving into other nations within former USSR. Most likely, its competitive advantage resulted into more profitable activities. According to Hopwood, Mellor and O’Brien (2005), the structure of industry associated with Indesit Company contributes towards the provision of innovative opportunities.
Due to favorable structural attributes within the global market where Indesit operates, the firm has the capability of capturing significant market share. Structural attributes of the company within market includes factors such as, ease of entry to the market and the level of bargaining power (Hopwood et al., 2005).
Resource-based view of the company considers the presence of many firms within the industry and therefore prefers dealing with diversified products having direct effect on the varying performance of the company. Therefore, firms that are operating based on high standards of marketing strategies benefits from such competitive advantages (Sharma and Vredenbrug, 1998). Market segmentation presents companies with the opportunity of satisfying specific consumer needs and desires.
Some organizations implement successful marketing strategies which enables them take advantage of globalization hence gaining competitive advantage. Such strategies should encompass appropriate allocation of company’s resources enabling profit maximization within international market. However, nature of entry into emerging markets applied by multinationals determines to a large extent its impact on consumers and level of market penetration.
Some markets are better penetrated through formation of joint ventures and alliances with domestic organizations. The situation could clearly be identified within Brazilian market where Electrolux and Bosch enjoyed larger percentage of the market. Such situations vary amongst countries. For instance, market for home appliances seems intensely concentrated within Latin America region, despite contributing significant amount of return on capital compared to other regions within global market.
Creating Global Marketing One of the most important aspects in global marketing is the development of global brands having same characteristics in all markets. Nature of global branding plays an important role in advancing company products since it contributes towards creation of company’s economies of scale and at the same time gives the company competitive global image. Large economies of scale at times prove profitable in the process of ascertaining and reducing operational costs within the marketplace (Alden et al, 1999).
Application of unique global brand assists in development of company’s image hence making it easier use of specific advertising strategy acceptable internationally. Such procedures enables the company to reduce overall operational costs. At the same time, global brands are known of their ability to deliver quality products hence are considered trustworthy. However, before a brand attracts consumers within the global market there should be strong local support from domestic market based on quality delivery.
However, research done on global advertisement revealed that success of an advertising campaign within domestic market may sometimes not necessarily deliver the same results within international market segments. Such results calls for extensive research on the level of effectiveness such advertising methods can deliver in some regions before company’s product and services are dispatched to such markets such differences are based on culture and beliefs.
The company requires intensive advertising and promotion of its brand known as “Indesit”. Other brands included are; Hotpoint, Scholtes, Stinol and Cannon. However, the company at some point decided to drop all other brands and focused in marketing them under a single brand i.e. Indesit. Such oorganizations as Indesit use different promotional techniques to move their products and services into the market for the purposes of gaining stability within the market.
The aim is to stimulate demand for a product and increase the sales volumes within the market (Magretta, 2002). Towards understanding the role promotions play in placing and positioning products in the market, Indesit Company attempts to analyse the impact of other companies on their product promotion techniques and the influence on market position of such products in the global market.
Such marketing research is influenced by the knowledge that companies ideally use competitive promotional techniques for the purposes of gaining competitive advantage in the global market (Doole and Lowe, 2008).
A typical example is where Indesit Company attempted to create awareness of its large pool of products through sponsorship activities and also partnering with companies that are already established within domestic target markets. Other strategy used involved investing a large portion of its profits in the past by sponsoring various activities.
Making Global Competitive Moves Indesit Company faced some radical changes in order to conform to the nature of competition within global market. Major causes of such competition included application of modern technology and tension within global markets. Such occurrences have made the company to adjust and modify various aspects within its mode of operations for the purposes of satisfying consumer demand. Indesit adjusted its operational costs in order to cater for final pricing of its commodities within the market.
Various market segments have different expectations some of which include; quality, affordable prices of commodities, nature of delivery, desire for customized services as well as flexibility amongst other factors (Rosenbloom and Larsen, 2008). Such considerations have ensured adequate changes within business strategies for the company.
Indesit Company has undergone tremendous changes aimed at strengthening its presence within the global market such as strengthening its brand image through use of one umbrella brand name.
Some of the changes aimed at increasing its competitive moves which included initiating and implementing appropriate communication mix and business models within various emerging markets. Such model incorporates different reporting structures enabling substituent companies and regions to communicate efficiently with company headquarters.
Application of such business strategy enables the company to specialize in supplying various forms of home appliances and at the same time making use of decentralization of their activities (Doole and Lowe, 2008). This has well been utilized through formation of alliances and Joint Ventures with other companies (Beamish and Lupton, 2009). Moreover, the marketing strategies applied by the company have ensured efficient delivery of products to consumers.
Conclusion Various challenges within the market made Indesit Company to significantly consider prices of products and services. This is since related products from other competitors were on the rise. This had a direct impact on the companies’ profit margins. However, most of the senior managers are recorded as continually tackling supply chain issues based on operational matters rather than strategic.
Product and service supplies are recorded as having increased operational costs experienced across board. Pressure exerted on the company products justifies their demand from consumers. This represents some level of wake-up call for the entire business based on increased costs incurred at the backbone of the business. Integration of all elements within supply chain is identified as most critical for the purposes of enabling sustainability as well as organic growth for the entire business.
References Beamish, P
Argument paper on Milton’s Paradise lost Essay argumentative essay help: argumentative essay help
Table of Contents Introduction
The concept of free will
Introduction In the poem, Milton talks about the story of Adam and Eve and how they lost their place in paradise. He expands the story of creation by including more details and events that led to the creation and fall of man. He also presents a narrative of the activities that happened in the Garden of Eden. The theme of free will is deeply embedded in Milton’s Paradise Lost. It comes out clearly as he tries to explain the way of God towards human beings.
Milton argues that the reason for creation of man was to allow man to assume the previous position held by Satan and his angels. This was primarily the reason for making man after the fall of Satan. Man was given the free will to choose what he wants. However, God still had full knowledge of what man was going to do if he uses the free will. This implies that God knew from the beginning that man would disobey the commandments given to him. As a result, it begs the questions as whether there was free will given in the first place.
If man was truly given free will, God’s knowledge of how the world would eventually turn out raises so many questions. At the same time, man’s inability to make decisions beyond his human and physical nature further creates concerns as to the amount of freedom he has in making his decisions. This paper seeks to explore and develop an argument based on the theme of free will in Milton’s Paradise Lost.
Synoptic background According to Milton, the war in heaven led to the defeat of Satan and later dismissal from heaven. He then built a pandemonium in hell where he held meetings with his followers. These meetings were aimed at planning a revenge mission after losing the war in heaven.
In the meetings, it was decided that the mission shall aim at attacking God’s prophesied new creation, mankind. God, being omnipotent and all knowing, foretells the fall of man. When Satan got his way into the Garden of Eden, he became extremely jealous of them. He knew that the favor mankind was experiencing was supposed to be upon him.
But, since he had rebelled against God, his destiny was destruction. Attacking God’s newly favored creation, he thought, was the best way to hit back at God. From this background, one is able to deduce that God knew how everything would transpire even before he created mankind. He was aware of the meeting Satan had with his followers in pandemonium. He knew their agendas and foretold of the fall of man.
The concept of free will The concept of free will refers to the ability of individuals to make choices without the influence of external forces. The forces that impede someone from making free decisions can be physical, spiritual, mental, social, and metaphysical in nature. However, in the context of the poem, such forces are either metaphysical or spiritual.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Therefore, if human beings were given the free will, according to Milton, it implies that they should be able to make choices without being constrained by God. This ability is evident in the poem. God makes Adam and Eve then gives the ability to make their decisions. He gives them a commandment and expects them to obey. Even though God knows what Adam and Eve are able to do with their free will, He still expects them to obey the commandment that required them not to eat fruits from the tree of knowledge of good and evil.
When the devil came to tempt Adam and Eve, God knew that they would fall to the temptations because they had the free will to make their decisions. He knew that they were eager to gain knowledge and to have an experience beyond what they are. God did not influence or interfere with their decisions to eat the fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. According to Milton, God expected man to obey voluntarily. This is what Milton means by Adam and Eve having free will.
The angels in heaven are also part of God’s creation. These angels including Lucifer were also given the free will. They were expected to obey God voluntarily and not out of coercion or influence from God. Lucifer and his cohorts chose not to obey but there is evidence of voluntary obedience in the other angels.
One such angel is Abdel who declines being part of the team that disobeys God. As Satan tries to convince him to join his side, Abdel counters his argument and tells that the laws God makes are to establish a union with him. By disobeying God, the union is broken and the consequence is separation and death. Abdel is used in the story to demonstrate the true meaning of freedom.
Being separated from God, as a result of disobedience, seems democratic and in pursuit of freedom. However, in essence there is no freedom in breaking the union God has established with his creatures. This made mankind to have the tendency of both God and Satan. On one hand, man could be good and act for the benefit of all while on the other hand man could be extremely evil and create a lot of disaster and chaos in his surrounding environment.
In their first state, Adam and Eve were good people. However, after the fall, every aspect of mankind was affected. The mind became unable to comprehend the things of the spirit, the hearts developed deceptive emotions, and the free will became bound. Humans are natural beings.
Even though sometimes they feel like acting beyond their nature, they are bound not to. Adam and even could not act beyond what is natural despite having the desire. The aspect of free will was only truly free when they had not sinned. They would interact with God, according to Milton.
We will write a custom Essay on Argument paper on Milton’s Paradise lost specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More God appeared to them in a form that they would see. They would communicate to God through a normal conversation. This meant that they would be able to get immediate feedback when they spoke to God and vice versa. It was through free will that both of them were able to decide to try something that was not part of them. As Milton describes, both Adam and Eve were very inquisitive and desired to gain knowledge.
This aspect was not part of them prior the fall. They were only to gain knowledge if they ate from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. At that point they had the free will to choose something that was beyond their nature. However, after the fall, they became bound. Their free will became limited only to their human physical nature. They were only able to make free choices that revolve around their nature.
If humans were to really enjoy the concept of free will, they would wish to transform into various things they find interesting. They would wish to operate in the spiritual realm or control forces of nature. But, since their free will is now bound, they can only create things with their imaginations but within the limits of nature. Another concern that is raised from the poem is why God would make such a lousy security system.
In other words, why would God wish to make man to replace the position previously held by the devil and yet allow for the fall of man by giving man free will? The point is that if God wanted mankind to take that position, then man should not have been given the ability to make choices out of their own will. This is because the same rebellion and disobedience God got from Satan would follow through mankind.
Conclusion From the poem, it can be deduced that God, through his mercies, still expects humans to obey him voluntarily despite the fact that Adam and Eve fell. God presented before them life and death.
Even with the fall of man, God still had intentions to rescue man from the consequences of disobedience. He planned a remedy for the fall of man but still left man with the free will to accept the remedy or continue living in disobedience. Man still has the freedom to eat from the tree of life which reestablishes the union man once had with God.
Mood change and impact on eating habits Research Paper essay help free
To know the relationship between food consumption and mood changes and the effects it has on body weight.
The research was carried out in United Arabs Emirates (UAE). The sample was UAE females who indulge in unhealthy foods depending on their moods which results in weight gain. The sample size was a hundred females. The data were collected using structured questionnaires that were distributed amongst the women who responded to and returned them.
The results of the research were that most people engage in food when they are in a foul mood. The reason for this kind of behavior is to help ease stress. Once they have eaten a lot of food and they are so full, they forget that they were stressed or sad. Food in such a case acts as a temporary stress reliever. These are mostly carbohydrates. Carbohydrates also provide the body with energy and make one feel relaxed. These foods in turn lead to weight gain.
The results of the research indicate that most women gain weight due to eating foods in times of stress. Suggestions are that exercise is important to maintain healthy lifestyles. Reasons why people crave certain foods could be because of anger or frustrations, boredom or excitement. Emotional hunger feels urgent and therefore one is forced to eat junk and fast foods which are unhealthy. People also crave for food when they have missed a meal and they feel low on energy or hungry.
Introduction Certain foods which may include sugary snacks and whole grain foods have effects on the brain. Moreover, they play a role in regulating the moods. This is because carbohydrates help the body to relax. According to Chitale (2008), the most effective way to stabilise mood is to eat a balanced diet. This should include proteins, carbohydrates and vitamins, coupled with a lot of exercise.
While people may tend to eat more of unhealthy food when they are either happy or sad, they tend to eat more when they are sad. Happy people want to maintain their mood for a short period and therefore they consider the long-term effects. They look at the nutritional information of the food they are eating in order to achieve their goal. When one is stressed, they look at the fastest solutions which prompts them to engage in fasts foods whose salt and fats contents are very high better (Burns
Mother Tongue by Amy Tan Essay scholarship essay help
Summary In her essay ‘Mother Tongue’, Amy Tan tries to use her personal experience to describe the importance of language in a society. In this analysis, the author compares perfect English language with ‘broken language’.
Using English as an example, the author attempts to explain how language is important in communications. She says “…language is an essential key in enabling people to understand the definition of their identities”. In addition, the author says that she realized that language allows or authorizes individuals to participate effectively as members of a society.
It is worth noting that Amy Tan is fond of language. For instance, she says that she has written a number of books in English and Chinese. However, she admits that she has never been eloquent or rhetoric when her mother is present. This is the main argument the author has put forward by demonstrating the importance of language in her life. In addition, she argues that communication is difficult without a good language.
In actual sense, this essay is chiefly an analysis of personal views and perceptions of language. The author attempts to describe how language should be used and how people tend to use it in their day-to-day communication. She compares “standard English language” and “broken English language”. To develop her argument, the author has set the essay in the form of a memoir. For instance, she compares her oral use of language with her written language.
Tan informs her readers that the presence of her mother in one of her lecturers made her notice some differences between her oral and written language.
At this point in life, the author realized that she was not using the same language she had been using when communicating with her mother. Instead, she realized that she has been using “broken English” when communicating with her. Therefore, she started reflecting on her childhood and the role that the mother played in helping her shape her language and communication.
Reflection From this essay, one notices the manner in which Tan attempts to present her argument. It is evident that Tan is attempting to demonstrate how learning English has an impact in her and her life. The author analyzes her childhood experience. From her analysis, it is evident that circumstances frequently forced her to translate Chinese into English when communicating with other people at school or in her neighbourhood.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More She attempts to argue that it is due to her difficulties in communicating in the two languages that drove her to become a writer. It is also clear that her life as a child was difficult because she was supposed to use Chinese at home, but change to English when at school or when with her peers. Her main ideas are good examples of the real life experience in American communities, especially where language barriers are evident.
Her use of personal experience is an important literal technique because it provides some sense of evidence and reality (Tan 1). In fact, the supporting content, which is particularly drawn from her life as a Chinese child growing up and relating with English children and teachers, provides some evidence that her narrative is convincing.
In addition, it is also effective in presenting her ideas. For instance, she says, “I am not an English scholar. I cannot give you anything beyond my personal points of view…” (Tan 1). This statement makes the opening sentence in the essay.
It seems to make the readers realize that the author will present her personal observations and experience. As such, the reader develops some interest in what the author has experienced in her life and what such experience could affect them. Secondly, Tan has presented her ideas that are based on common issues that everyone experiences or observes in nature, especially where immigrants are trying to fit into a new social environment defined by language barriers.
I tend to agree with Amy Tan for a number of reasons. First, I have seen people going through the same processes when trying to fit into new communities. Their children normally face the pressure of learning and using two languages- the “mother tongue” and the language used in the new society (Tan 3). This issue is good but challenging. It provides children with an ability to learn and apply two or more languages at a time.
In fact, it is worth noting that Amy Tan is presenting her ideas at a time when the issue of cultural diversity is common in the United States. America is a home to a large number of immigrants from all over the world. Therefore, the U.S. has become a culturally diverse society due to the presence of people from different ethnic backgrounds.
In fact, the issue of Standard English versus “Broken English” is a contemporary issue, especially in schools, public places and neighbourhoods. Although people must communicate, language barrier is always a problem in most cases. Therefore, the argument by the author contributes to the issue of language barrier, which is a current topic of debate in America.
We will write a custom Essay on Mother Tongue by Amy Tan specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Works Cited Tan, Amy. Mother tongue. PDF file. Web.
Political Leadership in Africa (Do or Die Affair) Essay essay help site:edu: essay help site:edu
The do or die affair movie discusses political leadership in Africa. The setting is in Nigeria where the general election is about to take place. The current president is proposing the vice president as the most suited candidate for presidency. Moreover, one of the governors of the states in the country is expressing his interest to run for presidency.
The movie starts with the president outside the state house talking with one of the zonal leaders. This leader comes from an area with a high population density that can favor his chances of winning the presidency. The zonal leader pledges his loyalty to president by promising to support his preferred candidate, the vice president.
The zonal leader is a polygamist who has married three wives. The youngest of the three wives works in the president’s office as the president’s personal assistant in foreign affairs. This leader is a rich man and the other wives are involved in business.
The governor expressing desire to run for presidency appears for the first time and is seen talking to his mother about his worries with regard to stiff competition in the presidential race. The mother is very encouraging and in the end, the governor is reassured of his chances of winning the presidency. However, he faces a tough opponent in the vice president.
From the definition of leadership, the governor seems to be the ideal candidate for the presidency. There is talk on how the state developed during his stint as a governor. The governor is also seen talking to elders asking for their support. Most of the elders support his bid. Nevertheless, all is not well in the house of the governor. Rivalry between the governor’s three wives comes out very clearly when the second wife is openly jealous of the third wife.
The second wife devices a conspiracy to ruin the relationship between her husband and the third wife. To achieve this, she basis her claims on the third wife’s job and the numerous trips she makes with the president as his personal assistant to assert that the wife has an affair with the president. The husband is enraged after discovering that the third wife has an illicit affair with the president. The shortcoming of polygamous marriages is evident.
The governor comes out as a humorous, religious, and family minded person during a press conference. At the press conference, the governor intent is to inform the public of his aspirations to run for president in the next general elections. Moreover, the press conference helps reveal the role of the governor’s mother the son’s campaign and the entire political career. Both the governor and the vice president belong to the same political party.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More This is a dilemma, which the vice president plans to solve by meeting the party leaders and securing their support for his candidature. The meeting with the party leaders takes place in the vice president’s office. The party leaders decline to give the vice president express nomination and insist that the presidential candidate for the party is only to be selected by the delegates conference to be held later.
The vice president is infuriated by a decision taken by the party leaders and this reveals how most leaders want their decision to be followed without opposition. The vice presidents express his discontent with the stand of the party leaders and accuse them of supporting his opponent, the governor.
When the attempt to remove the governor from the presidential election through the party nominations fails, the vice president decides to limit the governor’s chances. He uses the power vested in him to sabotage the businesses of the governor specifically the governors airline. Through the ministry of transport, the airline is banned on grounds that the airplanes are under poor maintenance and they do not meet the standards stipulated by the government. This shows that political opponents can destroy political ambitions of each other.
The governor takes the case to the president who remains adamant unless he drops his ambition to run for president. The president is arrogant towards the governor. The president employs blackmail to ensure the governor does not run for the presidency, but he is determined to go all the way, notwithstanding that the political tide is against him.
The vice president seeks the service of a young ambitious journalist to release discriminatory information about his opponents. The journalist declines to take up the job at first but accepts when she is offered a bribery. The governor also meets the journalist as a result of an article she has written on the newspaper that supports the governor’s candidature for the presidency.
The governor and the journalist meet at the governor’s office. The intention of the journalist, though not clear to the governor, is to steal information from the governor’s camp and sell it to the vice president’s side. The governor is attracted to the journalist and proposes to her that she be his mistress citing his willingness to spoil her.
The wife of the governor, worried that the husband’s ambition is ruining the family, talks to her husband requesting him to quit his ambition of becoming president. The mother of the governor walks into the room.
We will write a custom Essay on Political Leadership in Africa (Do or Die Affair) specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More She is so annoyed by the wife’s request, and alleges that she has been paid to discourage her husband from running for office. The governor is worried about his financial situation and at some point contemplates quitting the race. His mother however, encourages him suggesting that he invest in a different country where the opponents cannot influence his business.
The zonal leader is convinced that his wife is having an affair with the president. When the wife returns, she asks her to resign from the job. The relationship between the president and the zone leader is ruined. The zone leader switches his support to the governor’s camp, a move that costs him his life.
The journalist acquires information about offshore accounts that the governor has. She avails the information to the vice president who, together with the president focus on ruining the reputation of the governor. They plan to charge him in court for corruption. The governor however with the help of his new friend, the zonal leader, wins the case in court.
The vice president through his friend Igwe, hires a witch doctor to kill the governor while at his home. The witch doctor goes to the governor’s home and kills the guard. Before he can get into the house, the witch doctor encounters the mother of the governor who also seems to posses magical powers.
After a brief showdown, the witch doctor is arrested and the plot to kill the governor thwarted. The retired military personnel feel that one of them should be the one to hold the highest office in the land. They attribute this decision to the numerous many sacrifices they have made for the country while the politicians take all the credit. The plan they have in mind is for them to rule for the next 30 years.
The military personnel meet with the president to inform him of their view and ask for his support. The president promises to consider the matter and provide his answer at a later date. While the president meets the retired military personnel, he misses a meeting with the vice president where he was to endorse his candidature. This reveals that politicians are sometimes untrustworthy.
Conclusion The movie presents three main candidates each with their own traits. Of all the candidates, the governor is the most suited and the best example that African leaders should strive to emulate. The governor has a track record of development in his state. He consults with the people he led as seen when he meets the elders to inform them of his aspirations and ask for their guidance.
The governor unlike the other leaders does not engage in abuse of office to ensure that personal goals are attained. The other leaders, especially the vice president are seen to use wealth and position in the government to ensure that the governor does not run for presidency. This is achieved by ruining his businesses, using witchcraft, and killing the zonal leader via the vice president’s security guards.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Political Leadership in Africa (Do or Die Affair) by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More
To Push or Not To Push Compare and Contrast Essay argumentative essay help
Introduction From the moment a precious baby is born, parents focus on how they can make him or her happy, successful, smart and healthy. Everyone has his own views and understanding of happiness and success. However, society plays a big role in shaping standards of ideal living.
The essay will focus on analyzing different perceptions presented by scholars concerning ideal parenting. Success and happiness of a child are important to parents. A valid conclusion, on how parenting should ensure true happiness and success for their children will be drawn. Children should have dreams and high goals, but should be guided to connect them with real life.
According to Chua, happiness can only be achieved through hard work and success. On the other hand, Twenge claims that hard work and success should be stimulated by happiness. Kolbert describes issue of parenting as being sensitive. She targets all young parents in America and highlights outcomes of parenting.
According to Kolbert, parents give their children unanimous authority that will only lead to a less powerful generation. She highlights that children are now more powerful than their parents, since they are worshipped and pampered. Different authors give their ideas about today’s western real world standards and how to teach children to survive. Despite the style of parenting adopted, the aim is to ensure that children are happy and successful in their entire life.
The importance of having dreams and achieving them is positively correlated to success. Inspiring children to have goals and to work on attaining them is the hardest task in parenting. Chua makes it a little bit easier for herself, since she decides on what is good for her daughters to do. Her children play violin and piano very successfully.
She makes them practice three, four or five hours a day to ensure that they play to the best of their abilities and beyond. In this process, her daughters learn to love their instruments and music. She is a competitive woman and encourages her daughters to participate in all competitions and win every title.
When they want to have a break, she reminds them that their competitors will get ahead of them while they are on holiday. Her daughter Lulu, who is a very talented violinist, acknowledges that she loves violin but it is not the only thing that she wants to do in her life. Chua is dedicated and knows how to make children work hard and succeed in achieving dreams. However, dreams achieved by children are those of Chua.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More On the other hand, Twenge states that American children today have so much choice and freedom, that they end up having very high and unrealistic expectations. Children are told that they can achieve everything, without being taught how to work hard and realize their dreams.
For example, a person wants to become a movie director, even before knowing how to act (Twenge 83). When young people realize that some of their goals are unrealistic, they become unhappy and depressed. Big dreamers want everything now and end up preparing themselves for failure and unhappiness.
Naturally children dream big, since they are encouraged by benefits associated with goal achievement. According to Twenge, children should be encouraged to indulge in big dreams and activities. They should be praised for good things and punished for bad deeds. As children grow, they learn to face reality and align their abilities with goals set (Twenge 102). In order to succeed, children need to possess required tools and not just feeling of being special.
Chua compares western parenting with rearing a dog. According to Chua, parenting requires patience, love and possibly an initial investment in training. She says that her dogs cannot do anything, simply because she does not attempt to shape their future. Chua does not give many instructions to them, since she trusts that they can make their own decisions. Despite the fact that she likes her dogs, she cannot raise her daughters in the same way.
Chua states that, parents need to realize that they should guide their children in choosing right goal and help them realize it. Parents should work closely with their children and ask them to do the best. Despite the fact that Lulu did not become a musician, she applied skills learnt in her violin classes to play tennis. Lulu’s instructor says that she is morally upright and improves drastically on her performance.
The instructor recommends Lulu’s parents for her great performance (Chua 220). It should be noted that, Chua does not believe in agreement between parents and children. As a mater fact, she does not mind whether her children are happy or not but emphasizes on hard work. According to her, realistic goals must be achieved.
Birth of a child marks beginning of human life and not end of mother’s pain. Parents assume responsibility of shaping life of their baby. There are those parents who choose to love their child unconditionally and celebrate every little achievement and milestone attained. They let him or her choose what to do in life, as long as it brings happiness. However, there are those who decide to make the child reach parent’s own dreams and goals without considering his or her personality.
We will write a custom Essay on To Push or Not To Push specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More It depends on culture and worldview of the parents. I believe that, parents need to realize that until a person is twenty one years old he cannot make proper life decisions. Good parental care entails knowing how to guide a child through important years of life, recognize abilities, make realistic goals together and stand strong to achieve them. Children need to be pushed gently, just like when they are pushed out of their mother’s body to live real life.
Kolbert targets those parents in the upper middle class who, associate fashionable style of parenting with maximum amount of things given to children. According to Many parents, good parenting is ensuring that anything a child wants is made available. Kolbert is moved by variance between behaviors of two kids, one from Los Angeles and the other from Peruvian Amazon. The kid from Los Angeles had his parents intervening and doing things for him whenever he demanded.
In the case of Peruvian Amazon kid, she helped her parents and was involved in difficult tasks like boiling crustaceans. Anthropological analysis of the article, confirms that American kids are less likely to perform even simpler tasks like tying their shoe laces and are therefore spoilt. However, concern is on kind of generation that is likely to be brought up with all authority being centered in a child, rather than being devolved by a parent (Kolbert 1).
Further, Kolbert warns parents against danger of giving in to all whims of their children. Most parents think that doing all things for their children shows, them that they are appreciated and loved. According to Kolbert, long term goals should not be over shadowed by short term ones. Parents should bring up a responsible generation, which will be able to do things independently.
In this regard, helping bit of children should not be erased completely but at least they should be made to take part in activities. Ill parenting is further brought forth by the fact that, American kids are not able to do things which children from other places do (Kolbert 2). Parenting is merely raising a child to be a responsible adult and not a dependent one.
Innovation and creativity needs to be boosted among kids, if sustainability is desired in the next generation. When parents do simple tasks for their kids, the child will not be willing to take part in more complicated tasks like boiling crustaceans. As a result, there will be inhibition of brain and cognitive development that could lead to retardation associated with poor decision making.
According to Kolbert, we need to consider the fact that soon we will not be together with our children especially when they are required to make best decisions. According to her, parents are not raising their children in the best way, as they are actually helping destroy their future gradually and smoothly (Kolbert 2).
Economic prosperity should not lead to ill parenting, but rather promote good nurturing. Despite the fact that parents have enough money to buy whatever their children want, extravagance should be discouraged. She talks of giving unlimited authority and all things that a child demands, as spoiling them. Parents need to show their children that not all things are easily accessible.
Not sure if you can write a paper on To Push or Not To Push by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More Children think that all things are available and behave badly any time they are not given what they want. She further compares behavior of a spoilt American kid with that of a Peruvian Amazon, who would not even recognize essence of all expensive playing stuff. According to Kolbert, availability of money should mean good parenting and not doom to the future of America. She also talks of imbalanced cognitive development that is inflicted on children by parents unknowingly.
Parents should be the ones with authority and not the children, as evidenced by demands made by a boy who orders his dad to tie his shoe laces. After the dad refused to tie the shoe laces, the child was disappointed but tied his shoelaces. Focus should be on ensuring that kids can do things for themselves as much as possible (Kolbert, 3). Parenting should instill responsibility in kids and not merely focusing on spoiling them with anything they dream of.
There are two main forms of training that contribute to overall growth and development, thereby dictating the kind of a person one will become in the long run (Kohn 66). The first methodology talks of set of rules and regulations that one must follow with no compromise. Set regulations are important in unifying common norms and practices exemplary in school set up (Kohn 77).
Kohn acknowledges this methodology and states that children should be governed and made to accept the already made norms, so as to ensure responsible beings in future. According to scholars, this is a method of reforming or enhancing moral development by exercising total discipline. Regulations are primal in ensuring that there is law and order, whereby a child who hits another is punished accordingly to discourage any similar attempt. Punishment could also be interpreted as an act of justice to the offended.
However, some scholars postulate that this form of mechanism aims at authoritative restriction from undesired activities, which is likely to limit general growth of children in terms of innovation and adventure. Application of this form of restriction is based on belief that, continued suppression of certain behavior is likely to eradicate it completely. In this regard, a well disciplined child is likely to be a very responsible human being even in future. On the contrary, a spoilt child is likely to be very irresponsible.
Despite the fact that this methodology has received significant acknowledgement, there are also critics. There are scholars who argue that such suppression of ill behavior could possess adverse impacts. As a matter of fact, some psychologists argue that suppression of behavior does not necessarily mean complete eradication but rather postponement to a later resurface (Kohn 48).
In this regard, if you discourage certain behavior in a child, he may end up doing it in future. For example, adolescents who have very strict parents misbehave when they are left alone. In this regard, restriction should only be applied to a certain degree so as to encourage innovation.
The other method that Kohn talks of challenges authoritative restriction. Moral building cannot be achieved by punishment or reward, but rather by helping children realize why it is not right to do wrong things (Kohn 96). He goes further to give an example of a child doing right things, due to fear of consequences but not because he has good morals.
For example, a child is likely to behave well around his parents because he will be punished upon misbehavior, but not because it is right to do so. According to Kohn, such kind of training will only give fake results and likely to produce an irresponsible being in future.
Conclusion Parenting is one issue that should not be taken lightly by all parents. Parenting information is obvious to almost all of them, but is ignored to a great extent. Parents need to understand that income availability does not mean extravagance and giving unnecessary authority to kids. Responsibility is a virtue that can be nurtured or destroyed by parenting style. Spoiling kids with gifts not only communicate unlimited love, but also nurture extravagance trait in them.
Children need a room to expand and become innovative, so as to be able to run things independently in future. Kids therefore should be made to work independently and punished or rewarded, so as ensure that they are accountable and productive in future. Authoritative restriction might lead to future irresponsibility. A child could be obedient, simply because he dreads his parent’s reactions if he misbehaves.
Less strict parents are more likely get true picture of their children, since they do not necessarily have to feign anything. They act in accordance to their will and character, as opposed to those of authoritative parents. Parents should explain to their children, why things are done in a particular way. When children understand why they should work hard they are likely to put more effort, as opposed to when they associate their dreams with fulfillment of their parent’s wish.
Works Cited Chua, Amy. Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, New York: Penguin Group. 2011. Print.
Kohn, Arnold. Punished by rewards: the trouble with gold stars, incentive plans, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Press. 1993. Print.
Kolbert, Elizabeth. “Spoiled Rotten: Why do kids rule the roost?” The New Yorker magazine. 12 June. 2012: 1-8. Print.
Twenge, Jean. Generation me: Why today’s young Americans are more confident, assertive, entitled and more miserable than ever before, New York: Simon
Diagnosis and Reasons of the Bulimia Nervosa Research Paper a level english language essay help: a level english language essay help
Introduction Bulimia nervosa is an eating disorder common among young women and adolescent girls. According to the medical encyclopedia, binge and purge eating portray bulimia. It involves regular overeating and a sudden feeling of loss of control. This results in induced vomiting as well as the abuse of laxatives to stimulate weight loss. The American psychological association (APA) uses a precise manual for psychiatric disorders to classify this condition. The manual is also the diagnostic statistical manual of mental disorders (DSMV).
The DSM-IV criteria for binge eating comprise frequent episodes of binge eating, which is eating more food than an average person does in a similar time. In addition, the disorder entails a feeling of lack of control of one’s eating habits. It also includes compensatory activities such as purging, exercising or food abstinence to prevent weight gain from the overeating. For one to be certified as having bulimia, the related behaviors have to happen two times a week for at least three months.
Further categorization of bulimia nervosa is the exclusion of anorexia nervosa. Vomiting that occurs in bulimia nervosa is usually self- stimulated; “there is laxative, enema and diuretic abuse” (Polivy
Barrack Obama and Race in Politics and Culture Research Paper college application essay help: college application essay help
Introduction The United States is considered the most developed and sophisticated nation in the world due to its democratic institutions, culture and processes. However, very few people will recall the black days and events that engulfed this nation before and after the First World War.
Today, Barrack Obama is the president of this most powerful nation in the world and continues to face racial criticism despite efforts to integrate all races and adopt a non partisan approach in managing national issues (Remnick 7). This research paper explores the issue of president barrack Obama and race in politics and culture.
Background America has evolved from a racist nation and is slowly embracing other cultures in its national issues. The most evident illustration of racism was when it used to allocate national positions to whites while discriminating against other racial groups. It is clearly illustrated in how blacks and red Indians used to be treated unfairly not only in national issues but also those that involved intercultural relations (Harris 71).
Very few Americans allowed their family members to interact with black and this was the epitome of racism. However, American presidents like Kennedy and Lincoln tried their best to integrate all communities to participate in national issues but this was not possible. This country had architects of racism who ensured non whites were never given opportunities to use facilities meant for the elites.
Slavery was also another illustration of how Africans were treated by the whites who during that time thought that the African population was inferior and used them as cheap labor. This trade led to the migration of blacks from Africa to America and later they found their ways into suburbs.
It was impossible to travel back to Africa since they did not have enough money for air ticket. Secondly, it was impossible for them to board a train. This group became so agitated by the discrimination practiced by the whites. This was evident in schools, churches, public transport, churches, recreation facilities and employment (Feagin 109).
The industrial revolution witnessed in America before the beginning of the First World War was an indicator that things were going to turn from bad to worse as the demand for equality and justice continued to gain momentum. Workers unions became very powerful instruments for demanding these rights and they led their members to demo0snbtrate to demand their rights and freedoms. It is important top explain that these demonstrations turned ugly when they took a racial turn.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Africans and Asians were on the streets demanding the immediate inclusion of their demands in national issues while the whites were also protesting and demanding that their country should be respected. It is important to understand d that this war turned from being a demonstration of workers to racial conformations where many blacks and whites were killed on the streets. In addition, the existing government used police brutality to silence hundreds of youths who were spearheading these demonstrations.
Leaders of political p0arties affiliated to the black population and workers unions were detained for months following the chaos witnessed during these demonstrations. Capitalism was a principle adopted by the whites to oppress the poor in the society. This enabled the perpetrator5s to control the instruments of power that enabled them to amass huge wealth in terms of land, labor and money (Harris 41).
The ideology continued to spread to other nations but was stopped by communism that was gaining ground in the Soviet Union. The first and second world wars were culminations of the pent up pressure among the whites and non whites. Even though, this war left many nations with serious injuries and losses they were necessary to create conditions for different nations and races to negotiate and discuss various issues that affected their members.
Critics have claimed that these wars gave America opportunity to exercise justice and equality to its citizens and immigrants. Therefore, it was a necessary evil that could not have been avoided (Barrack 54). The end of these wars signified a new dawn for American democracy and paved way for peaceful demonstrations and negotiations between whites and non whites. However, politics became good ways of advancing racial interests as is evident in the legislations that barred non whites from engaging in active politics or holding public offices.
The Obama presidency has been praised for respecting the rule of justice and equality by ensuring all Americans irrespective of their races are able to access these rights without restrictions. However, this has not been the case due to a number of factors. First, the American population that constitutes a large population of the whites is very conservative.
Even though, Obama continues to urge them to adopt racial integration his efforts are more of public shows that commitments to fight racism. There is no doubt that there are many issues usually swept under the carpet when it comes to American politics. Race is a significant factor that guides voting among the American population.
The main issue of concern here is that even though many non whites are vying for elective seats very few of them manage to win these positions and this is an indication that the American population is still clinging to the old tradition of preferring whites to blacks when it comes to nation al and leadership issues.
We will write a custom Research Paper on Barrack Obama and Race in Politics and Culture specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More Research Objectives The objective of this paper is to identify and illustrate the following issues that play key roles in determining the future of politics in America. First, the American population is perceived to have adopted a non racist culture basing on the fact that it voted for president Obama in the last two general elections.
Seco0ndly, this paper examines the impacts of a black American president on the institutions and culture of the United States. Lastly, this paper will outline the recommendations for ensuring that the American government, politics and culture adopts a non racist approach in its social, economic and political affairs.
Research Questions This paper will answer the following questions that will help the audience to examine the role of racism in politics and cultural practices. The following questions will guide this paper in examining these issues.
What is the role of racism in American politics?
What aspects promote racism in American politics and culture?
What role has president Obama played in promoting and eliminating racism?
What are the effects of racism in politics and culture?
What steps should the American government take to avert racism?
Literature Review The Substance of Hope, Barrack Obama and the Paradox of Progress by William Jellani Cobb
William Jellani Cobb criticizes the Obama presidency for openly advocating for racial progress that would allow all races to play active roles in American politics. He focuses his discussion on Obama’s punch line “hope” that marked all his pre-election speeches. The writer argues that Obama used this word to create false optimism and cheated the American population and the world that he was the messiah for them.
This word became a song to all non whites and motivated them to show up in large numbers during voting. Private organizations and well wishers from the non white populations became very loyal and philanthropic to Obama’s campaign to ensure they transform the politics of this country.
However, their efforts are yet to bear fruits since Obama’s presidency has almost every thing in common with the Bush regime. This author is convinced that the Obama presidency has a good opportunity to transform the politics of the United States but has failed to do so. He argues that most non whites that are elected into office are those located in areas that have a huge black population. This means that racism continues to thrive in American culture and is evident i9n political activities.
The Health Care Reform and American Politics, What Everyone Needs to Know By Lawrence Jacobs
Jacobs Lawrence argues that Obama has helped the American government in dealing with racial challenges. However, the challenges he is experiences are to blame for his slow response to racial; issues. This author argues that most non whites face serious health challenges that expose them to diseases and poor services from private healthcare institutions. However, president Obama is trying very hard to make sure that all poor Americans access quality healthcare services through reforming all bills related to healthcare.
In addition, this author claims that most non whites are mistreated at their places of work by being underpaid and subjected to poor working conditions. Therefore, president Obama is ensuring that the senate adopts the recommendations to amend all bills regarding minimum wages to allow workers in informal and formal employments to get salaries that will sustain them.
Not sure if you can write a paper on Barrack Obama and Race in Politics and Culture by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More In addition, the president is encouraging many youths and no whites to play active roles of ensuring that they participate in civic processes. These are some of the issues that show how Obama is committed to transforming the racist culture that existed in America for many years.
A Day Late and a Dollar Short, High Hopes and Deferred Dreams in Obama’s “Post-Racial” America by Jon Jeter and Robert E. Pierre
These authors hold the same view with many critics of the Obama presidency by arguing that what president Obama is doing is too little to help his country manage the problem of racism. Even though, they recognize the efforts being done to com bat terrorism they argue that these steps are too slow and cannot be managed by the current financial position of this country.
Their claim is based on the poor financial performance of the united tastes government that have exposed it to damaging allegations of racism. They present that president Obama continued to finance American troop-s to fight the Arab nation by investing in drones and other military equipment, training and staffing to ensure America wins the war. These authors identify the war on Iraq and Afghanistan as serious racial challenges facing Obama’s presidency.
They proposed that he should have distanced himself from perpetuating the evils advanced by the former president Bush. In addition, they argue that Obama has not helped African or Arab nations to develop their economies but instead he has used a lot of American funds to travel to countries that will help his government to develop its economies. This is capitalism that depicts racial practices that were witnessed before and after the First World War.
The American government perpetuated racism by dominating other countries and fighting cold wars with those that opposed it or seemed to give it competition in terms of dominating in world affairs. These authors argues that the war going on in Iraq and Afghanistan have nothing to do with terrorism but are aimed at silencing these nations against developing strong ties with the rest of the world since this will be as serious challenge to America.
Effects of Race on Barrack Obama’s Presidency Politics
Politics play central roles in determining various activities of a nation since it establishes guidelines that regulate the allocation of national resources and the provision of services to the population. The United States has a sophisticated political system that ensures the government is representative of all communities and regions in the United States.
It has two houses that work together to ensure the country adopts policies that will develop its institutions, infrastructure and promote the well being of its citizens (Kennedy 43). However, racism had become a serious threat to the exustabce4 of cordial relations between America and its trading partners and this forced the American government to adopt ways of managing this issue.
It is important to state that political analysts had predicted a win for president Obama based on the following issues. The Bush regime had exposed the American government to criticism on its role to eliminate international terrorism. Even though, it had suffered numerous terrorist attacks it had no obligation to commit heinous crimes against innocent civilians in Afghanistan and Iraq.
The constitution did not give Bush any power to invade another country no matter the seriousness of the crimes committed by some of the people from that nation. Therefore, this exposed this government to international criticism and there were fears that if this trend would have continued many nations would have broken their ties with America. As a result, Obama used this criticism as a campaign platform to give people hope that he will stop the war on Afghanistan to ensure the world gains confidence on the American administration.
People were frustrated the way Bush used a lot of money to finance and develop equipment, train soldiers and finance these wars at the expense of the high inflation rates in America (Tesler and Sears 69). Therefore, they admired the manifesto presented by Obama that would ensure the culture of racism will be eliminated and funds will be directed to development projects and provision of goof healthcare services to the population.
However, this was not achieved within the first term of president Obama in office and even though he was granted a second term there is a lot to be done to ensure that American government desists from engaging in racial practices. Therefore, this was a chance for Americans to prove that they are not racist and would not advocate for it in their election process (Kinder and Riddle 33).
However, the election and subsequent re-election of president Obama is just a public show to prove to the world that this nation has adopted non racial approaches to politics. Even though, president Obama claims to be a black American his cultural beliefs are strongly based on the American culture exhibited by the whites. There is no difference between him and the whites since they all have perpetuated class differences based on racial practices.
Therefore, it is necessary to explain that Obama is black in appearance but white in al his political and cultural activities. This is evident in his recent proposal regarding the minimum wage that workers should earn. This policy is meant to increase the salaries of many non whites working in various places but the irony of this provision is that this will also raise taxes levied on their salaries.
Most nations are struggling to reduce their expenses on recurrent bills like salaries and wages of public servants though different financial plans. Obama knows that the United States is experiencing the worst financial performance since the end of the Second World War and should not engage in activities or plans that will force the country to incur unnecessary budgets.
Therefore, his proposal to increase minimum wages is just a populist approach to persuade the government that he is taking care of all racial groups in America. It should be understood that most people earning low salaries are black Americans, Indian and Asians who went to America through slave trade are have migrated there in the recent years. In addition, most of them cannot afford health insurance schemes that will safeguard their health; therefore, he has come up with a proposal for cheap medical services.
These are populist approaches used to hoodwink the non white population that Obama will solve their problems (Alim 77). Therefore, they are perceived to be gullible and cannot reason that America cannot afford to increase salaries and provide cheap medical suffices during this time. Critics have argued that this nation is suffering serious challenges associated with unemployment which stands at about 30% among the educated and 40% among those that have not attained university or college degrees.
Therefore, it is going to be extremely difficult to raise salaries yet there are no jobs for the poor in the society. This means that the cost of living will increase and force the poor and jobless to seek other alternatives of survival. Therefore, they argue that Obama’s presidency will not achieve any good results in its fight against racism but instead it has established other precincts for perpetuating racial practices through populist declarations and policies that will have serious consequences on those that earn low salaries.
Barrack Obama is the only president who gave Americans (whites and blacks) hope that they will live a better life free from economic, social and political challenges. However, this has proved to be a hard nut to crack especially with the many challenges facing his government, the congress has become partisan in moist affairs and this has affected the realization of the dreams of the American population.
Many people had hoped that Obama was going to revolutionize politics of racism and ensure that everybody was involved in his government. In addition, people had hoped that there would be many employment opportunities and many people will invest in various sectors of the economy however, these were just mere dreams that could not be realized no matter how hard they struggled to make it to be reality.
Financial institutions and other money lending organizations still have the culture of evaluating g the ability of clients to repay their loans based on their race. Therefore, they make it easy for whites to access loan facilities and deny the blacks these chances.
Even though, the media has played significant roles in promoting ethical practices in various professions it has failed to highlight the problems non whites experience while applying for bank loan (Pierre and Jeter 108). In addition, housing continues to be a major problem in the American government as tenants are allowed to occupy houses depending on their racial backgrounds.
This has promoted social stratifications and even though racial schools were banned teachers continue to express racial sentiments through punishments given to students. Racism is associated with discriminations and exploitation of the race perceived to be inferi0or and schools are slowly embracing cultural integration. However, this is not associated with prescient Obama but withy the modern trends that require people to interact irrespective of their racial backgrounds.
Moreover, it is necessary to note that Americans have been forced to embrace racial integration as a necessity and not a deliberate step towards abolishing racial practices. This means that Obama has played a minor role in promoting good relations among different races.
The media played a significant role of tracing the origin of Obama and his family lineage that associates him with the Luo community in Kenya. However, since his election to presidency he has never toured Kenya even though this country continues to face serious challenges in terms of poverty, corruption and political wrangles (Cobb 23).
The best he does is issues public statements (video records) that en courage Kenyans to be patriotic and embrace nationhood. However, critics have clai9med that these are reflections that he may be feeling guilty and ashamed of his color; something that has not gone down well with his ancestral kinsmen. The fact that he has never visited Kenya and there is no likelihood that he will do so makes critics to predict that he does not have any good intentions for Africans.
In addition, he has focused a lot of his attention o the war in Iraq since his inauguration into office. This means that he is not different from his predecessors who wanted to show the world that America is a super power and cannot be challenged by any nation. The Indian tigers and Chinese are getting many contracts in African countries and this is giving Obama sleepless nights.
This means that soon they will take over most contracts that were awarded to America and leave America with weak ties. This will reduce its influence on African countries and the rest of the world. As a result china will gain more political and economic power which is serious threats to Obama’s administration. Therefore, he is working very hard to ensure that America remains the most influential nation in the world by cutting tiers with nations that support china.
In addition, Obama, though the congress is establish plans to contain china’s influence on other countries by supporting the enemies of china and putting sanctions on nations perceived to be supporting this country (Fiona 32). However, critics have argued that if Obama continues to steer his government to oppose china’s invasion in international market this will interfere with the economy of America and expose it to many challenges.
However, Obama, just like his predecessors cannot sit and watch other nations magnify their influence. He is using all his powers to ensure that China does not spread its influence to its key partners through establishing strict policies that will limit China’s abilities to invest in some countries.
The congress has become very partisan and advanced Obama’s ideologies that am4erica will continue to be the world super power. The legislations passed in parliament ensure that America continues to interfere in the affairs of other nations while it resists any interference by other nations in its affairs.
It is necessary to explain that the Bush and Obama adnministrat6ion have very much in common regarding international affairs. There are many sanctions and restrictions placed on third world countries compared to how America relates with developed nations. Obama perceives America as the only nation that can manipulate international bodies like the IMF and World Bank to ensure those that accept its policies are able to participate in international affair.
Recently, Obama commented that Kenya will face international restrictions if Kenyans elect International Criminal Court suspects into office in their 2013 general elections. The irony of his statement is that America is not a signatory to the Rome statute yet it continues to urge other countries to respect the institution. Political analysts have claimed that Obama has used this institution to undermine the sovereignty o f third world countries.
The terrorist attacks on various organs of the American government exposed Americans to serious threats. This forced it to issue travel advisory to many nations as an attempt to fight terrorism and keep its citizens safe from terrorist attacks. However, the biggest challenge to Obama is that if he is seriously committed to eradicate terrorism he should not warn his citizens against travelling to nations that are prone to terrorist attacks; instead, he should help these nations to stop these activities.
However, his leadership is associated with racial undertones since he seems to care very much about Americans more than any other people min the world. Bush had subjected this country to animosity with Arab nations and this was a serious threat to American tourist, investors and students that visited other nations. Therefore, Obama was elected as president of America to deceive the worlds that America has now embraced racial integration and that all nations should perceive America as a friendly nation.
Therefore, Obama has not been very active in fighting racial differences in the American culture. His political ideologies are based on the activities of his predecessor and even though most people associate him with an African ancestral origin this has no impact on his presidency (Jacobs and Skocpol 51). It is important to understand that he has lived in America all his life and has interacted with Americans on various political and social events.
For that reason, he knows all aspects of racial and political discrimination affecting Americans. However, his failure to address these issues makes him a racist president and exposes him to criticism from political analysis and other nations. Therefore, he has failed to promote racial integration among different races in America.
Recommendations President Obama has a good opportunity of transforming the political; and cultural practices of America by showing the world that he abhors racism. He can do the following issues to ensure America is a non resist country. First, he should encourage the senate to be non partisan in its affairs to show the public that this house is committed to ensuring the lives of Americans are improved.
The senate has always taken sides with the incumbent president or with a political view that seems to favor the opposing side. This has made members of parliament to advance their interests and ignore their commitment to improve the economy and life of Americans.
Secondly, he should adopt a divergent approach to national issues and avoid issuing public statements for the sake of it. His recent declaration that America will ensure the minimum wage for low income earners will be increased has been mate with mixed reactions.
Some critics argue that this statement is meant to hoodwink the majority who are poor to believe that their welfare will be improved while others perceive this as a way of raising revenue to finance the huge budget that is straining its economy. However, they claim that he should not make statements that will not help his political life since his performance will be evaluated in these issues.
In addition, Obama has a good opportunity to develop the economy of America if he focuses on issues that affect Americans and stops wasting national resources on unnecessary activities like investing in drones. America has pother serious challenges like poor healthcare services, unemployment, drugs and inflation and this should be given first priority by his government.
Therefore, he has options to choose from but he should know that Americans and the rest of the world will evaluate his performance depending on how he manages issues related to politics and racism.
Conclusion Racism is a long term problem that has continued to face America since the beginning of slave trade. Even though, this trade was abolished in the beginning of the 21st century it continues to thrive underground. American politics is largely influenced by international relations and developments and this makes it to lack polit5icalk plans to develop its infrastructure and institutions.
President Obama has a good opportunity to prove his critics wrong by embracing racial integration and practicing politics that will benefit Americans and immigrants.
Works Cited Alim, Sammy. Articulate While Black, Barrack Obama Language, and Race in the United States. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2009. Print.
Barrack, Obama. Dreams from My Father, a Story of Race and Inheritance. New York: Wiley, 2011. Print.
Cobb, William. The Substance of Hope, Barrack Obama and Paradox of Progress. New York: Wiley, 2011. Print.
Feagin, Joe and Harvey Winfield. Yes We Can? White Racial Farming and the 2008 Presidential Campaign. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010. Print.
Fiona, Morris. Culture War: The Myth of a Polarized America. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010. Print.
Harris, Frederick. The Price of the Ticket, Barrack Obama and the Rise and Decline of Black Politics. New York: Wiley, 2011. Print.
Jacobs, Lawrence and Theda Skocpol. The Health Care Reform and American Politics, What everyone needs To Know. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2009. Print.
Kennedy, Randall. The Persistence of the Color Line, Racial Politics and the Obama Presidency. New York: Wiley, 2011. Print.
Kinder, Donald and Allison Riddle. The End of Race. New York: Wiley, 2011. Print.
Pierre, Robert and Jon Jeter. A Day Late and a Dollar Short, High Hopes and Deferred Dreams in Obama’s Post Racial America. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010. Print.
Remnick, David. The Bridge, the Life and Rise of Barrack Obama. New York: McGraw – Hill, 2010. Print.
Tesler, Michael and David Sears. Obama’s Race: The 2008 Election and the Dream of A Post-Racial America. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010. Print.
Historical Film Review: Schindler’s List Essay cheap essay help
The film Schindler’s List tells the story of a famous German entrepreneur Oskar Schindler who saved the lives of many Polish Jews during the Holocaust. This movie was produced and directed by Steven Spielberg. Its plot is derived from the novel Schindler’s Ark written by Thomas Keneally. It was released in 1993, and since that time it has attracted the attention of critics and professional historians.
This paper is aimed at evaluating this film in terms of its historical accuracy and central message. Although, Schindler’s List is not a documentary, this film can throw light on the lives of people who were affected by the Holocaust. More importantly, this cinematographic work shows that even despite changing social or political environment, an individual should be to retain his/her humanity and help the victims of violence and injustice. These are the main aspects that can be identified.
First, it should be noted that the movie is not anachronistic. It provides an accurate description of living conditions in the Polish ghettoes and concentration camps. Moreover, the viewers can see the policies of the Third Reich. For example, the viewers can see that Nazi officials were willing to implement the policies of the state, but they did not try to evaluate the ethical aspects of their decisions.
This is one of the aspects that historians identify when examining the behavior of people who were responsible for the Holocaust. Yet, one should take into account that this film is described as an epic drama, so it is not aimed only at creating a detailed account of the main events. This is one of the main issues that should be considered. Thus, Schindler’s List can be an informative source for scholars, especially those ones who examine the decisions of the Nazi officials.
This movie received both commercial and critical success in part because of its cinematography and excellent performance of actors such as Liam Neeson and Ralph Fiennes. Nevertheless, the main strength of this film is that it threw light on the dehumanizing policies of the Nazi regime and its impact on a large group of people.
The most important aspect is that the authors showed how the main character could retain his integrity even despite the presence of ideology that legitimized violence, brutality, and cruelty. One can argue that Liam Neeson managed to portray the the feelings of Oskar Schindler who was forced to live in such an environment.
It should be noted that Schindler’s List is short predominately in black and white. To some extent, this strategy is supposed to emulate the techniques used in documentary films. Moreover, the film-makers relied primarily on held-held camera while shooting the movie.
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More To some extent, this strategy enabled the authors to create more realistic visual images. Overall, this film produces a very strong impression on viewers since they see the contrast between the horrors of the Holocaust and people’s attempt to lead a normal life. This is one of the main points that can be made.
Overall, Schindler’s List can be of some interest to people who study the history of the Holocaust. Certainly, this film cannot be regarded as a primary document, but it can illustrate the ethical dilemmas that people had to resolve during that period. Additionally, this work can show the destructive effects of totalitarian regimes on groups and individuals. This is one of the reasons why this cinematographic work deserves the attention of historians.
Bibliography Garrard, Eve, and Geoffrey Scarre. Moral philosophy and the Holocaust. New York: Ashgate Publishing, Ltd., 2003.
Haggith, Toby. The Holocaust And The Moving Image: Representations in Film and Television Since 1933. Boston: Wallflower Press, 2005.
Keneally, Thomas. Schindler’s Ark. London: Hodder General Publishing Division, 2011.
Footnotes Keneally, Thomas. Schindler’s Ark. (London: Hodder General Publishing Division, 2011), 7.
Garrard, Eve, and Geoffrey Scarre. Moral philosophy and the Holocaust (New York: Ashgate Publishing, Ltd., 2003), 268.
Haggith, Toby. The Holocaust And The Moving Image: Representations in Film and Television Since 1933 (Boston: Wallflower Press, 2005), 207.
Toyota Supply Chain Management Term Paper online essay help: online essay help
Introduction Today, the Toyota Company has the best supply chain management framework many companies in the world use as a model and benchmark to implement their supply chain management practices. The best practices are based on Toyota’s supply chain management‘s lean thinking techniques.
The rationale is efficiency and lean thinking to achieve effectiveness and customer satisfaction. The purpose of this paper is to discover how Toyota’s supply chain management approach is implemented, the significance, and negative impact of the supply chain management practices.
Toyota’s Supply chain management, Isn’t It Obvious It is obvious that the study raises questions on the meaning of supply chain management and how Toyota implements its supply chain management practices to position the company in the market and be globally competitive. In answer to the questions, supply chain management, in the context of lean thinking, embodies techniques and strategies to improve the operational efficiency and effectiveness in the production, supply, and delivery of products and services to the customers (Ohno, 1988, p.3).
Toyota operates on a global scale based on the concept of lean thinking in the steady stream of activities that contribute to the company’s supply chain management processes to optimize the production and delivery of vehicles to the global market (Huntzinger, 2002, p.23).
In answer to “how” Toyota does the supply chain management, it is critical to note here that Toyota’s company executives have all the secrets about the lean thinking techniques the company employs in its supply chain management. The key words “lean thinking” underlies the efficiency that defines Toyota’s supply chain management framework.
Flow is a concept underlying Toyota operational efficiency and success. Here, the company ensures that any point in the production and supply chain framework that hinders any process is removed from the entire system (Drogosz, 2002, p.4).
The underlying model is to ensure that the production of different models of vehicles, the supply of materials required for the production of vehicles and the components needed proceed uninterrupted. In this case, a one-piece-at-a-time production process is facilitated creating a lean manufacturing and supply chain environment (Liker, 2004, p.4).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More The way Toyota implements its supply chain management strategies is by facilitating the behavior and principles which facilitate production focused on long term results and not on short term gains (Drogosz, 2002, p.5). From the perspective of Toyota’s supply management framework, the flow concept forms the basis for the company’s success and enables the company to eliminate losses from the large inventory of unused equipment, products, and labor (Huntzinger, 2002, p.21).
In addition, the company’s cost per piece production system works by assigning specialized tasks to qualified employees and provides a separation of duties and responsibilities within the company framework, which contributes to the success of the company.
In this case, the products are made in quantities that are in demand. The benefits include short lead times and the making of specific products to address specific needs of the customer. To be lean, Toyota uses a tool that requires each employee’s commitment in eliminating wastes that leads to errors, injuries, and defects.
In addition, the necessary training, knowledge, and motivation are provided to workers by improving the workplace environment (Drogosz, 2002, p.4). The key elements in this approach are management commitment, appropriate training and development, and inculcation of organizational culture that supports the top management commitment and involvement to continuous improvements. In each case, problems could are brought to the surface and solutions to address the problems formulated on time.
Pulling from the customer
On the other hand, the concept of pulling from the back of the customer is a crucial component in Toyota’s supply chain management strategy. All the lean activities are integrated into the system where products are supplied according to the current need and use. Typically, the products are delivered in the right quantities and at the right time to the right destination. The logistics is crucial because it reduces the lead time and costs (Drogosz, 2002, p.4).
A question on the strategy the company uses to implement the pull from the back approach occurs. The answer is obvious. The underlying principle is the just-in-time (JIT). The principle provides the basis for material replenishment, minimal effort and warehousing inventory, based on what is taken by the customer to make small replenishments and ensuring responsibility in the day-to-day changes in the demand for products.
The solution is to integrate computerized information systems for inventory processing purposes (Huntzinger, 2002, p.22). The pull concept is crucial in the entire supply chain management process because the entire workforce uses stable and repeatable methods to ensure regular output, predictability, and timing which form the foundation of the pull and flow concept (Drogosz, 2002, p.5).
We will write a custom Term Paper on Toyota Supply Chain Management specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More The question arises then, how is the lean concept realized in the supply chain of the company in the context of the pull and flow approaches? The answer is that the lean concept becomes a success by ensuring that wastes are eliminated in each phase of the supply chain cycle.
The company ensures that employees and the entire supply chain system is not overburdened (Huntzinger, 2002, p.17). All production and supply chain schedules are evenly distributed to minimize unnecessary burden on the system so that the work is evenly leveled.
Talk time is one of the concepts that are the foundation of Toyota’s lean concept in the supply chain management exemplified in the way the management talk about the need to eliminate waste. The management ensures non-value adding activities are avoided to eliminate wastes to reduce lead time, excess inventory, and other delays.
It enables the company to avoid overburdening people and machinery which leads to quality and safety problems. The people are encouraged to talk with qualified and trained group leaders on the problems and challenges encountered and possible solutions to the problems.
Significance of supply chain management One can learn the significance of supply chain management from the above discussion and the way Toyota undertakes the supply chain management process embedded in the lean thinking strategy. Supply chain is critical in the total management of each of the phases involved in the supply chain to eliminate wastes and ensure effectiveness and efficiency (Huntzinger, 2002, p.12).
In addition, supply chain is important because the management is able to identify and align effective inventory management, inbound transportation, material handling, warehousing, and transportation service procurement based on Toyota’s supply management lean thinking strategy (Huntzinger, 2002, p.5).
Toyota, through an effective supply chain strategy embedded in the company’s lean thinking concept has made the company grow in its revenue base (Bolles, 2003, p.3).
In addition, the company has experienced effective asset utilization, effective cost management and controls, and enhance customer product and service delivery. As discussed above, Toyota’s growth is strongly correlated to its supply chain management because perfect orders are given for the right market, with after sales services easily within reach of the customer (Huntzinger, 2002, p.7).
Not sure if you can write a paper on Toyota Supply Chain Management by yourself? We can help you for only $16.05 $11/page Learn More In addition, reduced inventory as stated above leads to working capital reductions where delays in the delivery of products and services are minimal or lacking completely. Investigations show that Toyota’s supply chain management strategy leads to fixed capital efficiency by optimizing the supply network leading to a global tax minimization and cost minimization. However, the negative side of supply chain management exists (Huntzinger, 2002, p.5).
Negative impact Studies show the negative impacts include the risks resulting from the macro economic trends which have the possibility of magnifying the problems that arise because of the complex nature of the supply chain methods (Bolles, 2003, p.3). In addition, other problems include margin erosion and changes in consumer behavior and sudden changes in demand, which makes the supply chain management worse, and the lack of new technologies to absorb the sudden changes (Bolles, 2003, p.3).
Conclusion In conclusion, Toyota’s supply chain management is embodied in the lean manufacturing concept developed by the company for efficiency and effective delivery of products to the market. The significance of Toyota’s supply chain management is valuable and acts as a tool for efficiency and effectiveness in product and service delivery. The key pillar of the effectiveness of Toyota’s supply chain management is the lean thinking concept which has many benefits despite the negative impact of the supply chain management.
References Bolles, R. N. (2003). What Color Is Your Parachute? A Practical Manual for Job – Hunters and Career-Changers. Revised edition. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press.
Drogosz, J. D. (2002). Applying Lean above the Factory Floor. Journal of Ship Production, 18 (3), 159-166.
Huntzinger, J. (2002). The Roots of Lean: Training Within Industry: The Origin of Kaizen. Target, 18 (1), 1-20.
Liker, J. K. (2004). The Toyota Way: 14 Management Principles from the World’s Greatest Manufacturer. New York: McGraw-Hill
Ohno, T. (1988). Toyota Production System: Beyond Large-Scale Production. Portland, OR: Productivity Press.
The Establishment of a convenience store and other delivery services at ABZ gas station Research Paper custom essay help
Table of Contents Executive Summary
Product and Service Description
Competitive Advantages of the New Products and Services
Executive Summary The ABZ gas station has been in operation for ten years. Due to the increasing market opportunities and the threats by the existing competitors, the company has indentified new products and services that it can invest in. The new services and products encompass: the establishment of a convenience store, a car wash, a service station and delivery services.
These services are expected to add value to the fuel refilling station and customers will be able to get most of the products and services at one place. The services are expected to increase the competitive advantages of the station, result to diversifications of products and services and increase the sales and profit margin. The man weaknesses that the business faces are lack of enough employees, need to manage the supply chain due to increased services and the need to buy new equipments for the extra services.
Introduction The ABZ gas station was established 10 years ago and has been in the business of selling fuel to the local residents for the whole period. The station is situated along a highway and receives approximately 3000 cars every day. The location of the stations is near a residential area which is served by four other gas stations.
Due to its location, most of the people fueling cars visit the station before going home and also early in the morning when going to work. The station specializes in the sale of diesel, fuels and other petroleum products. Despite the high success that the business has achieved over the ten year period, their sales are constantly stagnating and the management feels that they need to increase their sales and profits. The competition for the target market is very high.
Product and Service Description The ABZ gas station has been selling petroleum to customers. All range of petroleum products are offered at the station. In addition to these conventional services and products, the ABZ gas station wants to establish the following new services and products:
Convenience store: the station wants to establish an ultramodern convenience store selling consumer products and fast foods. Customers driving home can buy foodstuffs, cosmetics, drinks and other personal effects.
Delivery services: the company also wants to establish delivery services. Because of the vicinity that the company is to the residential area, they can be able to deliver fast food and other items as ordered by the customers.
Car wash and repair center: the station also wants to establish service stations where minor repairs, car wash, vehicle checkup and other diagnostic tests can be done. Small checkup such as level of oil, engine health, wheel alignment services, greasing and other minor maintenance services will be carried out.
Competitive Advantages of the New Products and Services All the new products and services will have superior advantages and uniqueness (David 23). The major competitive advantages are:
Convenience stores: it has been shown that customers would like to have everything under one roof. One of the most compulsory services to a driver is fueling a car which he must do frequently. During the fueling process, the driver and the car occupants can buy other products elegantly displayed on the shop floor so as to appeal the consumers (Govindarajan and Trimble 23). Introducing efficiencies in the distribution network as well as diversification are accepted to give the station competitive advantages. The services will also be economical to the customers (Slavin 20).
Get your 100% original paper on any topic done in as little as 3 hours Learn More Delivery services: The Company will deliver products such as quick food to the customer at a very cost effective price. This efficiency is an added advantage as products can be supplied to consumers at any time and place.
Service station and car wash: By introducing the service station and car wash, minor vehicle repairs, vehicle cleaning and diagnostic services can be done at one station. This is convenient, cost effective, uses less time and is advantageous to the gas station customers.
Target Market The company target market is in the residential area surrounding the station. The market has approximately 1.2 million people who live in the residential areas surrounding the station. This market is currently served by five gas stations. The ABZ Company has the largest market share as it serves 65% of the total market. The market for this business is segmented based on individuals and corporate clients (Cadle, Debra and Turner 112). Using this segmentation, there are three groups, namely:
Individuals: these are people who fuel their cars at the stations. They form 75 % of the total market size.
Companies: these are corporate and business clients who fuel their company cars at the station.
Retailers: the station also sells fuel in large scale to other small gas stations.
Corporate and retail clientele are sold fuel at a lower price as compared to the individuals who buy the fuel at a retail price.
Strategic Analysis The strategic analysis of the company was carried out using SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats) analysis matrix (Lawrence 26). This matrix is shown in figure 1 below
Positive forces Negative forces Strength Weaknesses The business location has large number of customers
The company has a lot of experience in the oil sector
The company has enough employees and can be able to hire more
Diversification through provision of more services as outlined in this business plan
Good corporate culture
Brand loyalty (customers in the area know and like our station)
The use of high tech fuel dispensing machines and other equipments
Economies of scale(large purchases attract discounts)
Introduction of delivery services will boost the sales
New services will result to more products and services under one station
Employees are not well trained in the new products and services to be started
There is need for proper management of the new supply chain
There are no established buildings that can be used by the company
Opportunities Threats Large market size of about 1.2 million people
There is possibility of expanding to other markets
New services are required by consumers
The locations of the business is strategic
Environmental challenges and pollution caused by fossil fuels
Threat by the existing competitors who may introduce such services
Threat of new entrants to the market
From the SWOT analysis, the main weaknesses need to be reduced by training workers, proper management of the supply chain and buying of equipments. The company has many opportunities and strengths which forms it competitive advantage (Porter 43). The threat can be reduced by product and service diversification as well as establishing stations in other regions.
Works Cited Cadle, James, Debra Paul and Turner Paul. Business Analysis Techniques: 72 Essential Tools for Success, London: British Computer Society, 2010. Print.
We will write a custom Research Paper on The Establishment of a convenience store and other delivery services at ABZ gas station specifically for you! Get your first paper with 15% OFF Learn More David, Aaker. Developing Business Strategies, 5th edition, New York: Wiley, 1998. Print.
Govindarajan, Vijay, and C.Trimble. Ten Rules for Strategic Innovators: From Idea to Execution, Harvard: Harvard Business Review Press, 2005. Print.
Lawrence, Fine. The SWOT Analysis: Using your Strength to overcome Weaknesses, Using Opportunities to overcome Threats, Seattle, Washington: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2009. Print.
Porter, Jim. How to Perform Your Own SWOT Analysis (Entrepreneurs Brief Guide), Harvard: Harvard Business Review Press, 2010. Print.
Slavin, Stephen. Economics, 10th Edition, New York: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2011. Print.